build: Better Build System

165 files changed, 0 insertions, 16247 deletions

diff --git a/static/v10/man3/Makefile b/static/v10/man3/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index c070e829..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-MAN = $(wildcard *.3)
-
-include ../../mandoc.mk
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/abort.3 b/static/v10/man3/abort.3
deleted file mode 100644
index aea85081..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/abort.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-.TH ABORT 3
-.CT 2 proc_man
-.SH NAME
-abort \- generate a fault
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B int abort()
-.PP
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Abort
-sends the current process a
-.L SIGIOT
-signal, which normally terminates
-the process with a core dump.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR adb (1), 
-.IR signal (2), 
-.IR exit (2)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Usually `abort \- core dumped' from the shell.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/arith.3 b/static/v10/man3/arith.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d5b6a5c8..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/arith.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-.TH ARITH 3
-.CT 2 math
-.SH NAME
-abs, sgn, gcd, lcm, min, max, labs \(mi integer arithmetic functions:
-absolute value, sign,
-greatest common divisor, least common multiple, minimum, maximum
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B int abs(a)
-.PP
-.B int sgn(a)
-.PP
-.B int gcd(a, b)
-.PP
-.B long lcm(a, b)
-.PP
-.B int min(a, b)
-.PP
-.B int max(a, b)
-.PP
-.B long labs(a)
-.br
-.B long a;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Abs
-returns
-the absolute value of
-.I a.
-.PP
-.I Sgn
-returns
-\-1, 0, 1,
-if
-.L
-\fIa\fR<0, \fIa\fR=0, \fIa\fR>0,
-respectively.
-.PP
-.I Gcd
-returns the greatest common divisor of
-.I a
-and
-.I b.
-More precisely,
-.I gcd
-returns the largest machine-representable
-generator of the ideal generated by
-.I a
-and
-.I b.
-This means that 
-.B gcd(0,0)
-= 0, and
-.B gcd(N,0)
-=
-.B gcd(N,N)
-=
-.BR N ,
-where 
-.B N
-is the most negative integer.
-.PP
-.I Lcm
-returns the least common multiple of
-.I a
-and
-.I b.
-When the result is representable, it satisfies
-.BR "abs(a*b)== lcm(a,b)*gcd(a,b)" .
-.PP
-.I Min
-.RI ( max )
-returns the minimum (maximum) of
-.I a
-and
-.I b.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR floor (3)
-for
-.I fabs
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Abs
-returns
-the most negative integer when the true result is unrepresentable.
-.PP
-There are no guarantees about the value of
-.I lcm
-when the true value is unrepresentable.
-.SH BUGS
-The result of
-.I lcm
-is undefined when it doesn't fit in a long.
-.br
-.I Labs,
-provided for
-.SM ANSI
-compatibility, is lonely; there is no
-.I lsign, lmax,
-etc.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/assert.3 b/static/v10/man3/assert.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 973b6d36..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/assert.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-.TH ASSERT 3X
-.CT 2 debug_tune
-.SH NAME
-assert \(mi assertion checking
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <assert.h>
-.PP
-.B void assert(expression);
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-.I Assert
-is a macro that indicates
-.I expression
-is expected to be nonzero at this point in the program.
-It causes an
-.IR abort (3)
-with a diagnostic comment on the standard output
-when
-.I expression
-is zero.
-Compiling with the
-.IR cc (1)
-option
-.B -DNDEBUG
-effectively makes the expression always nonzero.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-`Assertion failed: file
-.I f
-line
-.I n',
-where
-.I f
-is the source file and
-.I n
-the source line number
-of the
-.I assert
-statement.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/atan.3 b/static/v10/man3/atan.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 543c8edd..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/atan.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'ATAN, ATAN2 (III)'1/15/73'ATAN, ATAN2 (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		atan -- arc tangent function
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,atan[2]
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The
-atan entry returns the arc tangent
-of fr0 in fr0.
-The range is -J/2 to J/2.
-.sp
-The atan2 entry returns the arc tangent
-of fr0/fr1 in fr0.
-The range is -J to J.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	there is no error return
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/atof.3 b/static/v10/man3/atof.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 07d59613..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/atof.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'ATOF (III)'1/15/73'ATOF (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		atof -- ascii to floating
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,atof; subr
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	atof____
-will convert an ascii stream to a floating
-number returned in fr0.
-
-The subroutine subr____
-(supplied by the caller)
-is called on r5 for each character of the
-ascii stream.
-subr____ should return the character in r0.
-The first character not used in the conversion
-is left in r0.
-.sp
-The only numbers recognized are:  an optional minus
-sign followed by a string of digits optionally containing
-one decimal point, then followed optionally by the
-letter "e" followed by a signed integer.
-.sp
-The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	Calls atoi (III)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	There are none; overflow results in a very large
-number and garbage characters terminate the scan.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		The
-routine should accept initial "+", initial blanks, and "E" for "e".
-
-Overflow should be signalled with the carry bit.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/atoi.3 b/static/v10/man3/atoi.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9db85352..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/atoi.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'ATOI (III)'1/15/73'ATOI (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		atoi -- ascii to integer
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,atoi; subr
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	atoi____
-will convert an ascii stream to a binary
-number returned in r1.
-
-The subroutine subr____
-(supplied by the caller)
-is called on r5 for each character of the
-ascii stream.
-subr____ should return the character in r0.
-The first character not used in the conversion
-is left in r0.
-.sp
-The numbers recognized are:  an optional minus sign
-followed by a string of digits.
-.sp
-The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	There are none;
-the routine charges on regardless of consequences; see BUGS.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		It
-pays no attention to overflow - you get whatever the machine
-instructions mul and div happen to leave in the low order half
-- in fact, the carry bit should be set and isn't.
-.sp
-The routine should accept initial "+" and initial blanks.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/bessel.3 b/static/v10/man3/bessel.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bdc6b05c..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/bessel.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-.TH BESSEL 3M
-.CT 2 math
-.SH NAME
-besj0, besj1, besjn, besy0, besy1, besyn \(mi bessel functions
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.PP
-.B double besj0(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double besj1(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double besjn(n, x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double besy0(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double besy1(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double besyn(n, x)
-.B double x;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate Bessel functions of the first
-and second kinds for real arguments and integer orders.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Negative arguments cause
-.I besy0, besy1,
-and
-.I besyn
-to return a huge negative value
-and set
-.I errno
-to
-.BR EDOM .
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/bits.3 b/static/v10/man3/bits.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 57318b39..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/bits.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-.TH BITS 3+
-.CT 2 datatype
-.SH NAME
-bits \- variable length bit strings
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <Bits.h>"
-.PP
-.B "typedef unsigned long Bits_chunk;"
-.PP
-.B "struct Bits {"
-.B "	Bits() { }"
-.B "	Bits(Bits_chunk, unsigned = 1);"
-.B "	Bits(const Bits&)"
-.B "	~Bits();
-.BR "	Bits& operator= (const Bits&);	// " also " = &= |= ^=
-.BR "	Bits& operator<<= (int);		// " also " >>=
-.B "	int operator[] (unsigned);"
-.B "	operator Bits_chunk();"
-.B "	unsigned size();"
-.B "	unsigned size(unsigned);"
-.B "	Bits& compl();"
-.B "	Bits& concat(const Bits&);"
-.B "	Bits& set(unsigned, unsigned long = 1);"
-.B "	Bits& reset(unsigned);"
-.B "	Bits& compl(unsigned);"
-.B "	unsigned count();"
-.B "	unsigned signif();"
-.B "	unsigned trim();"
-.B "};"
-.PP
-.B "Bits operator~ (const Bits&);
-.BR "Bits operator& (const Bits&, const Bits&); // " also " | ^
-.BR "Bits operator<< (const Bits&, int);		 // " also " >>
-.BR "int operator< (const Bits&, const Bits&);	 // " also " > <= >= == !=
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A
-.B Bits
-object contains a variable-length bit string.
-The bits of a
-.B Bits
-object
-.I b
-are numbered from 0 through
-.IB b .size()\fR\-1,\fP
-with the rightmost bit numbered 0.
-.PP
-.B Bits_chunk
-is the largest unsigned integral type
-acceptable for conversion to and from
-.BR Bits ,
-.BR "unsigned long" 
-in this implementation.
-.SS Constructors
-.TP \w'\fIa\fL.concat(\fIb\fL)\ 'u
-.B Bits()
-An empty bit string.
-.TP
-.BI Bits( n )
-The bits are copied from the binary representation of
-.I n
-with the ones-digit of
-.I n
-becoming bit 0.
-Leading zero-bits are removed,
-except that
-.B Bits(0)
-is a one-bit string.
-.TP
-.BI Bits( n , m )
-The same, but padded with leading zeros to size
-.I m
-if necessary.
-.SS Operators
-Bit strings have
-value semantics;
-assigning a
-.B Bits
-object or passing it to or returning it from a function
-creates a copy of its value.
-The meanings of operators are mostly predictable from C.
-.PP
-Under binary and comparison operators,
-the shorter operand
-is considered to be padded on the left with zeros to the
-length of the longer.
-If, after padding, two strings of different length compare equal,
-the shorter is deemed the smaller.
-.PP
-Negative shift amounts
-reverse the sense of shift operators.
-.PP
-Under conversion (or assignment) to a
-.BR Bits_chunk ,
-a
-.B Bits
-is interpreted as an unsigned integer.
-If it has a value small enough to fit,
-that value is assigned.
-Otherwise, a non-zero value is
-assigned.
-Thus a
-.B Bits
-is considered `true' in an
-.B if
-test if it contains any one-bit, `false' otherwise.
-.TP \w'\fIa\fL.concat(\fIb\fL)\ 'u
-.IB a [ s ]
-Bit number
-.I s
-of
-.IR a ;
-0 if
-.I s
-is out of bounds.
-.SS Other functions
-.TP \w'\fIa\fL.concat(\fIb\fL)\ 'u
-.IB a .size( s )
-Set the size of
-.I a
-to
-.I s
-by truncating or padding with zeros on the left as necessary.
-Return the new size.
-.TP
-.IB a .compl()
-Complement the bits of
-.I a.
-Return
-.I a.
-.TP
-.IB a .set( s )
-.PD 0
-.TP
-.IB a .reset( s )
-.TP
-.IB a .compl ( s )
-Set, reset, or complement bit
-.I s
-of
-.I a.
-No effect if
-.IB a .size()<= s.
-Return
-.I a.
-.PD
-.TP
-.IB a .set( s , n )
-If
-.I n
-is 0, reset bit
-.I s
-of
-.I a,
-otherwise set bit
-.I s.
-Equivalent to
-.BR "n? a.set(s): a.reset(s)" .
-.TP
-.IB a .count()
-Return the number of one-bits in
-.I a.
-.TP
-.IB a .signif()
-Return the number of significant bits in
-.BR a :
-one more than the
-number of the leftmost one-bit, or
-zero if there is no one-bit.
-.TP
-.IB a .trim()
-Discard high-order zero-bits.
-Equivalent to
-.BR a.size(a.signif()) .
-.TP
-.IB a .concat( b )
-Concatenate the value of
-.I b
-to the right (low-order) end of
-.I a.
-Return
-.I a.
-.TP
-.BI concat( a , b )
-Return a newly created concatenated object.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-An operation that runs out of memory sets
-the length of the affected
-.B Bits
-to zero.
-.SH BUGS
-Too bad C++ can't support
-.BR "a[s] = n" .
-.br
-Things would be more consistent if
-.B Bits(0).size()
-were zero.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/block.3 b/static/v10/man3/block.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a8351c17..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/block.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-.TH BLOCK 3+
-.CT 2 datatype
-.SH NAME
-block \- adjustable arrays
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <Block.h>"
-.PP
-.ds T \fIT\fP
-.ft L
-Blockdeclare(\*T)
-Blockimplement(\*T)
-.PP
-.ft L
-struct Block(\*T) {
-	Block(\*T)(unsigned = 0);
-	Block(\*T)(const Block(\*T&);
-	~Block(\*T);
-	Block(\*T)& operator= (const Block(\*T)&);
-	\*T& operator[] (int);
-	operator \*T* ();
-	unsigned size();
-	unsigned size(unsigned);
-	\*T* end();
-	void swap(const Block(\*T)&);
-}
-.ft R
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A
-.BI Block( T )
-is an array of zero or more
-.IR elements 
-of type
-.I T,
-where 
-.I T
-is a type name.
-.I T
-must have assignment
-.RB ( operator= )
-and initialization
-.RB ( \*T(\*T&) )
-operations.
-.PP
-The macro call
-.BI Blockdeclare( T )
-declares the class
-.BI Block( T ) .
-It must appear once in every source file that uses type
-.BI Block( T ) .
-The macro call
-.BI Blockimplement( T )
-defines the functions that implement the block class.
-It must appear exactly once in the entire program.
-.PP
-New elements 
-are initialized to the value of an otherwise
-uninitialized static object of type
-.I T.
-.SS Constructors
-.nr xx \w'\fLBlock(\fIT\fL)(\fIb\fL)'
-.TP \n(xxu
-.BI Block( T )
-An empty block.
-.TP
-.BI Block( T )( n )
-A block of
-.I n
-elements.
-.TP
-.BI Block( T )( b )
-A new block
-whose elements are copies of the elements of
-.BR b .
-.SS Operations
-Assignment copies elements and size.
-.TP \n(xxu
-.IB b [ k ]
-A reference to element
-.L k
-of block
-.IR b ;
-undefined if
-.I k
-is out of bounds.
-.TP
-.BI ( T *) b
-A pointer to the first element of block
-.I b.
-.SS Other functions
-.TP \n(xxu
-.IB b .size()
-Return the number of elements in
-.I b.
-.TP
-.IB b .size( n )
-Set the size of 
-.I b
-to
-.LR n .
-If the new size is greater than the old.
-Otherwise, 
-.I n
-old elements are kept.
-Return the new size.
-.TP
-.IB b .reserve( n )
-The size of
-.I b
-is increased, if necessary, to some value greater than 
-.I n.
-If
-.I b
-already has room,
-.I b
-is not changed.
-Return zero if memory could not be allocated
-and non-zero otherwise.
-.TP
-.IB b .end()
-Returns
-a pointer to just past the last element in
-.LR b .
-Equivalent to 
-.BR (T*)b+b.size() .
-.TP
-.IB a .swap( b )
-The memory associated with blocks
-.I a
-and
-.I b
-is exchanged.
-.SS Performance
-Most operations
-are implemented by the obvious uses of the
-.L new
-and
-.L delete
-operators.
-.I Reserve
-checks the size inline.
-If it isn't big enough, the size is increased by multiplying by 3/2
-(and adding one) enough times to increase it beyond
-.I n .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.EX
-Blockdeclare(long)
-unsigned n = 0;
-Block(long) b;
-long x;
-while (cin >> x) {
-	b.reserve(n);
-	b[n++] = x;
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR malloc (3),
-.IR map (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-The only error detected is running out of memory;
-this is indicated in all cases by setting the size of the
-block for which allocation failed to zero.
-.SH BUGS
-Elements are copied during reallocation by using
-.L T::operator=
-instead of
-.LR T(T&) .
-.br
-Because the `type parameter'
-.I T
-is implemented by the C preprocessor, white space is
-forbidden inside the parentheses of
-.BI Block( T ) .
-
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/buildmap.3 b/static/v10/man3/buildmap.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a142dd05..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/buildmap.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-.TH BUILDMAP 3X
-.SH NAME
-buildmap, transin, transout \(mi translate labels between computers
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.PP
-.B
-#include <cbit.h>
-.PP
-.B "struct mapping *buildmap(int fd, char *file, char *me, char *pw, server);"
-.PP
-.B "transin(struct mapping *map, struct label *foreign, struct label *domestic);"
-.PP
-.B "transout(struct mapping *map, struct label *domestic, struct label *foreign);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Buildmap and its partner (which may be another instance of
-.IR buildmap )
-at the far end of the stream 
-.I fd
-work out a mapping for translating labels.
-The label space at the near end is defined by
-.I file ,
-which contains ASCII representations of
-.IR cbit (3)
-structures.
-The identity (for authorization purposes)
-of the near end
-is
-.IR me ,
-using a secret password
-.IR pw .
-Each end challenges the other, using its own password to compose a
-response, whose
-validity is checked by
-.I verify ;
-see
-.IR notary (3);
-The ends need not know each other's passwords.
-.I Server
-is to simplify the protocol: one end should have server set to zero,
-the other end to one.
-.PP
-.I Transout
-and
-.I transin
-translate labels according to the formula
-determined by
-.IR buildmap .
-Labels in transit are represented in the binary form of the source machine
-and are translated on receipt, so
-.IR transout 's
-job is simpler.
-Both routines
-return 0 if translation is impossible or illegal,
-otherwise they perform the translation and return 1.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR cbit (3),
-.IR notary (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-These routines all return 0
-on error.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/cbit.3 b/static/v10/man3/cbit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e7e2eb98..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/cbit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-.TH CBIT 3X
-.SH NAME
-cbit, cbitread, cbitlookup, cbitparse, cbitcert \(mi security category manipulation
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.PP
-.B #include <cbit.h>
-.PP
-.B "struct cbit *cbitparse(char **fields, struct cbit *cb);"
-.PP
-.B "struct cbit *cbitread(char *file);"
-.PP
-.B "struct cbit *cbitlookup(char *name, struct cbit *cb);"
-.PP
-.B "char *cbitcert(struct cbit *p);"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions manipulate
-certificates entitling computers to handle
-compartmented security categories.
-Each security compartment is represented by a structure of form:
-.EX
-.ta 8n +25n
-.nf
-\fLstruct cbit {
-	\fLchar *name;\fR		official name of category
-	\fLint floor;\fR		default value (only bottom bit used)
-	\fLchar *owner;\fR		public name of issuing authority
-	\fLchar *nickname;\fR		our version of category name
-	\fLint bitslot;\fR		where we store it
-	\fLchar *exerciser;\fR		who we are
-	\fLchar *certificate;\fR	owner's signature
-\fL}
-.fi
-.EE
-which describes the meaning of the
-.IR bitslot -th
-bit in a computer's label space.
-By convention, the lines of the file
-.F /etc/cbits
-contain (in ASCII colon-separated form) the compartments currently
-held on the local computer.
-.PP
-.I Cbitparse
-fills in and returns a
-cbit
-in the obvious way from a vector of seven strings.
-If the second argument is zero
-.I cbitparse
-allots a new structure using
-.IR malloc (3).
-.PP
-.I "Cbitread"
-reads and parses an ASCII file of
-cbits,
-returning an array of
-filled in structures.
-The last entry in the array is a dummy; it is signalled by having
-a zero value of
-.IR name .
-.PP
-.IR Cbitlookup ,
-when fed a category name and an array of
-cbits
-(such as returned by
-.IR cbitread ),
-returns a pointer to the unique entry whose category name is
-.IR name ,
-or returns zero.
-.PP
-.IR Cbitcert
-composes a certificate granting
-.I exerciser
-the right to hold files with the given security category.
-The output of
-.I cbitcert
-depends only on
-.IR name ,
-.IR floor ,
-.IR owner ,
-and
-.IR exerciser .
-The output
-must be signed by
-.I owner
-with
-.IR xs
-(see
-.IR notary (3))
-to produce
-the checksum value in
-.IR certificate .
-Third parties may check validity of a cbit
-by calling
-.EX
-.B "verify(p->exerciser, p->certificate, cbitcert(p), strlen(cbitcert(p)))"
-.EE
-.SH FILES
-.F /etc/cbits
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR notary (3).
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-These routines all return 0
-on error.
-
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/cbt.3 b/static/v10/man3/cbt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f25914f..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/cbt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-.SH NAME
-bread, bwrite, bopen, bclose, bseek, bkey, bdelete, bfirst, bflush, breclen
-.TH
-cbt(3)
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B typedef struct { char *mdata; unsigned short mlen; } mbuf;
-.B #include "cbt.h"
-.B bfile *bopen(file, type) char *file;
-.B bseek(bf, key) bfile *bf; mbuf key;
-.B bfirst(bf) bfile *bf;
-.B bclose(bf) bfile *bf;
-.B breclen(bf) bfile *bf;
-.B bread(bf, key, value) bfile *bf; mbuf *key, *value;
-.B bdelete(bf, key) bfile *bf; mbuf key;
-.B bflush(bf) bfile *bf;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These subroutines are the C interface to B-tree files.
-Load them using
-.I -lcbt.
-The include file contains the definition of
-.I mbuf.
-B-trees may be shared by multiple readers and a single writer, since the effect of a writer's changes
-are not seen until the root of the tree is written back.
-Keys can be no longer than 255 bytes.
-The routines communicate by means of
-a
-.I bfile
-pointer returned by
-.I bopen.
-A B-tree named
-.I file
-corresponds to two
-.UX
-files,
-.I file.T
-and (if the file is not an index)
-.I file.F.
-The
-.I type
-parameter to
-.I bopen
-should be either 0 or 2, as in open (2).
-.br
-.I bclose
-closes a B-tree and (if necessary) rewrites
-its root.
-.br
-.I bflush
-writes the root without closing the B-tree.
-.PP
-The subroutines keep track of a current
-position in each open B-tree.
-When the B-tree is opened the current
-position is just before the first key.
-Calling
-.I bfirst
-has the same effect.
-.I bseek
-makes the current position just before the
-.I key
-and returns FOUND,
-if the key exists in the file,
-or it makes the current position just before
-the next largest key and returns NOTFOUND,
-or, if there is no larger key in the file
-it returns EOF.
-.I bread
-returns the key and value at the current
-position, and advances the current position.
-Note that the arguments to
-.I bread
-are all pointers.
-If either
-.I key
-or
-.I value
-are NULL, the corresponding argument is not returned.
-.I bread stores its results in the buffers
-given in the arguments, and sets the lengths
-of the results in the arguments.
-.I breclen
-returns the length of the value which will
-be returned by the next call to
-.I bread.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/chrtab.3 b/static/v10/man3/chrtab.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 34fed355..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/chrtab.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.TH CHRTAB 3
-.CT 2 graphics
-.SH NAME
-chrtab \(mi simple character bitmaps
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B extern char chrtab[95][16];
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Chrtab
-contains 8-by-16 bitmaps for
-.SM ASCII
-printing characters.
-The 16 bytes pointed to by
-.B chrtab[c-'\ ']
-are the 16 rows of character
-.I c
-from top to bottom.
-The most significant bit is the leftmost bit.
-The bottom row is always empty (has all bits 0).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR font (9.5)
-.SH BUGS
-The bitmaps of
-.I chrtab
-are intended for use with line printers, not bitmap devices.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/closeshares.3 b/static/v10/man3/closeshares.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 34a4d819..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/closeshares.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-.TH CLOSESHARES 3 SHARE
-.SH NAME
-closeshares \- close shares file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B "int closeshares()"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Closeshares
-closes the shares file (if open) which otherwise remains open across
-shares file routine calls.
-.SH FILES
-.PD 0
-.TP "\w'/etc/sharesXXXX'u"
-/etc/shares
-Shares data-base.
-.PD
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-getshares(3),
-getshput(3),
-openshares(3),
-putshares(3),
-sharesfile(3).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/compar.3 b/static/v10/man3/compar.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fc488d5..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/compar.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'COMPAR (III)'1/15/73'COMPAR (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		compar -- default comparison routine for qsort
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr pc,compar
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	Compar is the default comparison routine
-called by qsort and is separated out so that the user can
-supply his own comparison.
-.sp
-The routine is called with the width (in bytes) of
-an element in r3 and it compares byte-by-byte the element
-pointed to by r0 with the element pointed to by r4.
-.sp
-Return is via the condition codes,
-which are tested by the instructions "blt" and "bgt".
-.a
-That is, in the absence of overflow, then the 
-condition (r0) < (r4) should leave the Z-bit off and N-bit
-on while (r0) > (r4) should leave Z and N off.
-Still another way of putting it is that  for elements
-of length 1 the instruction
-
-	cmpb	(r0),(r4)
-
-suffices.
-.sp
-Only r0 is changed by the call.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	qsort (III)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		It could be recoded to run faster.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/crypt.3 b/static/v10/man3/crypt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a6b05463..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/crypt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'CRYPT (III)'1/15/73'CRYPT (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		crypt -- password encoding
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	mov $key,r0
-.br
-jsr pc,crypt
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	On entry, r0 should point to a string of
-characters terminated by an ASCII NULL.  The routine
-performs an operation on the key which is difficult to invert
-(i.e. encrypts it) and leaves the resulting eight bytes
-of ASCII alphanumerics in a global cell called "word".
-.sp
-Login uses this result as a password.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	passwd(I),passwd(V), login(I)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	there are none; garbage is accepted.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ctime.3 b/static/v10/man3/ctime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a0c25144..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ctime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'CTIME (III)'1/15/73'CTIME (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		ctime  --  convert date and time to ASCII
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	sys	time
-.br
-mov	$buffer,r2
-.br
-jsr	pc,ctime
-.br
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The output buffer
-is 16 characters long and
-the time has the format
-.sp
-     Oct  9 17:32:24\\0
-.sp
-The input time must be in the r0 and r1 registers in the form
-returned by sys___ time____.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	ptime(III), time(II)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		The routine must be reassembled for leap year.
-.br
-Dec 31 is followed by Dec 32 and so on.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ctype.3 b/static/v10/man3/ctype.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 227d35f2..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ctype.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-.TH CTYPE 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-isalpha, isupper, islower, isdigit, isxdigit, isalnum, isspace, ispunct, isprint, isgraph, iscntrl, isascii \(mi character classification
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.2C
-.B #include <ctype.h>
-.PP
-.B isalpha(c)
-.PP
-.B isupper(c)
-.PP
-.B islower(c)
-.PP
-.B isdigit(c)
-.PP
-.B isxdigit(c)
-.PP
-.B isalnum(c)
-.PP
-.B isspace(c)
-.PP
-.B ispunct(c)
-.PP
-.B isprint(c)
-.PP
-.B isgraph(c)
-.PP
-.B iscntrl(c)
-.PP
-.B isascii(c)
-.1C
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These macros classify ASCII-coded integer values
-by table lookup.
-Each is a predicate returning nonzero for true,
-zero for false.
-.I Isascii
-is defined on all integer values; the rest
-are defined only where
-.I isascii
-is true and on the single non-ASCII value
-.BR EOF ;
-.IR stdio (3).
-.TP "\w'isalnum  'u"
-.I isalpha
-.I c
-is a letter, a-z or A-Z
-.TP
-.I isupper
-.I c
-is an upper case letter, A-Z
-.TP
-.I islower
-.I c
-is a lower case letter, a-z
-.TP
-.I isdigit
-.I c
-is a digit, 0-9
-.TP
-.I isxdigit
-.I c
-is a hexadecimal digit, 0-9 or a-f or A-F
-.TP
-.I isalnum
-.I c
-is an alphanumeric character, a-z or A-Z or 0-9
-.TP
-.I isspace
-.I c
-is a space, horizontal tab, vertical tab, carriage return, newline, or formfeed
-(040, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015)
-.TP
-.I ispunct
-.I c
-is a punctuation character
-(one of
-.L
-!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\e]^_`{|}~\fR)
-.TP
-.I isprint
-.I c
-is a printing character, 040 (space)
-through 0176 (tilde) 
-.TP
-.I isgraph
-.I c
-is a visible printing character, 041 (exclamation) through 0176
-(tilde)
-.TP
-.I iscntrl
-.I c
-is a delete character, 0177,
-or ordinary control character, 000 through 037
-.TP
-.I isascii
-.I c
-is an ASCII character, 000 through 0177
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR tolower (3), 
-.IR ascii (6)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/curses.3 b/static/v10/man3/curses.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dcfd1947..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/curses.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-.TH CURSES 3X
-.CT 2 comm_term
-.SH NAME
-curses \(mi screen functions with `optimal' cursor motion
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines give the user a method
-of updating screens with reasonable optimization.
-They keep an image of the current screen,
-and the user sets up an image of a new one.
-Then
-.I refresh()
-tells the routines to make the current screen look
-like the new one.
-The initialization routine
-.I initscr()
-must be called before any other routines
-that deal with windows and screens.
-The routine
-.I endwin()
-should be called before exiting.
-.PP
-To load the functions use the
-.IR ld (1)
-options
-.BR \-lcurses\ \-ltermcap .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR ioctl (2),
-.IR termcap (5)
-.br
-Ken Arnold,
-`Screen Updating and Cursor Movement Optimization: A Library Package',
-.I UNIX Programmer's Manual,
-Seventh Edition, Virtual VAX-11 Version, 1980
-(Berkeley)
-.SH FUNCTIONS
-.nf
-.ds w \fIwin\fR
-.ds s \fIstdscr\fR
-.ta 3.3i
-\fLaddch(ch)\fP	add a character to \*s
-\fLaddstr(str)\fP	add a string to \*s
-\fLbox(win,vert,hor)\fP	draw a box around a window
-\fLcrmode()\fP	set cbreak mode
-\fLclear()\fP	clear \*s
-\fLclearok(scr,boolf)\fP	set clear flag for \fIscr\fR
-\fLclrtobot()\fP	clear to bottom on \*s
-\fLclrtoeol()\fP	clear to end of line on \*s
-\fLdelwin(win)\fP	delete \*w
-\fLecho()\fP	set echo mode
-\fLendwin()\fP	end window modes
-\fLerase()\fP	erase \*s
-\fLgetch()\fP	get a char through \*s
-\fLgetstr(str)\fP	get a string through \*s
-\fLgettmode()\fP	get tty modes
-\fLgetyx(win,y,x)\fP	get (y,x) co-ordinates
-\fLinch()\fP	get char at current (y,x) co-ordinates
-\fLinitscr()\fP	initialize screens
-\fLleaveok(win,boolf)\fP	set leave flag for \*w
-\fLlongname(termbuf,name)\fP	get long name from \fItermbuf\fR
-\fLmove(y,x)\fP	move to (y,x) on \*s
-\fLmvcur(lasty,lastx,newy,newx)\fP	actually move cursor
-\fLnewwin(lines,cols,begin_y,begin_x)\ \fP	create a new window
-\fLnl()\fP	set newline mapping
-\fLnocrmode()\fP	unset cbreak mode
-\fLnoecho()\fP	unset echo mode
-\fLnonl()\fP	unset newline mapping
-\fLnoraw()\fP	unset raw mode
-\fLoverlay(win1,win2)\fP	overlay win1 on win2
-\fLoverwrite(win1,win2)\fP	overwrite win1 on top of win2
-\fLprintw(fmt,arg1,arg2,...)\fP	printf on \*s
-\fLraw()\fP	set raw mode
-\fLrefresh()\fP	make current screen look like \*s
-\fLresetty()\fP	reset tty flags to stored value
-\fLsavetty()\fP	stored current tty flags
-\fLscanw(fmt,arg1,arg2,...)\fP	scanf through \*s
-\fLscroll(win)\fP	scroll \*w one line
-\fLscrollok(win,boolf)\fP	set scroll flag
-\fLsetterm(name)\fP	set term variables for name
-\fLstandend()\fP	end standout mode
-\fLstandout()\fP	start standout mode
-\fLsubwin(win,lines,cols,begin_y,begin_x)\ \fP	create a subwindow
-\fLtouchwin(win)\fP	`change' all of \*w
-\fLunctrl(ch)\fP	printable version of \fIch\fR
-\fLwaddch(win,ch)\fP	add char to \*w
-\fLwaddstr(win,str)\fP	add string to \*w
-\fLwclear(win)\fP	clear \*w
-\fLwclrtobot(win)\fP	clear to bottom of \*w
-\fLwclrtoeol(win)\fP	clear to end of line on \*w
-\fLwerase(win)\fP	erase \*w
-\fLwgetch(win)\fP	get a char through \*w
-\fLwgetstr(win,str)\fP	get a string through \*w
-\fLwinch(win)\fP	get char at current (y,x) in \*w
-\fLwmove(win,y,x)\fP	set current (y,x) co-ordinates on \*w
-\fLwprintw(win,fmt,arg1,arg2,...)\ \fP	printf on \*w
-\fLwrefresh(win)\fP	make screen look like \*w
-\fLwscanw(win,fmt,arg1,arg2,...)\ \fP	scanf through \*w
-\fLwstandend(win)\fP	end standout mode on \*w
-\fLwstandout(win)\fP	start standout mode on \*w
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/dbm.3 b/static/v10/man3/dbm.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3653f441..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/dbm.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-.TH DBM 3X
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-dbminit, fetch, store, delete, firstkey, nextkey \(mi database subroutines
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B dbminit(file)
-.B char *file;
-.PP
-.B datum fetch(key)
-.B datum key;
-.PP
-.B store(key, value)
-.B datum key, value;
-.PP
-.B delete(key)
-.B datum key;
-.PP
-.B datum firstkey()
-.PP
-.B datum nextkey(key)
-.B datum key;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions maintain
-key/value pairs (each pair is a
-.IR datum )
-in a data base.
-The functions will handle very large databases
-in one or two file system accesses per key.
-The functions are loaded
-with
-.IR ld (1)
-option
-.BR -ldbm .
-A datum is defined as
-.IP
-.EX
-.ta \w'typedef 'u +\w'struct 'u
-typedef	struct	{
-	char	*dptr;
-	int	dsize;
-} datum;
-.EE
-.PP
-A
-.B datum
-object specifies a string of
-.B dsize
-bytes pointed to by
-.BR dptr .
-Arbitrary binary data, as well as normal
-ASCII strings, are allowed.
-The data base is stored in two files.
-One file is a directory containing a bit map
-and has
-.L .dir
-as its suffix.
-The second file contains all data and
-has
-.L .pag
-as its suffix.
-.PP
-Before a database can be accessed,
-it must be opened by
-.I dbminit.
-At the time of this call,
-the files
-.IB file .dir
-and
-.IB file .pag
-must exist.
-(An empty database has empty
-.L .dir
-and
-.L .pag
-files.)
-.PP
-The value associated with a key is
-retrieved by
-.I fetch
-and assigned by
-.IR store .
-A key and its associated value
-are deleted by
-.IR delete .
-A linear pass through all keys in a database
-may be made,
-in random order,
-by use of
-.I firstkey
-and
-.IR nextkey .
-.I Firstkey
-will return the first key
-in the database.
-With any key
-.I nextkey
-will return the next key in the database.
-This code will traverse the data base:
-.IP
-.L
-for(key = firstkey(); key.dptr != NULL; key = nextkey(key))
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR cbt (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-All functions that return integers
-indicate errors with negative values.
-A zero return indicates success.
-Routines that return a
-.B datum
-indicate errors with zero
-.BR dptr .
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.L .pag
-file contains holes;
-its apparent size is about
-four times its actual content.
-These files cannot be copied
-by normal means
-.RI ( cat (1),
-.IR tar (1),
-.IR cpio (1),
-.IR ar (1))
-without filling in the holes.
-.br
-Pointers returned
-by these subroutines
-refer to static data
-that is changed by subsequent calls.
-.br
-The sum of the sizes of
-a
-key/value pair must not exceed
-a fixed internal block size.
-Moreover all key/value pairs that hash
-together must fit on a single block.
-.I Store
-will return an error in the event that
-a disk block fills with inseparable data.
-.br
-.I Delete
-does not physically reclaim file space,
-although it does make it available for reuse.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ddsput.3 b/static/v10/man3/ddsput.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b84a058b..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ddsput.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'DDSPUT, DDSINIT (III)'1/15/73'DDSPUT, DDSINIT (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		ddsput -- put a character on display data set
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	(file descriptor in r0)
-.br
-jsr	pc,ddsinit
-
-.br
-(character in r0)
-.br
-jsr	pc,ddsput
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	These routines
-provide an interface to the Display Data Set, a peculiar
-device which can be called by Picturephone sets and which
-will display some of the ASCII character set and certain
-other graphics on the Picturephone screen.
-
-If the DC11 or other interface hardware is not already
-set up to talk to the Display Data Set, the ddsinit_______
-entry should be called with the appropriate file descriptor in r0.
-On the only known DDS attached to UNIX, the associated special file
-is called "/dev/ttyc".
-ddsinit_______ also clears the display.
-
-Thereafter, characters may be displayed
-by calling ddsput______.
-To the extent possible, ddsput______ simulates an ordinary terminal.
-Characters falling to the right of the 22X22 screen
-area are ignored; the 23rd line on the screen causes
-the screen to be erased and that line to be put at the top
-of the new display.
-Certain ASCII characters are interpreted specially as follows:
-
-.in +5
-.ti -5
-FF   clear screen, go to top left
-.ti -5
-HT   expand to right number of spaces
-.ti -5
-DC1  treat as reverse line feed (move N)
-.ti -5
-DC2  move cursor 1 place right (move E)
-.ti -5
-DC3  forward line feed (move S)
-.ti -5
-DC4  backspace 1 position (move W)
-.ti -5
-SO   enter graph mode
-.ti -5
-SI   leave graph mode
-.ti -5
-CR   put cursor at start of current line
-
-.in -5
-Graph mode allows display of the non-ASCII characters and
-will be described when hell freezes over.
-
-Lower-case ASCII alphabetics are mapped into upper case.
-Several ASCII non-alphabetic graphics
-are unavailable as well.  Also the lower right circle of
-the "%" character is missing.
-Also one of the circuit cards in the DDS has a crack in it and
-sometimes it doesn't work.
-All in all,
-it is best to avoid this device.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	AT&T writeup on DDS
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		yes
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/dialout.3 b/static/v10/man3/dialout.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5291b724..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/dialout.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-.TH DIALOUT 3
-.CT 2 comm_mach
-.SH NAME
-dialout \(mi place call on ACU
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B int dialout(telno, class)
-.br
-.B char *telno, *class;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Dialout
-places a data call via an automatic calling unit directly
-attached to the calling computer.
-To use an ACU on Datakit see the example in
-.IR ipc (3).
-.PP
-.I Dialout
-searches for an ACU of the appropriate service class
-and places a data call on the associated line, using the given telephone
-number.
-If successful, it returns an open file descriptor for the line.
-The file is in raw mode, and has exclusive-use and hangup-on-close modes set.
-It returns \-1
-if all ACUs of the given class are busy,
-\-3
-if carrier
-could not be set, and
-\-9
-if the service class is unidentifiable.
-.PP
-The routine consults a data file
-.F /etc/aculist
-that consists of lines containing six blank- or tab-separated fields.
-.TP "\w'service class  'u"
-service class
-Each line with a service class matching the one specified is tried
-in turn until an unoccupied one is found.
-Service classes specify a switching office and a baud rate.
-.IP
-Defined service classes at the `research' site are
-.B 300
-and
-.BR 1200 ,
-for 300- and 1200-baud calls on 665- phone lines, with synonyms
-.B D300
-and
-.BR D1200 .
-Internal calls on these lines require 5 digits.
-Service classes
-.B C300
-and
-.B C1200
-use 582- phone lines.
-Internal calls on these lines require 4 digits and reach only other
-582- lines.
-.TP
-file
-The file name of the associated special file for the telephone line.
-.TP
-acu
-The file name of the associated ACU.
-If specified as
-.BR none ,
-no ACU is used and the telephone number is ignored.
-This is for hardwired connections.
-.TP
-speed
-The bit rate of the interface, chosen from the numbers given in
-.IR ttyld (4).
-.TP
-prefix
-A string to be prefixed to the number.
-This is handy for shared ACUs in which the first digit specifies a line.
-The prefix
-.L -
-is taken to be an empty prefix.
-.TP
-postfix
-A string to be postfixed to the number to be dialed.
-Some ACUs require an `end of number' code; it should be specified here.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.F /etc/aculist
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR ttyld (4),
-.IR cu (1),
-.IR ipc (3)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/directory.3 b/static/v10/man3/directory.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c4163a0e..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/directory.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-.TH DIRECTORY 3  
-.CT 2 dirs
-.SH NAME
-opendir, readdir, telldir, seekdir, closedir \(mi directory operations
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <ndir.h>
-.PP
-.B DIR *opendir(filename)
-.B char *filename;
-.PP
-.B struct direct *readdir(dirp)
-.B DIR *dirp;
-.PP
-.B long telldir(dirp)
-.B DIR *dirp;
-.PP
-.B seekdir(dirp, loc)
-.B DIR *dirp;
-.B long loc;
-.PP
-.B closedir(dirp)
-.B DIR *dirp;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Opendir
-opens the directory named by
-.I filename
-and associates a `directory stream'
-with it.
-.I Opendir
-returns a pointer to be used to identify the
-directory stream
-in subsequent operations.
-The pointer value 0
-is returned if
-.I filename
-cannot be accessed or is not a directory.
-.PP
-.I Readdir
-returns a pointer to the next directory entry.
-It returns 0
-upon reaching the end of the directory or detecting
-an invalid
-.I seekdir
-operation.
-.PP
-.I Telldir
-returns the current location associated with the named
-directory stream.
-.PP
-.I Seekdir
-sets the position of the next
-.I readdir
-operation on the
-directory stream.
-The new position reverts to the one associated with the
-directory stream
-when the
-.I telldir
-operation was performed.
-Values returned by
-.I telldir
-are good only for the lifetime of the 
-.B DIR
-pointer from
-which they are derived.
-.PP
-.I Closedir
-causes the named
-directory stream
-to be closed,
-and the structure associated with the 
-.B DIR
-pointer to be freed.
-.LP
-.nf
-.ftL
-.ta \w'struct\ 'u +\w'direct\ 'u +\w'd_name[MAXNAMLEN+1];\ 'u
-struct	direct	{
-	\fLu_long	d_ino;\fR	inode for the entry
-	\fLshort	d_reclen;\fP	don't use
-	\fLshort	d_namlen;\fP	equivalent to \fLstrlen(d_name)\fP
-	\fLchar	d_name[MAXNAMLEN+1];\fP	null-terminated entry name
-\fL};\fR
-.fi
-.PP
-The preferred way to search the current directory is:
-.ft L
-.nf
-.ta 8n +8n +8n +8n
-	DIR *dirp;
-	dirp = opendir(".");
-	for(dp = readdir(dirp); dp != 0; dp = readdir(dir))
-		if(strcmp(dp->d_name, name) == 0)
-			break;
-	closedir(dirp);
-	/* found name if dp != 0 */
-.fi
-.ft P
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR dir (5),
-.IR open (2),
-.IR dirread (2),
-.IR read (2),
-.IR lseek (2),
-.IR ftw (3)
-.SH BUGS
-The return values point to static data whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ecvt.3 b/static/v10/man3/ecvt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 753307ff..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ecvt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'ECVT, FCVT (III)'1/15/73'ECVT, FCVT (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		ecvt, fcvt -- output conversion
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr pc,ecvt
-.sp
-or
-.sp
-jsr pc,fcvt
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	Ecvt
-is called with a floating point number in fr0.
-.sp
-On exit, the number has been converted into a
-string of ascii digits in a buffer pointed to by r0.
-The number of digits produced is controlled
-by a global variable "_ndigits".
-
-Moreover, the position of the decimal point is
-contained in r2: r2=0 means the d.p. is at the
-left hand end of the string of digits;
-r2>0 means the d.p. is within or to the right
-of the string.
-
-The sign of the number is indicated by r1 (0 for +; 1 for -).
-
-The low order digit has suffered decimal rounding
-(i. e. may have been carried into).
-.sp
-Fcvt is identical to ecvt, except that the correct digit
-has had decimal rounding for F-style output of the number
-of digits specified by "_ndigits".
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	ftoa(III)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/end.3 b/static/v10/man3/end.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c7ec5f6a..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/end.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-.TH END 3
-.CT 2 mem_man
-.SH NAME
-end, etext, edata \(mi last locations in program
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B extern end;
-.B extern etext;
-.B extern edata;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These names refer neither to routines
-nor to locations with interesting contents.
-The address of
-.I etext
-is the first address above the program text,
-.I edata
-above the initialized data region, and
-.I end
-above the uninitialized data region.
-.PP
-When execution begins, the program break
-coincides with
-.I end,
-but it is reset by
-the routines
-.IR brk (2),
-.IR malloc (3),
-standard input/output
-.RI ( stdio (3)),
-the profile
-.RB ( -p )
-option of
-.IR cc (1),
-etc.
-The current value of the program break
-is reliably returned by
-.BR sbrk(0) ;
-see
-.IR brk (2).
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR brk (2), 
-.IR malloc (3),
-.IR stdio (3),
-.IR cc (1)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/erf.3 b/static/v10/man3/erf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a146d686..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/erf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-.EQ
-delim $$
-.EN
-.TH ERF 3M
-.CT 2 math
-.SH NAME
-erf, erfc \(mi error function
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <math.h>
-.PP
-.B double erf(x)
-.br
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double erfc(x)
-.br
-.B double x;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions calculate the error function
-.RI erf( x )
-.if n .ig
-$=~2 pi sup -1/2 int from 0 to x  roman e sup -t sup 2 dt$
-..
-and the complementary error function
-.RI erfc( x )
-.if n .ig
-$=~ 1 - erf( x )$
-..
-\&.
-The error criterion for both
-.I erf
-and
-.I erfc
-is relative.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-There are no error returns.
-.EQ
-delim off
-.EN
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/exit.3 b/static/v10/man3/exit.3
deleted file mode 100644
index af44b48a..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/exit.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-.TH EXIT 3
-.CT 2 proc_man
-.SH NAME
-exit, onexit \(mi terminate process
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B void exit(status)
-.B int status;
-.PP
-.B int onexit(fn)
-.B int (*fn)();
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Exit
-is the conventional way to terminate a process.
-Before calling
-.I _exit
-(see
-.IR exit (2))
-with
-.I status
-as an argument,
-it calls in reverse order all the functions
-recorded by
-.IR onexit .
-.PP
-.I Exit
-can never return.
-.PP
-.I Onexit
-records
-.I fn
-as a function to be called by
-.IR exit .
-It returns zero if it failed,
-nonzero otherwise.
-Typical uses include cleanup routines for
-.IR stdio (3)
-and profiling; see
-.IR monitor (3).
-.PP
-Calling
-.I onexit
-twice (or more) with the same function argument causes
-.I exit
-to invoke the function twice (or more).
-.PP
-The function
-.I fn
-should be declared as
-.EX
-       int fn()
-.EE
-.PP
-The constant
-.B NONEXIT
-defined in
-.B <libc.h>
-determines how many functions can be recorded.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR exit (2)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/exp.3 b/static/v10/man3/exp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 43f56f35..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/exp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'EXP (III)'1/15/73'EXP (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		exp -- exponential function
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,exp
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The
-exponential of fr0 is returned in fr0.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	If
-the result is not representable, the
-c-bit is set
-and the largest positive number is returned.
-.sp
-Zero is returned if the result would underflow.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		---
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ferror.3 b/static/v10/man3/ferror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 227e4834..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ferror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-.TH FERROR 3S
-.CT 2 file_io file_inq_creat
-.SH NAME
-feof, ferror, clearerr, fileno \(mi stream status inquiries
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B int feof(stream)
-.br
-.SM
-.B FILE
-.B *stream;
-.PP
-.B int ferror(stream)
-.br
-.SM
-.B FILE
-.B *stream
-.PP
-.B int clearerr(stream)
-.br
-.SM
-.B FILE
-.B *stream
-.PP
-.B int fileno(stream)
-.br
-.SM
-.B FILE
-.B *stream;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Feof
-returns non-zero if end of file has been encountered on the named input
-.I stream,
-otherwise zero.
-.PP
-.I Ferror
-returns non-zero when an error has occurred reading or writing
-the named
-.I stream,
-otherwise zero.
-Unless cleared by
-.I clearerr,
-the error indication lasts until
-the stream is closed.
-.PP
-.I Clearerr
-resets the error indication on the named
-.I stream.
-.PP
-.I Fileno
-returns the integer file descriptor
-associated with the
-.I stream,
-see
-.IR  open (2).
-.PP
-These functions
-are implemented as macros;
-they cannot be redeclared.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR stdio (3)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/fgets.3 b/static/v10/man3/fgets.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e33caaf..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/fgets.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-.TH FGETS 3S
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-fgets, puts, fputs, gets \(mi string input/out on streams
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B char *fgets(s, n, stream)
-.B char *s;
-.B FILE *stream;
-.PP
-.B int puts(s)
-.B char *s;
-.PP
-.B int fputs(s, stream)
-.B char *s;
-.B FILE *stream;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fgets
-reads
-.IR n \-1
-characters, or up to a newline
-character, whichever comes first,
-from the
-.I stream
-into the string
-.IR s .
-The last character read into
-.I s
-is followed by a null character.
-.I Fgets
-returns its first argument.
-.PP
-.I Puts
-copies the null-terminated string
-.I s
-to the standard output stream
-.I stdout
-and appends a
-newline character.
-.PP
-.I Fputs
-copies the null-terminated string
-.I s
-to the named output
-.IR stream .
-.PP
-Neither routine copies the terminal null character.
-Both return the result of calling
-.IR putc 
-with the last character written; see
-.IR getc (3).
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR getc (3)
-.IR stdio (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.IR Fgets
-returns a null pointer 
-upon end of file or error.
-.SH BUGS
-For safety reasons the 
-.SM ANSI
-standard function
-.BR "char *gets(s)" ,
-which reads from standard input up to a newline and 
-discards the newline, is not supported.
-.br
-.I Puts
-appends a newline,
-.I fputs
-does not, all in the name of backward compatibility.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/filebuf.3 b/static/v10/man3/filebuf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e2ea5447..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/filebuf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH FILEBUF 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-filebuf \- buffer for file input/output
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-.nf
-.ta1i 2i
-#include <iostream.h>
-
-typedef long streamoff, streampos;
-class ios {
-public:
-	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
-	enum open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
-	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
-	} ;
-
-#include <fstream.h>
-
-class filebuf : streambuf {
-public:
-		filebuf() ;
-		filebuf(int d);
-		filebuf(int d, char*  p, int len) ;
-
-	filebuf*	attach(int d) ;
-	int	close();
-	int	fd();
-	int	is_open();
-	filebuf*	open(char *name, open_mode om, int prot=0664) ;
-	streampos	seekoff(streamoff o, seek_dir d, open_mode m) ;
-	streampos	seekpos(strempos p, open_mode m ) ;
-	streambuf*	setbuf(char* p, int len) ;
-	int	sync() ;
-};
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\f(CWfilebuf\fRs
-specialize
-\f(CWstreambuf\fRs
-to use a file as source or sink of characters.
-Characters are consumed by doing
-writes to the
-file, and are produced by doing
-reads.
-When the file is seekable, 
-a \f(CWfilebuf\fR allows seeks.
-At least 4 characters of putback are guaranteed.
-When the file permits reading and writing the buffer permits
-both storing and fetching.  No special action is required between
-gets and puts.
-A 
-\f(CWfilebuf\fRs that is connected to a file descriptor is said
-to be \fIopen\fR.
-.PP
-Assume:
-.br
-\(em \fBf\fR is a \f(CWfilebuf\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBpfb\fR is a \f(CWfilebuf*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBpsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR, \fBd\fR, \fBlen\fR, and \fBprot\fR are \f(CWint\fR
-.br
-\(em \fBname\fR and \fBptr\fR are \f(CWchar*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBm\fR is \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBoff\fR is \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBp\fR and \fBpos\fR are \f(CWstreampos\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBdir\fR is \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
-.PP
-Constructors:
-.TP
-\fBfilebuf()\fR
-Constructs an initially closed \f(CWfilebuf\fR.
-.TP
-\fBfilebuf(d)\fR
-Constructs a \f(CWfilebuf\fR connected to \fBd\fR.
-.TP
-\fBfilebuf(d,p,len)\fR
-Constructs a \f(CWfilebuf\fR connected to \fBd\fR
-and initialized to use the reserve area starting at \fBp\fR and containing
-\fBlen\fR bytes.
-If \fBp\fR is null or \fBlen\fR is zero or less,
-the \f(CWfilebuf\fR will be unbuffered.
-.PP
-Members: 
-.TP
-\fBpfb=f.attach(d)
-Connects \fBf\fR
-to an open file descriptor, \fBd\fR.
-\fBpfb\fR is normally \fB&f\fR
-but is 0 if \fBf\fR is already open.
-.TP
-\fBi=f.close()
-Flushes any waiting output, closes the file descriptor, and disconnects
-\fBf\fR. Unless an error occurs, \fBf\fR's error state will be cleared.
-\fBi\fR is 0 unless errors occur in which case it is \f(CWEOF\fR . 
-Even if errors occur
-\fBattach\fR leaves the file descriptor and \fBf\fR
-closed.
-.TP
-\fBi=f.fd()\fR
-Returns \fBi\fR, the file descriptor \fBf\fR is connected to.
-If \fBf\fR is closed \fBi\fR is \f(CWEOF\fR.
-.TP
-\fBi=f.is_open()\fR
-Returns non-zero when \fBf\fR is connected to a file descriptor,
-and zero otherwise.
-.TP
-\fBpfb=f.open(name,m,prot)\fR
-Opens a file with the specified pathname, mode, and protection,
-and connects \fBf\fR to it.
-\f(CWopen_mode\fRs may be or'ed together to form \fBm\fR.  
-\f(CWin\fR and \f(CWout\fR translate to corresponding UNIX modes.
-\f(CWate\fR and
-\f(CWapp\fR
-both cause the file to be positioned
-at its end during the open.  \f(CWapp\fR implies \f(CWoutput\fR.
-In addition,
-\f(CWapp\fR causes all subsequent
-writes to occur at the end of a file.
-(In some systems this is supported directly by the kernel, in other
-instances the desired effect is approximated by seeking to the
-end of the file before each write.)
-\f(CWout\fR may be specified even if \fBprot\fR does not permit
-output. 
-Normally \fBpfb\fR is \fB&f\fR
-but if an error occurs it is 0.
-.TP
-\fBp=f.seekoff(off,dir,m)\fR
-Moves the get/put pointer as designated by \fBoff\fR and \fBdir\fR.
-It fails if the file that \fBf\fR is attached to 
-does not support seeking, or if the attempted motion
-is otherwise invalid (such as attempting to seek to a position
-before the beginning of file). 
-\fBoff\fR is interpreted as a count
-relative to the place in the file specified by \fBdir\fR
-as described in \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++).
-\f(CWm\fR is ignored.
-\fBp\fR is the position after movement, or \f(CWEOF\fR if
-a failure occurs. 
-The position of the file after a failure is undefined.
-.TP 
-\fBp=f.seekpos(pos,m)\fR
-Moves the file to a position \fBpos\fR
-as described in \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++).
-\f(CWm\fR is ignored.
-Normally \fBp\fR is \fBpos\fR, but on failure it is \f(CWEOF\fR. 
-.TP
-\fBpsb=f.setbuf(ptr,len)\fR
-Sets up the reserve area as \fBlen\fR bytes beginning at \fBp\fR.
-If \fBptr\fR is null or \fBlen\fR is less than or equal to 0, the
-\fBf\fR will be unbuffered.
-Normally \fBpsb\fR is \fB&f\fR, but
-it is 0 if \fBf\fR is open, and in the latter case no changes
-are made to the reserve area or buffering status.
-.TP
-\fBi=f.sync()\fR
-Attempts to force the state of get/put pointers of \fBf\fR to agree
-(be synchronized) with
-the state of the file \fBf.fd()\fR.  This means it
-may write characters to the file if some have been buffered for
-output or attempt to reposition (seek) the file if characters have
-been read and buffered for input.  Normally \fBi\fR is 0, but it
-is \f(CWEOF\fR if synchronization is not possible.
-Sometimes it is neccessary to guarantee that certain
-characters are written together.
-To do this, the program should use
-\fBsetbuf\fR
-(or a constructor)
-to guarantee that the reserve area is at least as large as
-the number of characters that must be written together.
-It can then do a \fBsync\fR,
-followed by storing the characters, 
-followed by another \fBsync\fR.
-.SH CAVEATS
-\fBattach\fR
-and the constructors should test if the file descriptor they
-are given is open, but I can't figure out a portable way to do that.
-.PP
-There is no way to force atomic reads.
-.PP
-Unix does usually report failures of seek (e.g. on a tty) and
-so a filebuf does not either.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-sbuf.pub(3C++)
-sbuf.prot(3C++)
-fstream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/fio.3 b/static/v10/man3/fio.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ba4766d..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/fio.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-.TH FIO 3
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-Finit, Frdline, Fgetc, Fread, Fseek, Fundo,
-Fputc, Fprint, Fwrite, Fflush, Ftie, Fclose, Fexit \(mi fast buffered input/output
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.2C
-.B #include <fio.h>
-.PP
-.B void Finit(fd, buf)
-.B char *buf;
-.PP
-.B void Fclose(fd);
-.PP
-.B int Fprint(fildes, format [, arg ...])
-.B int fildes;
-.B char \(**format;
-.PP
-.B char *Frdline(fd)
-.PP
-.B int FIOLINELEN(fd)
-.PP
-.B long FIOSEEK(fd)
-.PP
-.B int Fgetc(fd)
-.PP
-.B void Fundo(fd)
-.PP
-.B long Fseek(fd, offset, ptr)
-.B long offset;
-.PP
-.B int Fputc(fd, c)
-.PP
-.B long Fread(fd, addr, nbytes)
-.B char *addr;
-.B long nbytes;
-.PP
-.B int Fwrite(fd, addr, nbytes)
-.B char *addr;
-.B long nbytes;
-.PP
-.B int Fflush(fd)
-.PP
-.B void Ftie(ifd, ofd)
-.PP
-.B Fexit(type)
-.1C
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines provide buffered I/O, faster than, and incompatible
-with
-.IR stdio (3).
-The routines can be called in any order.
-I/O on different file descriptors is independent.
-.PP
-.I Finit
-initializes a buffer (whose type is
-.IR Fbuffer )
-associated with the file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-Any buffered input associated with
-.I fd
-will be lost.
-The buffer can be supplied by the user
-(it should be at least
-.B sizeof(Fbuffer)
-bytes)
-or if
-.I buf
-is
-.BR "(char *)0" ,
-.I Finit
-will use
-.IR malloc (3).
-.IR Finit
-must be called after a stretch of
-.IR non- fio
-activity, such as
-.IR close
-or
-.IR lseek (2),
-between
-.I fio
-calls on the same file descriptor number;
-it is unnecessary, but harmless, before the first
-.I fio
-activity on a given file descriptor number.
-.PP
-.I Fclose
-flushes the buffer for
-.IR fd ,
-.IR free s
-the buffer if it was allocated by
-.IR Finit ,
-and then closes
-.IR fd .
-.PP
-.I Frdline
-reads a line from the file associated with the file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-The newline at the end of the line is replaced by a 0
-byte.
-Lines longer than 4096 characters will have characters deleted.
-.I Frdline
-returns a pointer to the start of the line or
-.L (char *)0
-on end of file or read error.
-The macro
-.I FIOLINELEN
-returns the length (not including the 0
-byte) of the most recent line returned by
-.IR Frdline .
-The value is undefined after a call to any other
-.I fio
-routine.
-.PP
-.I Fgetc
-returns the next character from the file descriptor
-.IR fd ,
-or a negative value
-at end of file.
-.PP
-.I Fread
-reads
-.I nbytes
-of data from the file descriptor
-.I fd
-into memory starting at
-.IR addr .
-The number of bytes read is returned on success
-and a negative value is returned if a read error occurred.
-.PP
-.I Fseek
-applies
-.IR lseek (2)
-to
-.I fd
-taking buffering into account.
-It returns the new file offset.
-The macro
-.I FIOSEEK
-returns the file offset of the next character to be processed.
-.PP
-.I Fundo
-makes the characters returned by the last call to
-.I Frdline
-or
-.I Fgetc
-available for reading again.
-There is only one level of undo.
-.PP
-.I Fputc
-outputs the low order 8 bits of
-.I c
-on the file associated with file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-If this causes a
-.IR write
-(see
-.IR read (2))
-to occur and there is an error,
-a negative value is returned.
-Otherwise, zero is returned.
-.PP
-.I Fprint
-is a buffered interface to
-.IR print (3).
-If this causes a
-.IR write
-to occur and there is an error,
-a negative value is returned.
-Otherwise, the number of chars output is returned.
-.PP
-.I Fwrite
-outputs
-.I nbytes
-bytes of data starting at
-.I addr
-to the file associated with file descriptor
-.IR fd .
-If this causes a
-.IR write
-to occur and there is an error,
-a negative value is returned.
-Otherwise, the number of bytes written is returned.
-.PP
-.I Fflush
-causes any buffered output associated with
-.I fd
-to be written;
-it must precede a call of
-.I close
-on
-.IR fd.
-The return is as for
-.IR Fputc .
-.PP
-.I Ftie
-links together two file descriptors such that any
-.IR fio -initiated
-.IR read (2)
-on
-.I ifd
-causes a
-.I Fflush
-of
-.I ofd
-(if it has been initialized).
-It is appropriate for most programs used as filters to do
-.BR Ftie(0,1) .
-The tie may be broken by
-.BR "Ftie(ifd, -1)" .
-.PP
-.I Fexit
-is used to clean up all
-.I fio
-buffers.
-If
-.I type
-is zero, the buffers are
-.IR Fflush ed,
-otherwise they are
-.IR Fclose d.
-.B "Fexit(0)"
-is automatically called at
-.IR exit (3).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR open (2),
-.IR print (3),
-.IR stdio (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Fio
-routines that return integers yield
-.B -1
-if 
-.I fd
-is not the descriptor of an open file or if the operation
-is inapplicable to
-.I fd.
-.SH BUGS
-The data returned by
-.I Frdline
-may be overwritten by calls to any other
-.I fio
-routine.
-.br
-.I Fgetc
-is much slower than
-access through a pointer returned by
-.I Frdline.
-.br
-There is no 
-.IR scanf (3)
-analogue.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/floor.3 b/static/v10/man3/floor.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d62ea271..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/floor.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-.TH FLOOR 3M
-.CT 2 math
-.SH NAME
-fabs, fmod, floor, ceil \(mi absolute value, remainder, floor, ceiling functions
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.PP
-.B double floor(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double ceil(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double fabs(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double fmod(x,y)
-.B double x, y;
-.nf
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fabs
-returns the absolute value
-.RI | \|x\| |.
-.PP
-.I Floor
-returns the
-largest integer
-not greater than
-.IR x .
-.PP
-.I Ceil
-returns the
-smallest integer
-not less than
-.IR x .
-.PP
-.I Fmod
-returns
-.I x
-if
-.I y
-is zero, otherwise the number
-.I f
-with the same sign as
-.IR x ,
-such that
-.I "x = iy + f"
-for some integer
-.IR i ,
-and
-.RI | \|f\| |
-<
-.RI | \|x\| |.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR arith (3),
-.IR frexp (3)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/fopen.3 b/static/v10/man3/fopen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d8638862..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/fopen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-.TH FOPEN 3S
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-fopen, freopen, fdopen, fclose, fflush \(mi open, close, or flush a stream
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B FILE *fopen(filename, type)
-.B char *filename, *type;
-.PP
-.B FILE *freopen(filename, type, stream)
-.B char *filename, *type;
-.B FILE *stream;
-.PP
-.B FILE *fdopen(fildes, type)
-.B char *type;
-.PP
-.B int fclose(stream)
-.B FILE *stream;
-.PP
-.B int fflush(stream)
-.B FILE *stream;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fopen
-opens the file named by
-.I filename
-and associates a stream with it.
-.I Fopen
-returns a pointer to be used to identify
-the stream in subsequent operations.
-.PP
-.I Type
-is a character string having one of the following values:
-.nf
-.ta 8n
-\fL"r"\fP	open for reading
-\fL"w"\fP	create for writing
-\fL"r+w"\fP
-\fL"w+r"\fP	open for reading and writing
-\fL"a"\fP	append: open for writing at end of file, or create for writing
-.fi
-.PP
-.I Freopen
-substitutes the named file in place
-of the open
-.IR stream .
-It returns the original value of
-.IR stream .
-The original stream is closed.
-.I Freopen
-is typically used to attach the preopened
-constant names
-.LR stdin ,
-.L stdout
-and
-.L stderr
-to specified files.
-.PP
-.I Fdopen
-associates a stream with a file descriptor.
-The
-.I type
-of the stream must agree with the mode of the open file.
-.PP
-.I Fclose
-causes any buffers for the named
-.I stream
-to be emptied, and the file to be closed.
-Buffers allocated by the standard input/output system
-are freed.
-.PP
-.I Fclose
-is performed automatically upon
-calling
-.IR  exit (3).
-.PP
-.I Fflush
-causes any buffered data for the named output
-.I stream
-to be written to that file.
-The stream remains open.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR open (2),
-.IR popen (3),
-.IR stdio (3),
-.IR ferror (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Fopen
-and
-.I freopen
-return
-.B NULL
-if
-.I filename
-cannot be accessed.
-.PP
-.I Fclose
-and
-.I fflush
-return
-.B EOF
-if
-.I stream
-is not associated with a file, or
-if buffered data cannot be transferred to that file.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/fptrap.3 b/static/v10/man3/fptrap.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 489015c3..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/fptrap.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he '3/15/72''FPTRAP (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		fptrap  --  PDP-11/45 floating point simulator
-.sp
-.ti 0
-.nf
-SYNOPSIS	.globl fptrap
-.br
-sys ilgins; fptrap
-.fi
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	fptrap______
-is a package which picks up instructions which are illegal
-for the PDP-11/20, and if they correspond to 11/45 floating
-point instructions, simulates their operation.
-The following instructions are supported:
-
-	cfcc
-	setf
-	seti
-	setd
-	setl
-.	ldfps	src		(not in assembler)
-.	stfps	dst		(not in assembler)
-	clrf	fdst
-	tstf	fsrc
-	absf	fdst
-	negf	fdst
-	mulf	fsrc,fr
-	modf	fsrc,fr
-	addf	fsrc,fr
-	movf	fsrc,fr	(=ldf)
-	movf	fr,fdst	(=stf)
-	subf	fsrc,fr
-	cmpf	fsrc,fr
-	divf	fsrc,fr
-.nf
-.	movei	fr,dst	(=stexp)  (not in assembler)
-.	movie	src,fr	(=ldexp)  (not in assembler)
-	movfi	fr,dst	(=stcfi)
-	movif	src,fr	(=ldcif)
-	movfo	fr,fdst	(=stcxy)
-	movof	fsrc,fr	(=ldcyx)
-.fi
-
-Here src___ and dst___ stand for source and destination, fsrc____
-and fdst____ for floating source and destination, and fr__ for
-floating register.
-Notice that the names of several of the opcodes have changed.
-The only strange instruction
-is movf____, which turns into stf___ if its source
-operand is a floating register, and into ldf___ if not.
-.sp
-The simulator sets the floating condition codes
-on both ldf___ and stf___.
-The 11/45 hardware does not set
-the fcc on stf.
-
-Short and long format for both floating point numbers
-and integers is supported.  Truncation mode is always in effect.
-Traps for overflow and other arithmetic errors are not supported.
-Illegal instructions or addresses cause a simulated trap
-so that a core image is produced.
-
-The condition code bits are maintained correctly.
-
-For floating-point source operands, immediate mode ((pc)+) is
-not supported, since the PDP-11/45
-handbook is not clear on what to do about it.
-
-After an arithmetic error the result is generally
-meaningless.
-
-The arithmetic is always done in double-precision, so exact
-but unrounded results are to be expected in single-precision
-mode.  Double precision results are probably less correct
-than the hardware will be.
-
-The lower parts of the floating registers become meaningless
-during single-precision operations.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /usr/lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	PDP-11/45 handbook, ilgins(II)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	trap, c-bit, v-bit
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		see above
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/fread.3 b/static/v10/man3/fread.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bd78f3fc..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/fread.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-.TH FREAD 3S
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-fread, fwrite \(mi buffered binary input/output
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B int fread(ptr, sizeof(*ptr), nitems, stream)
-.br
-.SM
-.B FILE
-.B *stream;
-.PP
-.B int fwrite(ptr, sizeof(*ptr), nitems, stream)
-.br
-.SM
-.B FILE
-.B *stream;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fread
-reads from the named input
-.IR stream 
-at most
-.I nitems
-of data of the type of
-.I *ptr
-into a block beginning at
-.I ptr.
-It returns the number of items actually read.
-.PP
-.I Fwrite
-appends to the named output
-.I stream
-at most
-.I nitems
-of data of the type of
-.I *ptr
-from a block beginning at
-.I ptr.
-It returns the number of items actually written.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR read (2), 
-.IR stdio (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Fread
-and
-.I fwrite
-return 0
-upon end of file or error.
-.SH BUGS
-Write errors of the data for any
-.I fwrite
-call may occur a long time after that call.
-.br
-These routines are much slower than you might imagine.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/frexp.3 b/static/v10/man3/frexp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1008ccf7..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/frexp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-.TH FREXP 3
-.CT 2 math data_man
-.SH NAME
-frexp, ldexp, modf \(mi split into mantissa and exponent
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <math.h>
-.PP
-.nf
-.B double frexp(value, eptr)
-.B double value;
-.B int *eptr;
-.PP
-.B double ldexp(value, exp)
-.B double value;
-.PP
-.B double modf(value, iptr)
-.B double value, *iptr;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Frexp
-returns the mantissa of
-.I value
-and stores the exponent indirectly through
-.I eptr,
-so that
-.I value
-=
-.if t .IR frexp ( value )\(mu2\u\s-2 \(**eptr \s0\d.
-.if n .IR frexp ( value )*2** (*eptr).
-.PP
-.I Ldexp
-returns the quantity
-.if t .IR value \(mu2\u\s-2 exp \s0\d.
-.if n .IR value *2** exp.
-.PP
-.I Modf
-returns the positive fractional part of
-.I value
-and stores the integer part indirectly
-through
-.I iptr.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-On underflow
-.I ldexp
-returns 0; on
-overflow it returns a properly signed largest value.
-In both cases it sets
-.I errno
-to
-.BR ERANGE .
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/fseek.3 b/static/v10/man3/fseek.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 02e0e125..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/fseek.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-.TH FSEEK 3S
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-fseek, ftell, rewind \(mi reposition a stream
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B int fseek(stream, offset, ptrname)
-.B FILE *stream;
-.B long offset;
-.PP
-.B long ftell(stream)
-.B FILE *stream;
-.PP
-.B int rewind(stream)
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Fseek
-sets the position of the next input or output
-operation on the
-.IR stream .
-The new position is at the signed distance
-.I offset
-bytes
-from the beginning, the current position, or the end of the file,
-as
-.I ptrname
-has the value 0, 1 or 2 respectively.
-.PP
-.I Ftell
-returns the current value of the file pointer for the file
-associated with the named
-.IR stream .
-.PP
-.IR Rewind ( stream )
-is equivalent to
-.BR "fseek(stream, 0L, 0)" .
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR lseek (2),
-.IR stdio (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Fseek
-returns \-1
-for improper seeks.
-.SH BUGS
-The interaction of
-.I fseek
-and
-.IR ungetc (3)
-is undefined.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/fstream.3 b/static/v10/man3/fstream.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 301bdd0f..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/fstream.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH FSTREAM 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-fstream \- iostream and streambuf specialized to files
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.ft B
-.ta1i 2i
-#include <fstream.h>
-
-typedef long streamoff, streampos;
-class ios {
-public:
-	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
-	enum open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
-	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
-	} ;
-
-class ofstream : ostream {
-		ofstream() ;
-		ofstream(char* name, open_mode mode, int prot=0664) ;
-		ofstream(int fd)	;
-		ofstream(int fd, char* p, int l) ;
-
-	void	attach(int fd);
-	void	close();
-	void	open(char* name, open_mode, int=0664) ;
-	filebuf*	rdbuf();
-};
-
-class ifstream : istream {  \fI same as ofstream\fP };
-class fstream : iostream { \fI same as ofstream\fP };
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\f(CWifstream\fRs, \f(CWofstream\fR and \f(CWfstream\fR
-specialize \f(CWistream\fR, \f(CWostream\fR and \f(CWiostream\fR
-(respectively) to files.
-That is, the associated streambuf will be a \f(CWfilebuf\fR.
-.PP
-Assume
-.br
-\(em \fBf\fR any of \f(CWifstream\fR, \f(CWofstream\fR or \f(CWfstream\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBpfb\fR is a \f(CWfilebuf*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBpsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBname\fR and \fBptr\fR are \f(CWchar*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR, \fBfd\fR, \fBlen\fR and \fBprot\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBmode\fR is an \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
-.PP
-The constructors for \fIx\f(CWstream\fR, where \fIx\fR is either
-\f(CWif\fR,
-\f(CWof\fR or \f(CWf\fR, are:
-.TP
-\fIx\fBstream()\fR
-Constructs an unopened \f(CWxstream\fR.
-.TP
-\fIx\fBstream()(name,mode,prot)\fR
-Constructs an \f(CWxstream\fR and tries to opens it using
-\fBname\fR, \fBmode\fR, and \fBprot\fR.
-The status of the constructed \f(CWxstream\fR
-will indicate failure in case the
-\fBopen\fR fails.
-.TP
-\fIx\fBstream()\fR
-Constructs an \f(CWxstream\fR connected to file descriptor \fBd\fR,
-which must be previously opened.
-.TP
-\fIx\fBstream(d,ptr,len)\fR
-Constructs an \f(CWxstream\fR connected to file descriptor \fBfd\fR
-and in addition initializes
-the associated \f(CWfilebuf\fR to use the \fBlen\fR bytes
-at \fBptr\fR as the
-reserve area.  If \fBptr\fR is null or \fBlen\fR is 0, the \f(CWfilebuf\fR
-will be unbuffered.
-.PP
-Member functions:
-.TP
-\fBf.attach(d)\fR
-Connects \fBf\fR to the file descriptor \fBd\fR.
-A failure occurs when \fBf\fR is already connected to a file.
-A failure sets \f(CWfailbit\fR in \fBf\fR's error state.
-.TP
-\fBf.close()\fR
-Closes any associated \f(CWfilebuf\fR and thereby breaks the connection
-of the \fBf\fR to a file.  
-\\fBf\fR's error state is cleared except on failure.
-A failure occurs when the call to \fBf.rdbuf()->close\fR fails.
-.TP
-\fBf.open(name,mode,prot)\fR
-Opens file \fBname\fR and connects \fBf\fR to it.
-If the file is created, it is created with protection mode \fBprot\fR.
-\fBopen\fR normally returns 0, but it returns \f(CWEOF\fR on failure.
-Failure
-occurs if \fBf\fR is already open, or the call to \fBf.rdbuf()->open\fR
-fails.  \f(CWfailbit\fR is set in \fBf\fR's error status on failure.
-The members of \f(CWopen_mode\fR are bits that may be or'ed together.
-The meaning of these bits in \fBmode\fR is 
-.RS
-.TP
-\f(CWapp\fR
-A seek to the end of file is performed.
-Subsequent data written to the file is always added (appended)
-at the end of file.
-On some systems this is implemented in the kernel.
-In
-others it is implemented by seeking to the end of the file
-before each write.  \f(CWapp\fR implies \f(CWoutput\fR.
-.TP
-\f(CWate\fR
-A seek to the end of the file is performed during the \fBopen\fR.
-\f(CWate\fR does not imply \f(CWoutput\fR.
-.TP
-\f(CWin\fR
-Implied by construction and opens of \f(CWifstream\fRs.
-For \f(CWfstream\fRs it indicates that input operations should be
-allowed possible.  Is is legal to include \f(CWin\fR in the modes
-of an \f(CWostream\fR in which case it implies that the original
-file (if it exists) should not be truncated.
-.TP
-\f(CWout\fR
-Implied by construction and opens of \f(CWofstream\fRs.
-For \f(CWfstream\fR it says that output operations are to
-be allowed.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBpfb=f.rdbuf()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the associated \f(CWfilebuf\fR.
-\fBfstream::rdbuf\fR has the same meaning as
-\fBiostream::rdbuf\fR
-but is typed differently.
-.TP
-\fBpsb=f.setbuf(p,len)\fR
-Has the usual effect of a \fBsetbuf\fR, offering space
-for a reserve area or requesting unbuffered I/O.
-Normally the returned \fBpsb\fR is \fBf.rdbuf()\fR, but it is 0
-on failure.
-A failure occurs if \fBf\fR is open or the call to \fBf.rdbuf()->setbuf\fR
-fails.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-filebuf(3C++)
-istream(3C++)
-ios(3C++)
-ostream(3C++)
-sbuf.pub(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ftoa.3 b/static/v10/man3/ftoa.3
deleted file mode 100644
index be2061a4..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ftoa.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'FTOA (III)'1/15/73'FTOA (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		ftoa -- floating to ascii conversion
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,ftoa; subr
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	ftoa____
-will convert the floating point number in fr0
-into ascii in the form
-
-   [-]ddddd.dd*
-
-if possible, otherwise in the form
-
-   [-]d.dddddddde_[-]dd*.
-.sp
-For each character generated by ftoa,
-the subroutine subr____ (supplied by the caller) is called on
-register r5 with the character in r0.
-.sp
-The number of digits can be changed by changing the value
-of "_ndigits" in ecvt (default is 10.).
-.sp
-The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	ecvt(III), itoa(III)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ftoo.3 b/static/v10/man3/ftoo.3
deleted file mode 100644
index cebd1b3e..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ftoo.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'FTOO (III)'1/15/73'FTOO (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		ftoo -- floating to octal conversion
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,ftoo; subr
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	ftoo wil convert the floating point number
-in fr0 into ascii in the conventional octal form
-
-   000000;000000;000000;000000
-.sp
-For each character generated by ftoo, the subroutine
-subr____
-(supplied by the caller) is called on register r5
-with the character in r0.
-.sp
-The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ftw.3 b/static/v10/man3/ftw.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b2b0432b..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ftw.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-.TH FTW 3
-.CT 2 dirs
-.SH NAME
-ftw \- file tree walk
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <ftw.h>
-.PP
-.B int ftw(path, fn, depth)
-.B char *path;
-.B int (*fn)();
-.B int depth;
-.PP
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.B #include <sys/stat.h>
-.PP
-.IB fn "(name, statb, code, S)"
-.B char *name;
-.B struct stat *statb;
-.B struct FTW *S;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Ftw
-recursively descends the directory hierarchy
-rooted in
-.IR path .
-For each entry in the hierarchy,
-.I ftw
-calls
-.IR fn ,
-passing it information about the entry:
-a pointer to a null-terminated pathname
-string, a pointer to a
-.B stat
-structure (see
-.IR stat (2)),
-and a pointer to the following structure.
-.PP
-.EX
-.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'int level  'u
-struct	FTW {
-	int quit;	\fRsee below\fP
-	int base;	&name[base] \fRpoints to basename\fP
-	int level;	\fRrecursion level (initially 0)\fP
-};
-.EE
-.LP
-Possible values of
-.IR code ,
-defined in
-.FR <ftw.h> ,
-are
-.TF FTW_DNR
-.PD 0
-.TP
-.B FTW_D
-Entry is a directory (before visiting descendants).
-.TP
-.B FTW_DP
-Entry is a directory (after visiting descendants).
-.TP
-.B FTW_SL
-Entry is a symbolic link.
-.TP
-.B FTW_F
-Entry is some other kind of file.
-.TP
-.B FTW_DNR
-Entry is a directory that cannot be read;
-no descendants will be visited.
-.TP
-.B FTW_NS
-.I Lstat
-(see
-.IR stat (2))
-failed on
-.IR name ;
-contents of
-.I statb
-are undefined
-.TP
-.B FTW_NSL
-.I Lstat
-succeeded, but
-.I stat
-failed; contents of
-.I statb
-are undefined.
-.PD
-.PP
-The tree traversal continues until the tree is exhausted or
-.I fn
-returns a nonzero value.
-When the tree is exhausted,
-.I ftw
-returns zero.
-When
-.I fn
-returns a nonzero value,
-.I ftw
-stops and returns that value.
-.PP
-Normally symbolic links are not followed.
-But if on a symbolic link
-.RB ( FTW_SL )
-.IR fn
-sets
-.B S->quit
-to
-.BR FTW_FOLLOW ,
-.IR ftw
-will next attempt to follow the link.
-.PP
-.I Ftw
-normally visits a readable directory twice, before and
-after visiting its descendants.
-But if on a previsit
-.RB ( FTW_D )
-.I fn
-sets
-.B S->quit
-to
-.B FTW_SKD,
-.I ftw
-will skip the descendants and the postvisit
-.RB ( FTW_DP ).
-.PP
-.I Ftw
-uses one file descriptor for each level in the tree up to a
-maximum of
-.I depth
-(or 1, if
-.IR depth <1)
-descriptors.
-.I Depth
-must not exceed the number of available file descriptors; small
-values of 
-.I depth 
-may cause
-.I ftw
-to run slowly, but will not change its effect.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR stat (2),
-.IR directory (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Ftw
-returns \-1
-with
-.I errno
-set to
-.B ENOMEM
-when
-.IR malloc (3)
-fails.
-.PP
-.I Errno
-is set appropriately when
-.I ftw
-calls
-.I fn
-with code
-.BR FTW_DNR ,
-.BR FTW_NS ,
-or
-.BR FTW_NSL .
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ftwalk.3 b/static/v10/man3/ftwalk.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d2642d0..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ftwalk.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-.TH FTWALK 3
-.SH NAME
-\fBftwalk\fR \- file tree walker
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ta .75i 1.5i 2.25i 3i 3.75i 4.5i 5.25i 6i
-.PP
-.nf
-\fB
-#include <ftwalk.h>
-
-ftwalk(char* path, int (*userf)(struct FTW* ftw), int options,
-       int (*comparf)(struct FTW* ftw1, struct FTW* ftw2))
-\fR
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-\fIFtwalk\fR traverses a directory hierarchy using depth-first search.
-Upon visiting each file or directory in the hierarchy, it calls
-the user function \fIuserf\fP to process that file or directory.
-On a directory object, \fIuserf\fR may be called twice, once in preorder
-and once in postorder.
-On a terminal object such as a file or an unreadable directory,
-\fIuserf\fP is called only once.
-Cycles due to hard links or symbolic links are detected
-to avoid infinite loops.
-.PP
-\fIPath\fR is the starting point of the search.
-It may be an absolute path name or a path name relative to
-the current directory.
-If \fIpath\fR is a null pointer or points to an empty string, it is treated
-as if it points to the current (dot) directory.
-.PP
-\fIOptions\fR consists of zero or more of the following bits:
-.IP
-FTW_CHILDREN:
-This implies preorder calls to \fIuserf\fR on directory objects.
-On such a call to \fIuserf\fR,
-the field \fIftw->link\fR (below) points to a link list of
-the children of the respective directory.
-Upon returning from \fIuserf\fP,
-if the field \fIftw->status\fR of any child object
-is set to FTW_SKIP (below), that child is pruned from the search.
-.IP
-FTW_DELAY: When \fBFTW_CHILDREN\fP is turned on,
-the fields \fIftw->statb\fP (\fIstruct stat\fP) of children objects
-remain undefined until these objects are visited.
-.IP
-FTW_DOT: Do not use \fIchdir\fR(2) during the traversal.
-Normally \fIchdir\fR is used so that
-the base name of the object about to be processed can be used
-in accessing its data.
-This can enhance \fIftwalk\fR efficiency but certain program effects
-such as core dumps may be generated in unexpected places
-or may not even be generated at all.
-Whenever \fIchdir\fR generates an error, if possible,
-the current directory is restored to the starting directory
-(see FTW_NAME and FTW_PATH).
-.IP
-FTW_MULTIPLE: The \fIpath\fP argument is treated as a \fIchar**\fP
-pointer to a null-terminated array of path names.
-All hierarchies rooted at these paths will be searched
-.IP
-FTW_POST: Calls to the user function are issued only in postorder.
-That is, \fIuserf\fP is called on a directory only after its descendants have
-been processed.
-The absence of this bit indicates that calls to the user functions
-are issued in preorder. That is, \fIuserf\fP is
-called on a directory before its descendants  are processed.
-.IP
-FTW_PHYSICAL: Use \fIlstat\fR(2) instead of \fIstat\fR(2) to get
-file status and allow detection of symbolic links.
-In addition, if each component
-of the absolute path to the starting object has search permission,
-the absolute path is used for early detection of cycles.
-.IP
-FTW_TWICE: Calls to the user function are issued in both preorder and postorder
-for directory objects.
-.IP
-FTW_USER: The first of 6 user defined option bits.
-These bits are ignored by \fIftwalk\fP.
-.PP
-\fIUserf\fR is a user supplied function that is
-called upon different visits of an object.
-If the return value of \fIuserf\fR is non-zero,
-\fIftwalk\fR returns immediately with the same value.
-The \fIuserf\fP prototype is:
-.PP
-.nf
-	int userf(struct FTW* ftw)
-.fi
-.PP
-\fBstruct FTW\fP contains at least the following elements:
-.PP
-.nf
-    struct FTW*    link;    /* link list of children */
-    struct FTW*    parent;  /* parent object on the search path */
-    union
-    {
-    long           number;  /* local number */
-    void*          pointer; /* local pointer */
-    }              local;   /* user defined */
-    struct stat    statb;   /* stat buffer of this object */
-    char*          path;    /* full pathname */
-    short          pathlen; /* strlen(path) */
-    unsigned short info;    /* type of object */
-    unsigned short status;  /* status of object */ 
-    short          level;   /* depth of object on the search path */
-    short          namelen; /* strlen(name) */
-    char           name[];  /* file name of object */
-.fi
-.PP
-The \fIlink\fR field is normally NULL.
-If the option FTW_CHILDREN was turned on,
-it points to the start of the list of children
-of the directory being visited in preorder.
-Finally, if the directory being visited causes a cycle,
-\fIlink\fR points to the object on the search path that is
-identical to this directory. Note that if FTW_PHYSICAL was turned on,
-this may point to a directory that is an ancestor of the starting
-object.
-.PP
-The \fIparent\fR field points to the parent object
-on the search path. For convenience, a parent object is also supplied for
-the starting object.
-In this case, except for the \fIlocal\fR field which is initialized
-to 0 and the \fIlevel\fR field which contains a negative number,
-the rest of the structure may be undefined.
-.PP
-The \fIinfo\fR field indicates the type of the object
-being visited and the type of the visit. The types are:
-.IP
-FTW_D: A directory being visited in preorder, i.e.,
-none of its children has been visited by the search.
-.IP
-FTW_DNX: A directory being visited in preorder that does not have
-search permission.
-.IP
-FTW_DP: A directory being visited in postorder, i.e., all of its
-descendants have been completely processed.
-.IP
-FTW_DC: A directory that causes cycles. This is a terminal object.
-.IP
-FTW_DNR: A directory that cannot be opened for reading. This is a terminal object.
-.IP
-FTW_F: An ordinary file.
-.IP
-FTW_SL: A symbolic link.
-Unless FTW_FOLLOW (below) is issued by the user function,
-this object is terminal.
-.IP
-FTW_NS: \fIStat\fR failed on this object.
-The stat buffer \fIstatb\fR is undefined.
-This object is terminal.
-.PP
-The \fIstatus\fR field of \fIstruct FTW\fR is used to communicate information
-between \fIftwalk\fR and \fIuserf\fR. On calls to \fIuserf\fR, it has one of
-two values:
-.IP
-FTW_NAME: The name of the object as defined in \fIftw->name\fR should be used for
-accessing its file information. This is because \fIchdir\fR(2) has been used
-to set the current directory to a suitable place (see FTW_CHDIR).
-.IP
-FTW_PATH: The argument \fIpath\fR of \fIuserf\fR should be used
-for accessing the file information of the object.
-.PP
-Upon returning, \fIuserf\fR may set the \fIstatus\fR field
-to one of the following values:
-.IP
-FTW_AGAIN: If this is a directory object being visited in postorder,
-it will be processed \fIagain\fR as if it had not been visited.
-.IP
-FTW_NOPOST: If this is a directory object being visited in preorder,
-the user function will not be called on its postorder visit.
-.IP
-FTW_SKIP: This object and its descendants are pruned from the search.
-.IP
-FTW_FOLLOW: If this object is a symbolic link,
-follow the link to its physical counterpart.
-.PP
-\fIComparf\fR, if not NULL, is a pointer to a function
-used to define a search ordering for children of a directory.
-If FTW_CHILDREN is turned on, the ordering of the children of
-a directory is done before the preorder call to \fIuserf\fR on that directory.
-Therefore, in that case, \fIftw->link\fR will point to the smallest child.
-.PP
-The \fIcomparf\fP prototype is:
-.PP
-.nf
-	int comparf(struct FTW* ftw1, struct FTW* ftw2)
-.fi
-.PP
-\fIComparf\fR should return a value <0, 0, or >0 to indicate whether
-\fIftw1\fR is considered smaller, equal, or larger than \fIftw2\fR.
-.PP
-\fIFtwalk\fR normally returns 0.
-On hard errors such as running out of memory, it returns -1.
-\fIFtwalk\fR may also return other values as discussed with respect
-to \fIuserf\fR. 
-.SH HISTORY
-\fIFtwalk\fR performs similar functions as that of
-the routine \fIftw\fR provided in System V.
-However, it is more general than \fIftw\fR
-and suitable for use as a base in implementing
-popular tools such as \fIls, find, tar, du,\fR and \fIrm\fR.
-\fIFtwalk\fR also handles symbolic links and hard links gracefully.
-.SH AUTHORS
-Phong Vo, Glenn Fowler, Dave Korn
-.SH SEE ALSO
-find(1), rm(1), du(1), ls(1), tar(1), stat(2), symlink(2), chdir(3), ftw(3).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/galloc.3 b/static/v10/man3/galloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 06548bf4..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/galloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-.TH GALLOC 3
-.CT 2 mem_man
-.SH NAME
-galloc, gfree, garbage \(mi storage allocation with garbage collection
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *galloc(n)
-.B unsigned n;
-.PP
-.B void gfree(p)
-.B char *p;
-.PP
-.B void garbage()
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions perform heap storage allocation with
-garbage collection.
-.PP
-.I Galloc
-allocates a block of at least
-.I n
-bytes and returns a pointer to it.
-.I Gfree
-frees a block previously allocated by
-.I galloc.
-.PP
-When space gets tight, garbage blocks
-are freed automatically.
-A block allocated by
-.I galloc
-is deemed to be garbage unless it is reachable.
-A reachable block is one whose first byte is
-pointed to by a declared C variable
-or by a pointer in a reachable block.
-.PP
-The frequency of garbage collection is controlled by external
-variables declared
-.IP
-.B "long gcmax = 5000, gcmin = 50;"
-.LP
-No more than
-.I gcmax
-allocations may intervene between automatic collections; this feature
-will help contain the growth of virtual address space.
-At least
-.I gcmin
-allocations must intervene, otherwise
-garbage collection will be abandoned as fruitless.
-.I Garbage
-may be called to do garbage collection at an arbitrary time.
-.PP
-.IR Malloc (3)
-and
-.I galloc
-allocate from the same arena, but garbage collection
-affects only
-.I galloc
-blocks.
-.I Free
-(see
-.IR malloc (3))
-must not be used on blocks allocated with
-.IR galloc .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR malloc (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Galloc
-returns 0
-when space cannot be found.
-.SH BUGS
-Garbage collection is conservative;
-blocks that appear to be pointed to from
-within declared storage will not be freed,
-regardless of whether the apparent `pointers'
-were declared as such.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/gamma.3 b/static/v10/man3/gamma.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c7e2dd9..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/gamma.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-.TH GAMMA 3M
-.CT 2 math
-.SH NAME
-gamma \(mi log gamma function
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.PP
-.B double gamma(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B extern int signgam;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Gamma
-returns
-ln |\(*G(\|\fIx\fP\|)|.
-The sign of
-\(*G(\|\fIx\fP\|)
-is returned in the external integer
-.IR signgam .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-Computation of the gamma function:
-.PP
-.nf
-.ta 8n +8n
-.ft L
-	errno = 0;
-	y = gamma(x);
-	if(errno || (y > 88.0))
-		error();
-	y = signgam*exp(y);
-.fi
-.ft P
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-A large value
-.RL ( HUGE )
-is returned for negative integer arguments
-and
-.I errno
-is set to
-.BR EDOM .
-.SH BUGS
-There should be a positive indication of error.
-.br
-The name should indicate the answer is a logarithm,
-perhaps
-.IR lgamma .
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/gerts.3 b/static/v10/man3/gerts.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2738ac26..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/gerts.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'CONNECT, GERTS (III)'3/15/72'CONNECT, GERTS (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		connect, gerts -- Gerts communication over 201
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,connect
-.br
-(error return)
-.a
-.br
-.li
-...
-
-jsr	r5,gerts; fc; oc; ibuf; obuf
-.br
-(error return)
-.br
-.li
-...
-.sp
-other entry points:  gcset, gout
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The
-GCOS GERTS interface is so bad that
-a description here is inappropriate.
-Anyone needing to use this interface should
-seek divine guidance.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		/dev/dn0, /dev/dp0
-.br
-kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	dn(IV), dp(IV), HIS documentation
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getarg.3 b/static/v10/man3/getarg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fdf3d532..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getarg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-.th GETARG III 11/24/73
-.sh NAME
-getarg \*- get command arguments from Fortran
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-call getarg ( i, iarray, \fR[ \fB, isize \fR]\fB )
-.s3
-.li
-... = iargc(dummy)
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.it getarg
-entry fills in
-.it iarray
-(which is considered to be
-.it integer)
-with the Hollerith string representing the
-.it i
-th
-argument to the command
-in which it it is called.
-If no
-.it isize
-argument is specified,
-at least one blank is placed after the argument,
-and the last word affected is blank padded.
-The user should make sure that the array is big enough.
-.s3
-If the
-.it isize
-argument is given,
-the argument will be followed by blanks
-to fill up
-.it isize
-words, but even if the argument is long no more than
-that many words will be filled in.
-.s3
-The blank-padded array is suitable for use as an
-argument to setfil (III).
-.s3
-The
-.it iargc
-entry returns the number of arguments to the command,
-counting the first (file-name) argument.
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-exec (II),
-setfil (III)
-.sh BUGS
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getc.3 b/static/v10/man3/getc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a1557ab..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'GETC, GETW, FOPEN (III)'3/15/72'GETC, GETW, FOPEN (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		getw, getc, fopen  --  buffered input
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	mov	$filename,r0
-.br
-jsr	r5,fopen; iobuf
-
-jsr	r5,getc; iobuf
-.br
-(character in r0)
-
-jsr	r5,getw; iobuf
-.br
-(word in r0)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	These routines are used to provide a buffered input
-facility.
-iobuf_____ is the address of a 518(10) byte buffer area whose
-contents are maintained by these routines.  Its format is:
-.sp
-.nf
-ioptr:	.=.+2		/ file descriptor
-	.=.+2		/ characters left in buffer
-	.=.+2		/ ptr to next character
-	.=.+512.	/ the buffer
-.sp
-.fi
-fopen_____ may be called initially to open the file.  On return,
-the error bit (c-bit) is set if the open failed.
-If fopen_____ is never called, get___ will read from the standard
-input file.
-.sp
-getc____ returns the next byte from the file in r0.  The
-error bit is set on end of file or a read error.
-.sp
-getw____ returns the next word in r0.  getc____ and getw____
-may be used alternately; there are no odd/even
-problems.
-.sp
-iobuf_____ must be provided by the user; it must be on a word boundary.
-
-To reuse the same buffer for another file, it is sufficient
-to close the original file and call fopen_____ again.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	open(II), read(II), putc(III)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	c-bit set on EOF or error
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getchr.3 b/static/v10/man3/getchr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a41ae69..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getchr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-.th GETCHAR III 4/7/73
-.sh NAME
-getchar \*- read character
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-getchar( )
-.br
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Getchar
-provides the simplest means of reading characters from
-the standard input for C programs.
-It returns successive characters until end-of-file,
-when it returns ``\\0''.
-.s3
-Associated with this routine is an external variable
-called \fIfin\fR, which is a structure containing
-a buffer such as described under \fIgetc\fR (III).
-.s3
-Normally input via \fIgetchar\fR is unbuffered,
-but if the file-descriptor (first) word of
-.it fin
-is non-zero,
-.it getchar
-calls
-.it getc
-with
-.it fin
-as
-argument.
-This means that
-.s3
-	fin = open(...)
-.s3
-makes
-.it getchar
-return (buffered) input from
-the opened file; also
-.s3
-	fin = dup(0);
-.s3
-causes the standard input to be buffered.
-.s3
-Generally speaking,
-.it getchar
-should be used only for the simplest applications;
-.it getc
-is better when there are multiple input files.
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-getc (III)
-.sh DIAGNOSTICS
-Null character returned on EOF or error.
-.sh BUGS
-\*-1 should be
-returned on EOF; null is a legitimate character.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getdate.3 b/static/v10/man3/getdate.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 37d9a625..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getdate.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETDATE 3 unc
-.SH NAME
-getdate \- convert time and date from ASCII
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.br
-.B #include <sys/timeb.h>
-.PP
-.B time_t getdate(buf, now)
-.br
-.B char *buf;
-.br
-struct timeb *now;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getdate
-is a routine that converts most common time specifications to standard UNIX
-format.  The first argument is the character string containing the
-time and date; the second is the assumed current time (used for relative
-specifications); if
-.B NULL
-is passed,
-.IR ftime (2)
-is used to obtain the current time and timezone.
-.PP
-The character string consists of 0 or more specifications of the following
-form:
-.TP .75i
-tod
-A
-.I tod
-is a time of day, which is of the form
-.IR hh : mm [: ss ]
-(or
-.IR hhmm )
-.RI [ meridian ]
-.RI [ zone ].
-If no meridian \-
-.B am
-or
-.B pm
-\- is specified, a 24-hour clock is used.  A
-.I tod
-may be specified as just
-.I hh
-followed by a
-.IR meridian.
-.TP .75i
-date
-A
-.I date
-is a specific month and day, and possibly a year.  Acceptable formats are
-.IR mm/dd [ /yy ]
-and
-.IR "monthname dd" "[, " yy ]
-If omitted, the year defaults to the
-current year; if a year is specified
-as a number less than 100, 1900 is added.
-If a number not followed by a day or relative time unit occurs, it will
-be interpreted as a year if a
-.IR tod ,
-.IR monthname ,
-and
-.I dd
-have already been specified; otherwise, it will be treated as a
-.IR tod .
-This rule allows the output from
-.IR date (1)
-or
-.IR ctime (3)
-to be passed as input to
-.IR getdate .
-.TP .75i
-day
-A
-.I day
-of the week may be specified; the current day will be used if appropriate.
-A
-.I day
-may be preceeded by a
-.IR number,
-indicating which instance of that day is desired; the default is
-.BR 1 .
-Negative
-.I numbers
-indicate times past.  Some symbolic
-.I numbers
-are accepted:
-.BR last ,
-.BR next ,
-and the ordinals
-.B first
-through
-.B twelfth
-.RB ( second
-is ambiguous, and is not accepted as an ordinal number).
-The symbolic number
-.B next
-is equivalent to
-.BR 2 ;
-thus,
-.I "next monday"
-refers not to the immediately coming Monday, but to the one a week later.
-.TP .75i
-relative time
-Specifications relative to the current time are also accepted.  
-The format is
-.RI [ number "] " unit ;
-acceptable units are
-.BR year ,
-.BR month ,
-.BR fortnight ,
-.BR week ,
-.BR day ,
-.BR hour ,
-.BR minute ,
-and
-.BR second .
-.PP
-The actual date is formed as follows:  first, any absolute date and/or time
-is processed and converted.  Using that time as the base, day-of-week
-specifications are added; last, relative specifications are used.  If a
-date or day is specified, and no absolute or relative time is given, midnight
-is used.
-Finally, a correction is applied so that the correct hour of the day is
-produced after allowing for daylight savings time differences.
-.PP
-.I Getdate
-accepts most common abbreviations for days, months, etc.; in particular,
-it will recognize them with upper or lower case first letter, and will
-recognize three-letter abbreviations for any of them, with or without
-a trailing period.  Units, such as
-.BR week s,
-may be specified in the singular or plural.  Timezone and meridian
-values may be in upper or lower case, and with or without periods.
-.SH FILES
-/usr/lib/libu.a
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-ctime(3), time(2)
-.SH AUTHOR
-Steven M. Bellovin (unc!smb)
-.br
-Dept. of Computer Science
-.br
-University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
-.SH BUGS
-Because
-.IR yacc (1)
-is used to parse the date,
-.I getdate
-cannot be used a subroutine to any program that also needs
-.IR yacc .
-.br
-The grammar and scanner are rather primitive; certain desirable and
-unambiguous constructions are not accepted.  Worse yet, the meaning of
-some legal phrases is not what is expected;
-.I next week
-is identical to
-.IR "2 weeks" .
-.br
-The daylight savings time correction is not perfect, and can get confused
-if handed times between midnight and 2:00 am on the days that the
-reckoning changes.
-.br
-Because
-.IR localtime (2)
-accepts an old-style time format without zone information, attempting
-to pass
-.I getdate
-a current time containing a different zone will probably fail.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getenv.3 b/static/v10/man3/getenv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 02ca41e0..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getenv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETENV 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-getenv \(mi value for environment name
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *getenv(name)
-.B char *name;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getenv
-searches the environment list
-(see
-.IR environ (5))
-for a string starting with
-\fIname\fL=\fR.
-If no such a string is found, 0
-is returned.
-Otherwise,
-the address of the character following the
-.L =
-is returned.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR printenv (1),
-.IR environ (5), 
-.IR exec (2)
-.SH BUGS
-.I Getenv
-ignores shell functions; see 
-.IR sh (1).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getfields.3 b/static/v10/man3/getfields.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f0b90ce..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getfields.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETFIELDS 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-getfields, getmfields, setfields \(mi break a string into fields
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B int getfields(str, ptrs, nptrs)
-.B char *str, **ptrs;
-.PP
-.B int getmfields(str, ptrs, nptrs)
-.B char *str, **ptrs;
-.PP
-.B void setfields(fielddelim)
-.B char *fielddelim;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getfields
-breaks the null-terminated string
-.I str
-into at most
-.I nptrs
-null-terminated fields and places pointers to the start of these fields in the array
-.IR ptrs .
-It returns the number of fields
-and terminates the list of pointers with a zero pointer.
-It overwrites some of the bytes in
-.IR str .
-If there are
-.I nptr
-or more fields, the list will not end with zero
-and the last `field' will extend to the end of the
-input string and may contain delimiters.
-.PP
-A field is defined as a maximal sequence of characters not in a set
-of field delimiters.
-Adjacent fields are separated by exactly one delimiter.
-No field follows a delimiter at the end of string.
-Thus a string of just two delimiter characters
-contains two empty fields,
-and a nonempty string with no delimiters contains
-one field.
-.PP
-.I Getmfields
-is the same as
-.I getfields
-except that fields are separated by maximal strings of
-field delimiters rather than just one.
-.PP
-.I Setfields
-makes the field delimiters (space and tab by default)
-be the characters of the string
-.I fielddelim.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-Print the words in a string, where words are non-whitespace
-strings.
-There is no bound on the number of words.
-.EX
-printwords(string)
-char *string;
-{
-	char *ptrs[2];
-	int n;
-	setfields(" \et\en");		
-	for(n=2; n>=2; string=ptrs[1]) {
-		n = getmfields(string, ptrs, 2);		
-		if(n == 0)
-			break;
-		if(ptrs[0][0] != 0)	/* skip initial blanks */
-			printf("%s\en", ptrs[0]);		
-	}
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR string (3)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getflags.3 b/static/v10/man3/getflags.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1352e5a5..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getflags.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETFLAGS 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-getflags \(mi process flag arguments in argv
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-#include </usr/include/getflags.h>
-.PP
-.B int getflags(argc, argv, flags)
-.B char **argv, *flags;
-.PP
-.B usage(tail)
-.B char *tail;
-.PP
-.B extern char **flag[], cmdline[], *cmdname, *flagset[];
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getflags
-digests an argument vector
-.IR argv ,
-finding flag arguments listed in
-.IR flags .
-.I Flags
-is a string of flag letters.
-A letter followed by a colon and a number
-is expected to have the given number of parameters.
-A flag argument starts with
-.RB ` - '
-and is followed by any number of flag letters.
-A flag with one or more parameters must be the last flag in an argument.
-If any characters follow it, they are the flag's first parameter.  Otherwise
-the following argument is the first parameter.  Subsequent parameters are taken
-from subsequent arguments.
-.PP
-The global array
-.I flag
-is set to point to an array of parameters for each flag found.
-Thus, if flag
-.B -x
-was seen,
-.B flag['x']
-is non-zero, and
-.B flag['x'][i]
-is the flag's
-.IR i th
-parameter.
-If flag
-.B -x
-has no parameters
-.BR flag['x']==flagset .
-Flags not found
-are marked with a zero.
-Flags and their parameters are deleted from
-.I argv.
-.I Getflags
-returns the adjusted argument count.
-.PP
-.I Getflags
-stops scanning for flags upon encountering a non-flag argument,
-or an argument whose only character is
-.RB ` - ',
-which argument is deleted.
-.PP
-.I Getflags
-places a pointer to 
-.I argv[0]
-in the external variable
-.I cmdname.
-It also concatenates the original members of
-.IR argv ,
-separated by spaces, and places the result in the external array
-.IR cmdline .
-.PP
-.I Usage
-constructs a usage message, prints it on the standard error file,
-and exits with status 1.
-The command name printed is
-.IR argv[0] .
-Appropriate flag usage syntax is generated from
-.IR flags .
-As an aid,
-explanatory information about flag parameters may be included in
-.I flags
-in square brackets as in the example.
-.I Tail
-is printed at the end of the message.
-If
-.I getflags
-encountered an error,
-.I usage
-tries to indicate the cause.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.EX
-	main(argc, argv)
-	char *argv[];
-	{
-		if((argc=getflags(argc, argv, "vinclbhse:1[expr]", 1))==-1)
-			usage("[file ...]");
-	}
-.EE
-might print:
-.EX
-	Illegal flag -u
-	Usage: grep [-vinclbhs] [-e expr] [file ...]
-.EE
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR getopt (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Getflags
-returns \-1 on error:
-a syntax error in
-.I flags,
-setting a flag more than once, setting a flag not mentioned
-in
-.IR flags ,
-or running out of argv while collecting a flag's parameters.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getflds.3 b/static/v10/man3/getflds.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c6ed8b1..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getflds.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETFLDS 3S
-.SH NAME
-getflds \(mi read a line from a file and break it into fields
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B char **getflds(stream)
-.B FILE *stream;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getflds
-reads a line from the
-.I stream
-given as argument, breaks it into fields,
-and returns a pointer to a null-terminated array of
-character pointers, each of which points
-to a null-terminated string representing one field.
-These strings, and the array that points to them,
-persist until the next call to
-.IR getflds .
-On end of file, a null pointer is returned.
-.PP
-If the first character of a line is a
-.LR # ,
-that line is considered to be a comment and ignored.
-.PP
-Fields are separated by white space (spaces or tabs).
-Leading and trailing white space on a line is ignored.
-White space may appear inside a field in one of three
-ways: each space or tab may be preceded by a backslash,
-the white space may be enclosed in single or
-double quotes, or characters may described
-in octal, as detailed below.
-.PP
-A field, or any parts of a field, may be enclosed in single
-or double quotes.
-Within quotes, white space and
-quotes of the other sort are treated as
-ordinary characters, but a closing quote
-is silently inserted before a newline.
-.PP
-Inside or outside quotes, a backslash
-and the character(s) after it are changed as follows:
-.nf
-.ta 10n
-\fL\eb\fR	backspace
-\fL\ef\fR	form feed
-\fL\en\fR	newline
-\fL\er\fR	return
-\fL\et\fR	horizontal tab
-\fL\ev\fR	vertical tab
-\fL\e\e\fR	\e
-\fL\e\'\fR	\'
-\fL\e"\fR	"
-\fL\e#\fR	#
-\fL\e\fIspace\fR	space
-\fL\e\fItab\fR	tab
-\fL\e\fInewline\fR	completely ignored; this allows a logical line to span any number of physical lines.
-\fL\e\fIdigits\fR	the one, two, or three octal digits are the value of the character to be used.
-.fi
-.PP
-If any other character follows the
-.LR \e ,
-both
-characters lose their special interpretation.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-If
-.I getflds
-detects an error, it returns
-.LR 0 ,
-just as it does at end of file.
-However, the error will have changed
-.I errno
-(see
-.IR intro (2)).
-To distinguish between error and
-end of file set
-.I errno
-to zero before calling
-.I getflds
-and test it afterwards.
-.SH BUGS
-.I Getflds
-provides no way to distinguish a null character
-within a field from the end of the field.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getfsent.3 b/static/v10/man3/getfsent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f6d67e4..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getfsent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETFSENT 3
-.CT 2 sa
-.SH NAME
-getfsent, getfsspec, getfsfile, setfsent, endfsent \(mi get file system description file entry
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <fstab.h>
-.PP
-.B struct fstab *getfsent()
-.PP
-.B struct fstab *getfsspec(name)
-.B char *name;
-.PP
-.B struct fstab *getfsfile(name)
-.B char *name;
-.PP
-.B int setfsent()
-.PP
-.B int endfsent()
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getfsent,
-.I getfsspec
-and
-.I getfsfile
-each return a pointer to a structure
-containing the broken-out
-fields of a line in
-.IR fstab (5),
-which describes mountable file systems.
-.PP
-.EX
-.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'char fs_spec[FSNMLG]; 'u
-struct fstab {
-	char fs_spec[FSNMLG];	\fRblock device name\fP
-	char fs_file[FSNMLG];	\fRfile system mount point\fP
-	int fs_ftype;	\fRfile system type\fP
-	int fs_flags;	\fRfile system flags\fP
-	int fs_passno;	\fRpass number for parallel \fP\fIfsck\fR(8)\fP
-};
-.EE
-.PP
-Type numbers and flags are listed in
-.IR fmount (2).
-Entries that aren't file systems
-(should not be mounted)
-have negative values for
-.LR fs_ftype :
-.TP .7i
-.L FSNONE
-(\-1) Ignore this entry.
-.PD 0
-.TP
-.L FSSWAP
-(\-2)
-.L fs_spec
-is a device available for swapping.
-.PD
-.PP
-.I Getfsent
-reads the next line of the file, opening the file if necessary.
-.PP
-.I Setfsent
-opens and rewinds the file.
-.PP
-.I Endfsent
-closes the file.
-.PP
-.I Getfsspec
-and
-.I getfsfile
-sequentially search from the beginning
-of the file until a matching
-special file name or
-file system file name is found,
-or until EOF
-is encountered.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.F /etc/fstab
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR fmount (2),
-.IR fstab (5)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Zero is returned on EOF
-or error.
-.SH BUGS
-The return values point to static data
-whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getgrent.3 b/static/v10/man3/getgrent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c3fc41f..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getgrent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETGRENT 3
-.CT 2 secur
-.SH NAME
-getgrent, getgrgid, getgrnam, setgrent, endgrent \(mi get group file entry
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <grp.h>
-.PP
-.B struct group *getgrent();
-.PP
-.B struct group *getgrgid(gid)
-.PP
-.B struct group *getgrnam(name)
-.B char *name;
-.PP
-.B int setgrent();
-.PP
-.B int endgrent();
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getgrent,
-.I getgrgid
-and
-.I getgrnam
-each return pointers
-to a structure
-containing the broken-out
-fields of a line in
-.FR /etc/group .
-.EX
-.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'group 'u +\w'*gr_passwd; 'u
-struct	group	{
-	\fLchar	*gr_name;\fR	the group name
-	\fLchar	*gr_passwd;\fP	the encrypted group passwd
-	\fLint	gr_gid;\fP	the numeric groupid
-	\fLchar	**gr_mem;\fP	null-terminated vector of pointers to the individual member names
-\fL};\fP
-.EE
-.PP
-.I Getgrent
-simply reads the next
-line while
-.I getgrgid
-and
-.I getgrnam
-search until a matching
-.I gid
-or
-.I name
-is found
-(or until EOF is encountered).
-Each routine picks up
-where the others leave off
-so successive calls may be used
-to search the entire file.
-.PP
-A call to
-.I setgrent
-has the effect of rewinding
-the group file
-to allow
-repeated searches.
-.I Endgrent
-may be called to
-close the group file
-when processing is complete.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.F /etc/group
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR getlogin (3), 
-.IR getpwent (3), 
-.IR passwd (5)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Zero is returned on EOF
-or error.
-.SH BUGS
-The return values point to static data
-whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getlogin.3 b/static/v10/man3/getlogin.3
deleted file mode 100644
index bc9e500c..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getlogin.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETLOGIN 3
-.CT 2 secur
-.SH NAME
-getlogin \(mi get login name
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B char *getlogin()
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getlogin
-returns a pointer to
-the login name
-as set by
-.IR setlogname ;
-see
-.IR getuid (2).
-.PP
-It is preferable, but less portable, to call
-.IR getlogname ;
-see
-.IR getuid (2).
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.F /etc/utmp
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR getpwent (3), 
-.IR getgrent (3), 
-.IR utmp (5), 
-.IR getuid (2)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Zero is returned if the name could not be found.
-.SH BUGS
-The return values point to static data
-whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getopt.3 b/static/v10/man3/getopt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e7339fb9..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getopt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETOPT 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-getopt \(mi get option letter from argv
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B int getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
-.B int argc;
-.B char **argv;
-.B char *optstring;
-.PP
-.B extern char *optarg;
-.B extern int optind;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getopt
-returns the next option letter in
-.I argv
-that matches a letter in
-.IR optstring .
-.I Optstring
-is a string of recognized option letters;
-if a letter is followed by a colon, the option
-is expected to have an argument, which may or
-may not be separated from it by white space.
-.I Optarg
-is set to point to the start of the option argument
-on return from
-.IR getopt .
-.PP
-.I Getopt
-places in
-.I optind
-the
-.I argv
-index of the next argument to be processed.
-Since
-.I optind
-is external, it is normally initialized to zero
-automatically before the first call to
-.IR getopt .
-.PP
-Option letters appear in nonempty clusters preceded by 
-.BR - .
-When all options have been processed
-(i.e., up to the first non-option argument),
-.I getopt
-returns \-1.
-The special option
-.L --
-may be used to delimit the end of the options;
-\-1
-will be returned, and
-.L --
-will be skipped.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-This fragment processes arguments
-for a command that can take option
-.B a
-and option
-.BR f ,
-which requires an argument.
-.PP
-.EX
-.ta \w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u
-main (argc, argv) char **argv;
-{
-	int c, errflg;
-	extern int optind;
-	extern char *optarg, *ifile;
-	while((c = getopt(argc, argv, "af:")) != -1)
-		switch (c){
-		case 'a':  aflg=1; break;
-		case 'f':  ifile = optarg; break;
-		case '?':  errflg=1; break;
-		}
-	if(errflg){
-		fprintf(stderr, "usage: . . . ");
-		exit(2);
-	}
-	for( ; optind < argc; optind++){
-		if(access(argv[optind], 4)){
-			...
-		}
-	}
-	...
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR getflags (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Getopt
-prints an error message on
-.I stderr
-and returns a
-question mark
-.L ?
-when it encounters an option letter not included in
-.IR optstring .
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getpass.3 b/static/v10/man3/getpass.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d57d68a3..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getpass.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETPASS 3
-.CT 2 secur
-.SH NAME
-getpass \(mi read a password
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *getpass(prompt)
-.B char *prompt;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getpass
-reads a password from the file
-.FR /dev/tty ,
-or if that cannot be opened, from the standard input,
-after prompting with the null-terminated string
-.I prompt
-and disabling echoing.
-A pointer is returned to a null-terminated string
-of at most 8 characters.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.F /dev/tty
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR crypt (3)
-.SH BUGS
-The return value points to static data
-whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getpw.3 b/static/v10/man3/getpw.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 56189a36..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getpw.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-.th GETPW III 4/7/73
-.sh NAME
-getpw \*- get name from UID
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-getpw(uid, buf)
-.br
-char *buf;
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Getpw
-searches the password file for
-the (numerical)
-\fIuid\fR, and fills in \fIbuf\fR
-with the corresponding line;
-it returns non-zero if \fIuid\fR could not
-be found.
-The line is null-terminated.
-.sh FILES
-/etc/passwd
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-passwd(V)
-.sh DIAGNOSTICS
-non-zero
-return on error.
-.sh BUGS
-It disturbs
-buffered input via \fIgetchar\fR (III).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getpwent.3 b/static/v10/man3/getpwent.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d779758..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getpwent.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETPWENT 3
-.CT 2 secur
-.SH NAME
-getpwent, getpwuid, getpwnam, setpwent, endpwent, pwdecode \(mi get password file entry
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <pwd.h>
-.PP
-.B struct passwd *getpwent()
-.PP
-.B struct passwd *getpwuid(uid)
-.B int uid;
-.PP
-.B struct passwd *getpwnam(name)
-.B char *name;
-.PP
-.B int setpwent()
-.PP
-.B int endpwent()
-.PP
-.B struct passwd *pwdecode(p)
-.B char *p;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getpwent,
-.I getpwuid
-and
-.I getpwnam
-each return a pointer to a structure
-containing the broken-out
-fields of a line in
-.FR /etc/passwd .
-.EX
-.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'passwd 'u +\w'*pw_comment; 'u
-struct	passwd	{
-	\fLchar	*pw_name;\fR	login name
-	\fLchar	*pw_passwd;\fP	encrypted password
-	\fLint	pw_uid;\fP	numeric userid
-	\fLint	pw_gid;\fP	numeric groupid
-	\fLint	pw_quota;\fP	unused
-	\fLchar	*pw_comment;\fP	unused
-	\fLchar	*pw_gecos;\fP	field for local use
-	\fLchar	*pw_dir;\fP	login directory
-	\fLchar	*pw_shell;\fP	program to use as Shell
-\fL};\fP
-.EE
-.PP
-.I Getpwent
-reads the next
-line (opening the file if necessary);
-.I setpwent
-rewinds the file;
-.I endpwent
-closes it.
-.PP
-.I Getpwuid
-and
-.I getpwnam
-search from the beginning until a matching
-.I uid
-or
-.I name
-is found
-(or until end-of-file is encountered).
-.PP
-.I Pwdecode
-breaks out a null-terminated character string
-.I p
-containing a password file entry.
-The input string is modified by the call and
-the output structure contains pointers into it.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.F /etc/passwd
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR getlogin (3), 
-.IR getgrent (3), 
-.IR passwd (5)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-These routines return 0 for end of file or error.
-.SH BUGS
-The return values point to static data
-whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getshares.3 b/static/v10/man3/getshares.3
deleted file mode 100644
index afbf6741..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getshares.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETSHARES 3 SHARE
-.SH NAME
-getshares \- get shares file entry given uid
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B "#include <shares.h>"
-.br
-.sp
-.B "unsigned long getshares(lp, uid, lock)"
-.br
-.B "struct lnode * lp;"
-.br
-.B "int uid;"
-.br
-.B "int lock;"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getshares
-finds the shares entry with the same uid as
-.I uid
-and reads it into an area pointed to by
-.IR lp .
-.I lock
-should be non-zero if the shares data-base should be opened for writing.
-Returns zero if no entry exists,
-(in which case all
-.RI non- uid
-fields of
-.I *lp
-will have been cleared),
-or the ``last used'' time of the entry.
-.I lp\->l_uid
-will always have been set to
-.I uid
-on return.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-closeshares(3),
-getshput(3),
-openshares(3),
-putshares(3),
-sharesfile(3).
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Getshares
-returns 0
-if entry can't be found, or on error.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getshput.3 b/static/v10/man3/getshput.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 248518b7..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getshput.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETSHPUT 3 SHARE
-.SH NAME
-getshput \- read, modify, and write shares file entry
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B "#include <shares.h>"
-.br
-.sp
-.B "unsigned long getshput(lp, func)"
-.br
-.B "struct lnode * lp;"
-.br
-.B "unsigned long (*func)();"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getshput
-finds the shares entry with the same uid as
-.I lp\->l_uid
-and reads it into an internal
-.I lnode
-structure.
-The function pointed to by
-.I func
-is then called with two arguments,
-the first pointing to the original
-.I lnode
-structure,
-and the second pointing to the internal
-.I lnode
-structure.
-If
-.I func
-returns with a value other than 0
-the (presumably modified) second structure is written back to the shares file,
-with the ``extime'' field in the shares record filled with the value returned by
-.IR func .
-Otherwise
-.I getshput
-simply returns.
-.I Getshput
-returns the value returned by
-.IR func .
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-closeshares(3),
-getshares(3),
-openshares(3),
-putshares(3),
-sharesfile(3).
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Getshput
-returns 0
-if the entry can't be modified.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getstsrc.3 b/static/v10/man3/getstsrc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ec8e711..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getstsrc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETSTSRC 3
-.CT 2 sa secur
-.SH NAME
-getstsrc, setstsrc \(mi read and write a stream identifier
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *getstsrc(fd)
-.B setstsrc(fd, name)
-.B char *name;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Setstsrc
-attaches a descriptive string to the indicated stream,
-and
-.I getstsrc
-returns a pointer to a static buffer containing the string.
-The string persists until final close of the stream.
-When a stream is first opened the string is trivial.
-.PP
-.I Setstsrc
-requires capability
-.BR T_EXTERN ;
-see 
-.IR getplab (2).
-The string conventionally names the off-machine source of the
-stream.
-Since only trusted processes may modify it,
-it may be relied on for security calculations.
-.PP
-.I Getstsrc
-returns 0 on error,
-.I setstsrc
-returns \-1 on error.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR stream (4)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.BR EPERM ,
-.BR ENOTTY
-.SH BUGS
-The return value of
-.I getstsrc
-points to static data
-whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/getwd.3 b/static/v10/man3/getwd.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f26286d..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/getwd.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-.TH GETWD 3
-.CT 2 dirs
-.SH NAME
-getwd, getcwd \(mi get current directory
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B char *getwd(buf)
-.br
-.B char *buf;
-.PP
-.B char *getcwd(buf, size)
-.br
-.B char *buf;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Getwd
-and
-.I getcwd
-fill
-.I buf
-with a null-terminated string representing the current directory
-and return
-.IR buf .
-.PP
-.I Getwd
-is in the style of BSD systems and
-.I getcwd
-in that of System V.
-If
-.I buf
-is 0,
-.I getcwd
-will call
-.IR malloc (3)
-to allocate
-.I size
-bytes for the buffer.
-.SH "SEE ALSO
-.IR pwd (1)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-On error, zero is returned and
-.I buf
-is filled with a diagnostic message.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/hash.3 b/static/v10/man3/hash.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d3f972b..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/hash.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,611 +0,0 @@
-.de L		\" literal font
-.ft 5
-.it 1 }N
-.if !\\$1 \&\\$1 \\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6
-..
-.de LR
-.}S 5 1 \& "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de RL
-.}S 1 5 \& "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de EX		\" start example
-.ta 1i 2i 3i 4i 5i 6i
-.PP
-.RS 
-.PD 0
-.ft 5
-.nf
-..
-.de EE		\" end example
-.fi
-.ft
-.PD
-.RE
-.PP
-..
-.TH HASH 3
-.SH NAME
-hash \- hash table support
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.L "#include <hash.h>"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.I hash
-routines manipulate collections of dynamic, scoped hash tables.
-.PP
-A hash table provides an association between a
-.I key
-and its
-.IR value .
-A
-.I key
-is a sequence of 
-.L char
-elements and a
-.I value
-is a user supplied pointer to the value.
-Each hash table has a dynamic number of slots,
-each pointing to the head of a forward linked
-.IR "collision chain" .
-.PP
-Hashing occurs as follows:
-a
-.I "hash function"
-takes a
-.I key
-as an argument and returns a non-negative index.
-The index modulo the table size produces a
-slot that points to a
-.IR "collision chain" .
-The collision chain is sequentially searched until a match is found for
-.IR key .
-The hash tables are automatically resized as new entries are added.
-.PP
-Each hash table has one key type.
-The default key type is a pointer to a null-terminated string.
-The alternate key type is a pointer to a fixed length byte buffer,
-declared for a given table by the
-.L hashalloc()
-function described below.
-.PP
-Hash table information is partitioned into two parts for efficient scoping.
-The
-.I root
-part contains fixed information that is shared among a set of related
-hash tables.
-The remaining information is maintained on a per-table basis.
-.PP
-These basic types are defined in the header file
-.B hash.h
-(alternate names are listed in parenthesis):
-.TP
-.L "HASHTABLE (Hashtab_t)"
-The per-table information.
-The readonly public elements are:
-.RS
-.TP
-.L "int buckets"
-The number of table entries.
-.TP
-.L "char* name"
-The hash table name.
-.TP
-.L "root"
-The root information.
-The public elements are:
-.RS
-.TP
-.L "int root->accesses"
-The number of lookups.
-.TP
-.L "int root->collisions"
-The number of lookup collisions.
-.RE
-.TP
-.L "HASHTABLE* scope"
-The table that this scope covers, 
-.L NULL
-if the table is not a scope.
-.TP
-.L "int size"
-The current hash table size.
-.RE
-.TP
-.L "HASHBUCKET (Hashbin_t)"
-A collision chain hash bucket.
-The public structure elements are:
-.RS
-.TP
-.L "char* hashname(HASHBUCKET*)"
-Returns a pointer to the hash bucket key given the bucket pointer.
-.TP
-.L "char* value"
-The value associated with the key.
-.RE
-.TP
-.L "HASHHEADER (Hashhdr_t)"
-The hash bucket header that must be the first element in all user defined
-buckets.
-.L HASH_VALUE
-may not be used with user defined buckets.
-.TP
-.L "HASHPOSITION (Hashpos_t)"
-Stores the hash table position for
-.LR hashscan .
-The public elements are:
-.RS
-.TP
-.L "HASHBUCKET* bucket"
-The current hash bucket pointer.
-.RE
-.PP
-The routines are:
-.TP
-.L "HASHTABLE* hashalloc(HASHTABLE* ref, int op, ...)"
-Creates a new hash table and returns a pointer to the table.
-.IR malloc (3)
-is used to allocate space for the table.
-.L NULL
-is returned if the table cannot be created.
-.L ref
-is a pointer to a reference hash table that provides
-default values for unspecified information.
-The new hash table and
-.L ref
-share the same root information.
-If
-.L ref
-is
-.L NULL
-then new root information is created for the new table.
-The remaining arguments appear in
-.I op-arg
-pairs, followed by a final
-.L 0
-argument.
-The
-.I op-arg
-pairs are:
-.RS
-.TP
-.L "HASH_alloc, (char(*)()) alloc"
-.L alloc
-is a function that is called to process
-.L HASHBUCKET
-.L value
-assignments.
-The single argument is
-.L "char* value"
-and the processed
-.L char*
-value is returned.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_clear, int flags"
-.L flags
-are the
-.L ref
-flags to be cleared in the new hash table.
-See
-.L HASH_set
-below.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_compare, (int(*)()) compare"
-Specifies an alternate
-.I key
-comparison function.
-The arguments and return value for
-.L compare
-are the same as for
-.IR strncmp (3)
-if
-.L HASH_namesize
-is specified and
-.IR strcmp (3)
-otherwise.
-The first argument is the 
-.I key
-from the current hash bucket on the 
-.I "collision chain"
-and the second argument is the user supplied 
-.IR key .
-.TP
-.L "HASH_free, (int(*)()) free"
-.L free
-is a function that is called when a hash bucket is freed.
-If
-.L HASH_BUCKET
-was set in
-.L hashalloc
-then the hash bucket pointer is passed, otherwise the bucket
-.L value 
-pointer is passed.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_hash, (int(*)()) hash"
-Specifies an alternate
-.I key
-hash function.
-A
-.L char*
-key argument (and, if
-.L HASH_namesize
-is specified, an
-.L int
-key size argument) is passed to
-.LR hash .
-The return value must be a non-negative
-.LR int .
-.TP
-.L "HASH_meanchain, int meanchain"
-Specifies the mean collision chain length.
-The hash table is automatically resized when this value is exceeded.
-The default mean chain length is 2.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_name, char* name"
-Associates
-.L name
-with the hash table.
-Used by
-.LR hashdump) .
-.TP
-.L "HASH_namesize, int namesize"
-The fixed size in bytes for
-.I keys
-in the table.
-If
-.L namesize
-is 0 (the default) then the
-.I keys
-are interpreted as null-terminated strings.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_set, int flags"
-Changes the hash table flags by
-.IR or ing
-in
-.LR flags .
-The flags, which may be 
-.IR or ed
-together, are:
-.RS
-.TP
-.L HASH_ALLOCATE
-Keys for new hash table entries are to be copied to data areas obtained from
-.IR malloc (3).
-.TP
-.L HASH_FIXED
-Fixes the hash table size, disabling any automatic table resizing.
-.TP
-.L HASH_SCOPE
-The new hash table is a scope that is to be pushed on top of
-.LR ref .
-.L ref
-must be
-.RL non- NULL .
-.RE
-.RE
-.TP
-.L "HASHTABLE* hashfree(HASHTABLE* tab)"
-The hash table
-.L tab
-is freed.
-The scope covered table pointer is returned,
-.L NULL
-if
-.L tab
-is not a scope.
-.TP
-.L "char* hashlook(HASHTABLE* tab, char* name, int flags, char* value)"
-Operates on the key
-.L name
-in the hash table
-.L tab
-according to
-.L flags
-and 
-.LR value .
-A
-.L HASHBUCKET
-pointer is returned unless otherwise noted.
-There are three basic lookup operations:
-.RS
-.TP
-.L HASH_CREATE
-.L name
-is entered into the top level scope if it does not already exist.
-If
-.L name
-also appears in a lower scope and
-.L HASH_ALLOC
-is set for the table then the new bucket will share the
-.L name
-field value with the lower scope.
-.TP
-.L HASH_DELETE
-.L name
-is deleted from the top level scope if it exists.
-.L NULL
-is returned.
-.TP
-.L HASH_LOOKUP
-The scopes are searched in order from top to bottom for
-.L name .
-The bucket pointer for the first occurrence is returned.
-.L NULL
-is returned if
-.L name
-is not found.
-.RE
-The basic operations may be qualified by the following
-(the qualifiers are restricted to the basic operations in
-the parenthesized list):
-.RS
-.TP
-.L "HASH_BUCKET (HASH_CREATE,HASH_DELETE,HASH_LOOKUP)"
-.L name
-is a pointer to a bucket that has already been entered into the table.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_FIXED (HASH_CREATE)"
-.L value
-is taken to be the size of the hash bucket to be created for
-.L name
-in the top level scope.
-The minimum bucket size is silently restricted to
-.LR sizeof(HASHHEADER) .
-.TP
-.L "HASH_INSTALL (HASH_CREATE)"
-.L name
-is a pointer to a bucket that has not been entered into the table.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_NOSCOPE (HASH_LOOKUP)"
-The lookup is restricted to the top level scope.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_OPAQUE (HASH_CREATE,HASH_DELETE)"
-Sets
-.L (HASH_CREATE)
-or clears
-.L (HASH_DELETE)
-the
-.I opaque
-property for the bucket.
-An opaque bucket is not visible in lower scopes.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_SCOPE (HASH_CREATE,HASH_DELETE)"
-All scopes are searched for the bucket.
-If the bucket is not found for
-.L HASH_CREATE
-then a new bucket is created in the lowest scope.
-.TP
-.L "HASH_VALUE (HASH_CREATE,HASH_LOOKUP)"
-For
-.L HASH_CREATE
-the bucket
-.L value
-field is set to
-.L value
-and the bucket
-.L name
-value is returned.
-For
-.L HASH_LOOKUP
-the bucket
-.L value 
-field is returned,
-.L NULL
-if the bucket is not found.
-.RE
-If
-.L name
-.L NULL
-then the name from the most recent
-.L hashlook()
-is used, avoiding recomputation of some internal parameters.
-.TP
-.L "char* hashget(HASHTABLE* tab, char* name)"
-Returns the value
-associated with the key
-.L name
-in the hash table
-.LR tab .
-If
-.L name
-is
-.L NULL
-then the name from the most recent
-.L hashget()
-is used, avoiding recomputation of some internal parameters.
-.L NULL
-is returned if
-.L name
-is not in the table.
-All scope covered tables are searched.
-.TP
-.L "HASHBUCKET* hashlast(HASHTABLE* tab)"
-Returns a pointer to the most recent hash bucket for
-the most recent hash table.
-The value is set by
-.LR hashlook() ,
-.L hashscan()
-and
-.LR hashwalk() .
-.TP
-.L "char* hashput(HASHTABLE* tab, char* name, char* value)"
-Set the value of the key
-.L name
-to
-.L value
-in the top level scope of the hash table
-.LR tab .
-.L name
-is entered into the top level scope if necessary.
-The (possibly re-allocated) key name pointer is returned
-(see
-.LR HASH_ALLOCATE ).
-.TP
-.L "int hashwalk(HASHTABLE* tab, int flags, (int(*)()) walker)"
-The function
-.L walker
-is applied to each entry (not covered by a scope starting at
-.LR tab )
-in the hash table
-.LR tab .
-If
-.L flags
-is 
-.L HASH_NOSCOPE
-then only the top level hash table is used, otherwise the walk includes
-all scope covered tables.
-.L walker
-is called with
-.L char*
-.I key
-as the first argument and
-.L char*
-.I value
-as the second argument.
-The walk terminates after the last entry or when
-.L walker
-returns a negative value.
-The return value of the last call to
-.L walker
-is returned.
-Only one walk may be active within a collection of scoped tables.
-.TP
-.L "void hashscan(HASHTABLE* tab, int flags, HASHPOSITION* pos)"
-Initializes 
-.L pos
-for a sequential scan on the hash table
-.LR tab .
-If
-.L flags
-is 
-.L HASH_NOSCOPE
-then only the top level hash table is used, otherwise the scan includes
-all scope covered tables.
-Only one scan may be active within a collection of scoped tables.
-.L hashdone()
-must be called to terminate the scan.
-.TP
-.L "int hashnext(HASHPOSITION* pos)"
-Generates the next element in the sequential scan set up by
-.L hashscan()
-on
-.LR pos .
-If no elements remain then
-.L 0
-is returned.
-Otherwise
-.L pos->bucket
-points to the hash bucket of the next element and
-.L 1
-is returned.
-.TP
-.L "void hashdone(HASHPOSITION* pos)"
-Completes a scan initiated by 
-.L hashscan()
-on 
-.LR pos .
-.TP
-.L "int hashset(HASHTABLE* tab, int flags)"
-Sets the flags for the hash table
-.L tab
-by
-.IR or ing
-in
-.LR flags .
-Only
-.L HASH_ALLOCATE
-and
-.L HASH_FIXED
-may be set.
-.TP
-.L "int hashclear(HASHTABLE* tab, int flags)"
-Clears the flags for the hash table
-.L tab
-by masking out
-.LR flags .
-Only
-.L HASH_ALLOCATE
-and
-.L HASH_FIXED
-may be cleared.
-.TP
-.L "void hashdump(FILE* fp, HASHTABLE* tab, int flags)"
-Dumps hash table accounting info to the output file stream
-.LR fp .
-If
-.L tab
-is 
-.L NULL
-then all allocated hash tables are dumped, otherwise only information on
-.L tab
-is dumped.
-If
-.L flags
-is 
-.L HASH_BUCKET
-then the hash bucket
-.I key-value
-pairs for each collision chain are also dumped.
-.TP
-.L "void hashsize(HASHTABLE* tab, int size)"
-Changes the size of the hash table
-.L tab
-to
-.L size
-where
-.L size
-must be a power of 2.
-Explicit calls to this routine are not necessary as hash tables
-are automatically resized.
-.TP
-.L "int strhash(char* name)"
-Hashes the null terminated character string
-.L name
-using a linear congruent pseudo-random number generator algorithm
-and returns a non-negative
-.L int
-hash value.
-.TP
-.L "int memhash(char* buf, int siz)"
-Hashes the buffer
-.L buf
-of
-.L siz
-bytes using a linear congruent pseudo-random number generator algorithm
-and returns a non-negative
-.L int
-hash value.
-.TP
-.L "long strsum(char* name, long sum)"
-Returns a running 31-bit checksum of the string
-.L name
-where
-.L sum
-is
-.L 0
-on the first call and
-the return value from a previous
-.L memsum
-or
-.L strsum
-call otherwise.
-The checksum value is consistent across all implementations.
-.TP
-.L "long memsum(char* buf, int siz, long sum)"
-Returns a running 31-bit checksum of buffer
-.L buf
-of
-.L siz
-bytes where
-.L sum
-is
-.L 0
-on the first call and
-the return value from a previous
-.L memsum
-or
-.L strsum
-call otherwise.
-The checksum value is consistent across all implementations.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-sum(1)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/hmul.3 b/static/v10/man3/hmul.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a5ccb34..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/hmul.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-.th HMUL III 4/7/73
-.sh NAME
-hmul \*- high-order product
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-hmul(x, y)
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Hmul
-returns the high-order 16 bits of the product of
-.bd x
-and
-.bd y.
-(The binary multiplication operator generates
-the low-order 16 bits of a product.)
-.sh BUGS
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/huff.3 b/static/v10/man3/huff.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f90bb0ea..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/huff.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-.TH HUFF 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-huff \(mi huffman codebook/tree generator
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <huff.h>
-.PP
-.B NODE *huff(inrout)
-.B int (*inrout)();
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Huff
-generates a binary Huffman codebook.
-It obtains a list of messages one at a time from an input routine,
-.I inrout,
-declared as
-.IP
-.EX
-int inrout(str, p)
-char ** str;
-float *p;
-.EE
-.LP
-.I Inrout
-makes
-.I *str
-point to a null-terminated string identifying a message,
-and places in
-.I *p
-the (arbitrarily normalized) frequency of the message.
-.I Inrout
-returns non-zero when data is returned and zero when there
-is no more data.
-.PP
-.I Huff
-returns a pointer to a root of type 
-.BR NODE :
-.IP
-.EX
-typedef struct node {
-	char *datump;
-	struct node *to;
-	struct node *from;
-	struct node *ldad;
-	struct node *rdad;
-	struct node *kid;
-	float prob;
-} NODE;
-.EE
-.LP
-The root heads a linked list and the Huffman tree.
-The doubly linked list,
-connected via
-.B from
-and
-.BR to ,
-is ordered as the codebook was generated.
-The tree is connected
-via
-.BR kid ,
-.BR ldad ,
-and 
-.BR rdad ,
-with null pointers at the various ends.
-The
-.B kid
-field points towards the root,
-.B ldad
-and
-.B rdad
-point away:
-.B node->ldad->kid==node
-and
-.BR node->rdad->kid==node .
-the
-.B datump
-field is null or points to a message identifier.
-.PP
-The codeword for a message may be read off from the
-path from the root to the node containing the message identifier,
-counting
-.I ldad
-branches as 0 and
-.I rdad
-branches as 1.
-.SH "BUGS"
-A code with only one message dumps core.
-
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/hypot.3 b/static/v10/man3/hypot.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b477a7a..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/hypot.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'HYPOT (III)'6/12/72'HYPOT (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		hypot -- calculate hypotenuse
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	movf	a,fr0
-.br
-movf	b,fr1
-.br
-jsr	r5,hypot
-.br
-movf	fr0,...
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The
-square root of fr0*fr0 + fr1*fr1
-is returned in fr0.
-The calculation is done in such a way
-that overflow will not occur unless
-the answer is not representable in floating point.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	sqrt(III)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	The
-c-bit is set if the result cannot
-be represented.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ierror.3 b/static/v10/man3/ierror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e4c106b0..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ierror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-.th IERROR III 10/29/73
-.sh NAME
-ierror \*- catch Fortran errors
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-if ( ierror ( \fIerrno\fB ) .ne. 0 ) goto \fIlabel\fR
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Ierror
-provides a way of detecting errors during the running of a Fortran
-program.
-Its argument is a run-time error number
-such as enumerated in
-.it fc
-(I).
-.s3
-When
-.it ierror
-is called,
-it returns a 0 value; thus the
-.bd goto
-statement in the synopsis is not executed.
-However, the routine stores inside itself the
-call point and invocation level.
-If and when the indicated error occurs,
-a
-.bd return
-is simulated from
-.it ierror
-with a non-zero value;
-thus the
-.bd goto
-(or other statement)
-is executed.
-It is a ghastly error to call
-.it ierror
-from a subroutine which
-has already returned when the error occurs.
-.s3
-This routine is essentially tailored to
-catching end-of-file situations.
-Typically it is called just before the start
-of the loop which reads the input file,
-and the
-.bd goto
-jumps to a graceful termination of the program.
-.s3
-There is a limit of 5 on the number
-of different error numbers which can be caught.
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-fc (I)
-.sh BUGS
-There is no way to ignore errors.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/internet.3 b/static/v10/man3/internet.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c28fb445..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/internet.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-.TH INTERNET 3X
-.CT 2 comm_mach
-.SH NAME
-in_host, in_ntoa, in_address, in_service \- internet networking functions
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/inet/in.h>
-.PP
-.B char *in_host(hostaddr)
-.B in_addr hostaddr;
-.PP
-.B char *in_ntoa(hostaddr)
-.B in_addr hostaddr;
-.PP
-.B in_addr in_address(hostname)
-.B char *hostname;
-.PP
-.B struct in_service *in_service(name, proto, port)
-.B char *name, *proto;
-.B unsigned long port;
-.fi
-.PP
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines are loaded by the
-.B -lin
-option of
-.IR ld (1).
-.PP
-Internet addresses, type
-.I in_addr,
-are 32-bit quantities global to the network.
-The
-.SM ASCII
-representation of an
-.I in_addr
-can be either a host name or of the form
-.I b1.b2.b3.b4,
-where each
-.I `bx'
-is the value of the
-.IR x 'th
-byte of the
-address in decimal.
-Since host names are considered local `aliases' for internet
-addresses, the host-to-address mapping is subjective.
-.PP
-.I In_address
-maps an internet host name to an address
-and returns 0
-if the name is not found in the host
-table.
-.PP
-.I In_host
-maps an internet address into a host name.
-If the host is not found in the host table, the
-.SM ASCII
-representation of the address is returned.
-.PP
-.I In_ntoa
-maps an internet address to its
-.SM ASCII
-numeric format.
-.PP
-.I In_service
-returns the closest match to
-.I name
-in the services file.
-If either
-.I name
-or
-.I port
-are 0,
-they will match any name or port.
-If
-.I proto
-is
-.BR "(char *)0" ,
-the
-.B tcp
-protocol is assumed.
-.SH FILES
-.nf
-.ta 32n
-\fL/usr/inet/lib/hosts\fP	mapping between host names and addresses
-\fL/usr/inet/lib/networks\fP	mapping between network names and addresses
-\fL/usr/inet/lib/services\fP	database of services
-\fL/usr/inet/lib/hosts.equiv\fP	machines with common administration
-.fi
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR ipc (3),
-.IR tcp (3), 
-.IR udp (3)
-.SH BUGS
-.PP
-The mappings between internet addresses and names is arbitrary at best.
-The hosts file may contain many addresses for each name and/or many
-names for each address.
-.I In_address
-and
-.I in_host
-each start at the beginning of the file and search sequentially for a match.
-Therefore,
-.B "in_addr(in_host(addr)) \=\= addr"
-is not necessarily true.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/intro.3 b/static/v10/man3/intro.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c60dd206..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/intro.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-.TH INTRO 3
-.SH NAME
-intro \(mi introduction to library functions
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <libc.h>
-.PP
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B #include <math.h>
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This section describes functions that may be found
-in various libraries, other than the system calls
-described in section 2.
-Functions are divided into various libraries distinguished
-by the section number at the top of the page:
-.TP 
-(3)
-These functions, together with those of section 2 and those
-marked (3S) and (3M), constitute library
-.I libc,
-which is automatically loaded by the C compiler
-.IR cc (1)
-and the Fortran compiler
-.IR f77 (1).
-The same functions appear also in
-.IR libC,
-which is automatically loaded by the C++ compiler; see
-.IR c++ (1).
-The link editor
-.IR ld (1)
-searches this library under option
-.BR \-lc 
-.RB ( -lC
-for 
-.IR libC ).
-Declarations for some of these functions may be obtained
-from include files indicated on the appropriate pages.
-Other declarations can be found in
-.FR <libc.h> .
-.TP
-(3F)
-These functions are in the Fortran library,
-.I libF77,
-automatically loaded by the Fortran compiler, and searched
-under option
-.B -lF77
-of the link editor.
-.TP
-(3M)
-These functions constitute the math library, part of
-.I libc.
-(On some other systems they must be loaded by
-.BR -lm ).
-Declarations for these functions may be obtained from
-the include file
-.FR <math.h> .
-.TP
-(3S)
-These functions constitute the
-`standard IO package'
-(see
-.IR stdio (3))
-part of
-.I libc
-already mentioned.
-Declarations for these functions may be obtained from
-the include file
-.FR <stdio.h> .
-.TP
-(3X)
-Various
-specialized libraries have not been given distinctive
-captions.
-Files in which such libraries are found are named
-on appropriate pages.
-.TP
-(3+)
-C++ functions in
-.I libC
-that are not in
-.I libc.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.F /lib/libc.a
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR stdio (3),
-.IR nm (1), 
-.IR ld (1), 
-.IR cc (1),
-.IR c++ (1), 
-.IR f77 (1), 
-.IR intro (2)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Functions in the math library (3M) may return
-conventional values when the function is undefined for the
-given arguments or when the value is not representable.
-In these cases the external variable
-.I errno
-(see
-.IR intro (2))
-is set to the value
-.B EDOM
-or
-.BR ERANGE ,
-defined in
-the include file
-.FR <math.h> .
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ios.3 b/static/v10/man3/ios.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9176eb79..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ios.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH IOSTREAM 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-ios \- input/output formatting
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.ta1i 2i
-.ft B
-#include <iostream.h>
-
-struct fmtinfo {
-	ostream*	tie;
-	short	convbase;
-	short	width;
-	short	precision;
-	char	fill;
-	char	ladjust;
-	char	showbase;
-	char	skip;
-	char	floatfmt;
-};
-
-class ios {
-public:
-	enum	io_state { goodbit=0, eofbit, failbit, badbit };
-	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app };
-	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
-public:
-		ios(streambuf* b);
-
-	int	bad();
-	void	clear(state_value i = _good);
-	int	convbase();
-	void	convbase(int i);
-	int	eof();
-	int	fail();
-	char	fill();
-	void	fill(char c);
-	char	floatfmt();
-	void	floatfmt(char c);
-	fmtinfo	fmt();
-	void	fmt(fmtinfo& info);
-	int	ladjust();
-	void	ladjust(int a);
-	int	good();
-	int	operator!();
-		operator int();
-	int	popfmt();
-	int	precision();
-	void	precision(int i);
-	void	pushfmt();
-	streambuf*	rdbuf();
-	int	rdstate();
-	int	showbase();
-	void	showbase(int i);
-	int	skip();
-	int	skip(int i);
-	void	sync_with_stdio();
-	streampos	tellg();
-	ostream*	tie();
-	ostream*	tie(ostream* iosp);
-	int	width();
-	void	width(int i);
-
-	ios&	operator<<(ios& (*)(ios&));
-	ios& 	operator>>(ios& (*)(ios&));
-private:
-		iostream(iostream&) ;
-	iostream&	operator=(iostream&)	;
-};
-
-class ios_withassign : ios {
-		ios_withassign();
-	ios&	operator=(ios&);
-	ios&	operator=(streambuf*);
-} ;
-
-ios&	dec(ios& i) ; 
-ios&	hex(ios& i) ;
-ios&	oct(ios& i) ;
-ios&	popfmt(ios& i) ;
-ios&	pushfmt(ios& i) ;
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The stream classes derived from \f(CWios\fRs
-provide a high level interface that
-supports transferring
-formatted and unformatted information into and out of
-\f(CWstreambuf\fRs.
-.PP
-In the following assume:
-.br
-\(em \fBs\fR is an \f(CWios\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBswa\fR is an \f(CWios_withassign\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBsp\fR is a \f(CWios*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR and \fBn\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBc\fR is a \f(CWchar\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBosp\fR is an \f(CWostream*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBinfo\fR is a \f(CWformatinfo\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBmode\fR is a \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBfct\fR is a function with type \f(CWios& (*)(ios&)\fR.
-.PP
-Constructors and assignment:
-.TP
-\fBios(sb)\fR
-\fBsb\fR becomes the \f(CWstreambuf\fR associated with the
-constructed \fBios\fR.  This association is fixed for
-the life of the \f(CWios\fR. If \fBsb\fR is null the effect is
-undefined.
-.TP
-\fBios_withassign()\fR
-Uninitialized variable.
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBios(ios&)\fR
-\fBios=ios\fR
-.in
-.fi
-Copying of \f(CWios\fR's is not in general
-well defined and the constructor and assignment operators
-are made private so that the compiler will complain about attempts to
-do so.  Usually what is desired
-is copying of pointers to \f(CWiostream\fRs.
-.TP
-swa=sb
-Associates \fBsb\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
-state of
-\fBswa\fR. 
-.TP
-swa=s
-Associates \fBs->rdbuf()\fR with \fBswa\fR and
-initializes the entire state of
-\fBswa\fR. 
-.PP
-An \fBios\fR has an internal error state (which is a collection
-of the bits declared as \f(CWio_state\fRs).  Members related
-to the error state:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBi=s.rdstate()\fR
-Returns the current error state.
-.TP
-\fBs.clear(i)\fR
-Stores \fBi\fR as the error state.  If \fBi\fR is zero
-this clears all bits.  To set a bit without clearing previously
-set bits requires something like \fBs.clear(badbit|s.rdstate())\fR.
-.TP
-\fBi=s\fR
-The \f(CWint\fR conversion operator is non-zero if \f(CWbadbit\fR or
-\f(CWfailbit\fR is set in the error state.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.good()\fR
-Non-zero if the error state has no bits set.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.eof()\fR
-Non-zero if \f(CWeofbit\fR is set in the error state.  Normally this
-bit is set when an end of file has been encountered doing extraction.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.fail()\fR
-Non-zero if either \f(CWbadbit\fR or \f(CWfailbit\fR are set in the
-error state.  Normally this indicates that some operation has failed.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.bad()\fR
-Non-zero if \fBbadbit\fR is set in the error state.
-Normally this indicates
-that some operation on \fBs.rdbuf()\fR has failed.
-.RE
-.PP
-An \f(CWios\fR has a collection of format state variables
-that are used by input and output operations to control the
-details of formatting operations.  Otherwise their values
-have no particular effect and they may be set and examined arbitrarily
-by user code.
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBs.convbase(i)\fR
-Sets the "conversion base" format state variable to \fBi\fR.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.convbase()\fR
-Returns the "conversion base" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBs.fill(c)\fR
-Sets the "fill character" format state variable to \fBc\fR.
-.TP
-\fBc=s.fill()\fR
-Returns the "fill character" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBs.fill(c)\fR
-Sets the "fill character" format state variable to \fBc\fR.
-.TP
-\fBc=s.fill()\fR
-Returns the "fill character" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBs.floatfmt(c)\fR
-Sets the "floating format" format state variable to \fBc\fR.
-.TP
-\fBc=s.floatfmt()\fR
-Returns the "floating format" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBs.ladjust(i)\fR
-Sets the "left adjustment" format state variable to \fBi\fR.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.ladjust()\fR
-Returns the "left adjustment" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBs.precision(i)\fR
-Sets the "precision" format state variable to \fBi\fR.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.precision()\fR
-Returns the "precision" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBs.showbase(i)\fR
-Sets the "show explicit base" format state variable to \fBi\fR.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.showbase()\fR
-Returns the "show explicit base" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBsp=s.skip(sp)\fR
-Sets the "skip whitespace" format state variable to \fBsp\fP.
-.TP
-\fBsp=s.skip()\fR
-Returns the "skip whitespace" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBosp=s.tie(osp)\fR
-Sets the "tie" format state variable \fBsp\fP.
-.TP
-\fBosp=s.tie()\fR
-Returns the "tie" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBs.width(i)\fR
-Sets the "field width" format state variable to \fBi\fP.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.width()\fR
-Returns the "field width" format state variable.
-.TP
-\fBs.fmt(info)\fR
-Sets the collection of all format state variables to \fBinfo\fP in
-a single operation.
-.TP
-\fBinfo=s.fmt()\fR
-Returns the collection of all format state variables in
-a single operation.
-.TP
-\fBs.pushfmt()\fR
-Pushes a \f(CWformatinfo\fR structure onto a (dynamically allocated)
-stack associated with \fBs\fR.  This copies the current
-values of format state variables without changing them.
-.TP
-\fBi=s.popfmt()\fR
-Pops the topmost \f(CWformatinfo\fR from the stack associated with
-\fBs\fR and sets the format state variables accordingly.  Normally
-\fBi\fR is non-zero, but it will be zero if the stack is empty
-(i.e., more \fBpopfmt\fR than \fBpushfmt\fR operations have been
-performed.
-.RE
-.PP
-Other members:
-.TP
-\fBsb=s.rdbuf()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the \f(CWstreambuf\fR associated with
-\fBs\fR when \fBs\fR was constructed.
-.TP
-\fB((ios*)0)->sync_with_stdio()\fR
-Solves problems that arise when mixing stdio and
-iostreams.   The first time it is called it will reset the
-standard iostreams (\f(CWinstream\fR, \f(CWoutstream\fR, \f(CWerrstream\fR,
-\f(CWlogstream\fR) to be streams
-using  \f(CWstdiobuf\fRs.
-After that input and output using these streams may
-be mixed with input and output using the corresponding \f(CWFILE\fRs and
-will be properly synchronized.
-.RE
-.PP
-Convenient manipulators (functions that take an \f(CWios&\fR
-and return their argument).
-.TP
-\fBios<<dec
-.in -.5i
-.br
-.nf
-\fBios<<dec
-\fBios>>dec\fR
-.fi
-.in
-Sets the convbase to 10.
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBios<<hex
-\fBios>>hex\fR
-.in
-Sets the convbase to 16.
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBios<<oct
-\fBios>>oct\fR
-.fi
-.in
-Sets the convbase to 8.
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBios<<popfmt
-\fBios>>popfmt\fR
-.fi
-.in
-Does \fBs.popfmt()\fR
-.in -.5i
-.sp
-.nf
-\fBios<<pushfmt
-\fBios>>pushfmt\fR
-.fi
-.in
-Does \fBs.pushfmt()\fR
-.PP
-The \f(CWstreambuf\fR associated with an \f(CWios\fR may be manipulated
-by other methods than through \f(CWios\fR.  For example, characters may
-be stored in a queuelike \f(CWstreambuf\fR through an \f(CWostream\fR
-while they are being fetched through an \f(CWistream\fR.
-Or for efficiency some
-part of a program may choose to do \f(CWstreambuf\fR gets
-directly rather than through the \f(CWios\fR.
-In most cases
-the program does not have to worry about this possibility, because
-an \f(CWios\fR never saves information about the internal state
-of a \f(CWstreambuf\fR.  For example if the \f(CWstreambuf\fR is
-repostitioned between extraction operations the extraction (input) 
-will proceed normally.
-.SH CAVEATS
-.PP
-The effect of \fBios.sync_with_stdio()\fR
-does not depend on \fBios\fR.
-\fBsync_with_stdio\fR ought
-to be a global function but it is a member of \fBiostream\fR to
-avoid name space pollution.
-The need for \fBsync_with_stdio\fR is a wart.  The old stream
-package did this as a default, but in the iostream package
-unbuffered \f(CWstdiobuf\fRs are too inefficient to be the default.
-.PP
-The stream package had a constructor that took a \fBFILE*\fR argument.
-This is now replaced by \f(CWstdiostream\fR.
-It is not declared even as an obsolete form to avoid
-having \f(CWiostream.h\fR
-depend on \f(CWstdio.h\fR.
-.PP
-The old stream package allowed copying of streams.  This is disallowed
-by the iostream package.  Old code using copying can usually be
-rewritten to use pointers and copy pointers.
-.PP
-For compatibility with the old stream package, the versions of 
-.I tie
-and
-.I skip
-that set the state variables also return the old value.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-IOS.INTRO(3C++)
-streambuf(3C++)
-istream(3C++)
-ostream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ipc.3 b/static/v10/man3/ipc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 68679457..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ipc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,348 +0,0 @@
-.TH IPC 3X
-.CT 2 comm_proc
-.SH NAME
-ipccreat, ipcopen, ipclisten, ipcaccept, ipcreject, ipcexec, ipcpath , ipclogin, ipcrogin
-\(mi set up connections between processes or machines
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <ipc.h>
-.PP
-.B char *ipcpath(name, network, service)
-.br
-.B char *name;
-.br
-.B char *network;
-.br
-.B char *service;
-.PP
-.B int ipcopen(name, param)
-.br
-.B char *name;
-.br
-.B char *param;
-.PP
-.B int ipccreat(name, param)
-.br
-.B char *name;
-.br
-.B char *param;
-.PP
-.B ipcinfo *ipclisten(fd)
-.br
-.B int fd;
-.PP
-.B int ipcaccept(ip)
-.br
-.B ipcinfo *ip;
-.PP
-.B int ipcreject(ip, no, str)
-.br
-.B ipcinfo *ip;
-.br
-.B int no;
-.br
-.B char *str;
-.PP
-.B int ipcexec(name, param, cmd)
-.br
-.B char *name;
-.br
-.B char *param;
-.br
-.B char *cmd;
-.PP
-.B int ipclogin(fd)
-.br
-.B int fd;
-.PP
-.B int ipcrogin(fd, opt)
-.br
-.B int fd;
-.br
-.B char *opt;
-.PP
-.B extern char *errstr;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines establish communication between unrelated
-processes, often for networking purposes.
-They are loaded by the
-.B -lipc
-option of
-.IR ld (1).
-.PP
-End points in the network are identified by names of the form:
-.BR element [ !element "]... "  .
-The name is translated element by element relative to the name space
-selected by the previous element.
-The first element is always a name in the local file system.
-By convention, all network interfaces and services
-mount themselves in
-.FR /cs .
-For example:
-.TP
-.B /cs/exec
-refers to a local process which has mounted itself (via
-.I ipccreat )
-on 
-.FR /cs/exec .
-.TP
-.B /cs/dk!nj/astro/voice
-refers to a voice synthesizer attached
-to Datakit; process
-.F /cs/dk
-is the Datakit interface.
-.TP
-.B /cs/dk!dutoit!exec
-is the process that has mounted itself on
-.F /cs/exec
-in machine `dutoit'.
-.PP
-.I Ipcpath,
-forms a network name from its arguments and returns a pointer to it.
-It takes three arguments: the destination
-.I name,
-the default
-.I network,
-and the default
-.I service.
-It assumes that 
-.I name
-is a three part name of the form: network!host!service.
-If either network or service is missing from
-.I name, ipcpath
-supplies them
-from the default arguments.
-It then tacks a
-.F /cs
-on the front and returns a pointer to that.
-Thus,
-.IP
-.EX
-ipcpath("dutoit", "dk", "dcon")
-.EE
-.LP
-returns a pointer to the string 
-.LR /cs/dk!dutoit!dcon .
-.PP
-.I Ipcopen
-places a call to a named network end point and returns
-a file descriptor for the resulting connection.
-.I Param,
-a whitespace-delimited string of values, specifies
-properties which the connection must have.
-At present four parameter values are defined:
-.TF heavy
-.TP
-.B heavy
-.br
-.ns
-.TP
-.B light
-Heavy (usually computer-to-computer) or light (computer-to-terminal)
-traffic is expected.
-.TP
-.B delim
-The connection must support delimiters; see
-.IR stream (4).
-.TP
-.B hup
-.B SIGHUP
-must be generated at end of file; see
-.IR signal (2).
-.PD
-.PP
-.I Ipccreat
-attaches a process to a name space.
-It returns a file descriptor representing the attachment.
-.I Name 
-and
-.I param
-mean the same as for 
-.I ipcopen.
-.PP
-.I Ipclisten
-waits for calls (from
-.I ipcopen
-in other processes) appearing on file descriptor
-.I fd
-(obtained from
-.IR ipccreat ).
-When a call arrives, it returns an
-.B ipcinfo
-structure, defined in
-.FR <ipc.h> :
-.IP
-.EX
-.ta \w'typedef\ 'u +\w'char\ 'u +\w'reserved[5];\ 'u
-typedef	struct {
-	int	reserved[5];
-	char	*name;		that being dialed
-	char	*param;		parameters used to set up call
-	char	*machine;	machine id of caller
-	char	*user;		user name of caller
-	int	uid, gid;	uid, gid of caller
-} ipcinfo;
-.EE
-.PP
-The call may be accepted by
-.I ipcaccept
-or rejected by
-.I ipcreject.
-.I Ipcaccept
-returns a file descriptor for the connection.
-.I Ipcreject
-takes an integer error number and an error message string,
-which will be passed back to the caller as
-.I errno
-and 
-.I errstr.
-.PP
-A higher-level routine,
-.I ipcexec,
-executes the command,
-.I cmd,
-on a named machine.
-The file descriptor returned by 
-.I ipcexec
-is the standard input, standard output, and 
-standard error of the command.
-As in
-.I ipcopen,
-.I param
-lists properties required of the channel.
-.PP
-Once a connection is established using
-.I ipcopen
-it is often necessary to authenticate yourself
-to the destination.
-This is done using 
-.I ipclogin
-and
-.I ipcrogin.
-.I Ipclogin
-runs the client side of the authentication protocol
-described in
-.IR svcmgr (8)
-for the 
-.I v9auth
-action.
-The supplied
-.I fd
-is the descriptor returned by 
-.I ipcopen.
-Until the authentication is accepted,
-.I ipclogin
-will prompt the user (using
-.F /dev/tty )
-for a login id and password to be sent over
-.I fd.
-.PP
-.I Ipcrogin
-runs the client side of the authentication protocol
-used by BSD's 
-.I rlogin 
-and 
-.I rsh
-services.
-Unlike
-.I ipclogin,
-it will not prompt the user if the authentication
-fails.
-.I Ipcrogin
-takes a second argument that is written to
-.I fd
-after the authentication is accepted.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-To connect to the voice synthesizer attached to the Datakit:
-.EX
-.ta \w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u
-#include <ipc.h>
-main() {
-	int fd;
-	fd = ipcopen(ipcpath("voice", "dk", 0), "light");
-	if(fd<0){
-		printf("can't connect: %s\en", errstr);
-		exit(1);
-	}
-	...
-	close(fd);
-}
-.EE
-.PP
-To place a Dataphone call via Datakit; the service name is 
-derived in an obvious way from the ACU service class; see
-.IR dialout (3).
-.EX
-	fd = ipcopen(ipcpath("9-1-201-582-0000", "dk", "dial1200"), "light");
-.EE
-.PP
-To announce as a local service and wait for incoming calls:
-.EX
-.ta \w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u
-#include <ipc.h>
-main() {
-        int fd;
-        ipcinfo *ip;
-        fd = ipccreat("/tmp/service", 0);
-        if(fd<0){
-                printf("can't announce: %s\en", errstr);
-                exit(1);
-        }
-        while(ip = ipclisten(fd)){
-                int nfd;
-                if(i_hate_this_user(ip->machine, ip->user)) {
-                        ipcreject(ip, EACCES, "i hate you");
-                        continue;
-                }
-                nfd = ipcaccept(ip);
-		...
-                close(nfd);
-        }
-        printf("lost the announced connection somehow\en");
-        exit(1);
-}
-.EE
-.SH FILES
-.TF /cs/tpc
-.TP 
-.F /cs/dk
-the announce point for the Datakit dialer
-.TP
-.F /cs/tcp
-the announce point for the internet dialer
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR dialout (3),
-.IR connld (4),
-.IR dkmgr (8),
-.IR svcmgr (8),
-.IR tcpmgr (8)
-.br
-D. L. Presotto,
-`Interprocess Communication in the Eighth Edition
-.SM UNIX
-System',
-this manual, Volume 2
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Integer return values of \-1 and pointer return
-values of 0 denote error.
-.I Errno
-contains an error code (see
-.IR intro (2))
-and
-.I errstr
-points to an explanatory string.
-.SH BUGS
-Files created by
-.I ipccreat
-in the local name space are not removed when
-the file descriptor returned by
-.I ipccreat
-is closed.
-.br
-Information in
-.B ipcinfo
-is no more trustworthy than its origin.
-Information, such as user name, sent by foreign
-machines may be suspect.
-On Ethernet or dialup connections (but not on Datakit)
-machine names can be forged.
-Let's not even think about wire-swappers and wiretappers.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/iread.3 b/static/v10/man3/iread.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 637f0752..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/iread.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-.TH IREAD 3
-.SH NAME
-iread \- insistent read
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B read(fildes, buf, n)
-.B char *buf;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Iread,
-like
-.IR read (1),
-reads
-.I n
-bytes from the file associated with the given file descriptor
-into the block of store beginning at
-.I buf.
-.I Iread,
-however, always places exactly
-.I n
-bytes in
-.I buf,
-unless 
-.I read
-would return 0.
-.PP
-.I Iread
-returns the number of bytes placed in
-.I buf,
-which is an integer in the range 
-.RI 0- n.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Iread
-returns \-1 for an error; see
-.IR read (1).
-.SH SEE ALSO
-read(2)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/istream.3 b/static/v10/man3/istream.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d2039cb..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/istream.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,334 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH ISTREAM  3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-istream \- formatted and unformatted input
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.ft B
-.ta1i 2i
-#include <iostream.h>
-
-typedef long streamoff, streampos;
-class ios {
-public:
-	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
-	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
-	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
-	} ;
-
-class istream : ios {
-public:
-	int	gcount();
-	istream&	get(char* ptr, int len, char delim='\en');
-	istream&	get(unsigned char* ptr,int len, char delim='\en');
-
-	istream&	get(unsigned char& c);
-	istream&	get(char& c);
-	istream&	get(streambuf&, char delim ='\en');
-	int	get();
-	istream&	getline(char* ptr, int len, char delim='\en');
-	istream&	getline(unsigned char* ptr, int len, char delim='\en');
-	istream&	getline(streambuf& sb, int len, char delim='\en');
-	istream&	ignore(int len=1,int delim=EOF);
-	int	ipfx(int need=0);
-	int	peek();
-	istream&	putback(char c);
-	istream&	read(char* s,int n); 
-	istream&	read(unsigned char* s,int n);
-	istream&	seekg(streampos pos);
-	istream&	seekg(streamoff off, seek_dir d);
-	streampos	tellg();
-
-	istream&	operator>>(char*);
-	istream&	operator>>(unsigned char*);
-	istream&	operator>>(unsigned char&);
-	istream&	operator>>(char&);
-	istream&	operator>>(short&);
-	istream&	operator>>(int&);
-	istream&	operator>>(long&);
-	istream&	operator>>(unsigned short&);
-	istream&	operator>>(unsigned int&);
-	istream&	operator>>(unsigned long&);
-	istream&	operator>>(float&);
-	istream&	operator>>(double&);
-	istream&	operator>>(streambuf&);
-	istream&	operator>>(istream& (*)(istream&));
-};
-
-class istream_withassign {
-		istream_withassign();
-	istream&	operator=(istream&);
-	istream&	operator=(streambuf*);
-};
-
-extern istream_withassign cin;
-
-istream&	ws(iostream& i)	;
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\f(CWistream\fRs support interpretation of characters
-fetched from an associated \f(CWstreambuf\fR.
-These are commonly refered to as input operations.
-.PP
-Assume that
-.br
-\(em \fBins\fR has type \f(CWistream\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBinwa\fR has type \f(CWistream_withassign\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBinsp\fR has type \f(CWistream*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBc\fR has type \f(CWchar&\fR
-.br
-\(em \fBdelim\fR has type \f(CWchar\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBptr\fR has type \f(CWchar*\fR or \f(CWunsigned char*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBsb\fR has type \f(CWstreambuf&\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR, \fBlen\fR, \fBd\fR, and \fBneed\fR have type \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBmanip\fR is a function with type \f(CWistream& (*)(istream&)\fR.
-.PP
-Constructors and assignment:
-.TP
-\fBistream(sb)\fR
-Initializes \fBios\fR state variables and associates stream with
-buffer \fBsb\fR.
-\fBistream_withassign()\fR
-Does no initialization.  This allows a file static
-variable of this type
-(\fBcin\fR for example) to be used before it is constructed provided
-it is assigned to first.
-.TP
-\fBinswa=sb\fR
-Associates \fBsb\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
-state of \fBinswa\fR.
-.TP
-\fBinswa=ins\fR
-Associates \fBins->rdbuf()\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
-state of \fBinswa\fR.
-.PP
-Input prefix function:
-.TP
-\fBins.ipfx(need)
-If \fBins\fR's error state is non-zero return immediately.
-If neccessary (and it is non-null) \fBf.tie\fR is flushed.
-Flushing is neccessary if either \fBneed==0\fR or there
-are less than \fBneed\fR characters immediately available.
-If \fBf.skip()\fR is non-zero and \fBneed\fR is zero
-then leading whitespace characters are
-extracted from \fBins\fR.  Return zero 
-or an error occurs while skipping whitespace.
-Otherwise it returns non-zero.
-.PP
-Formatted input functions:
-.TP
-\fBins\fP>>\fPx\fR
-Calls \fBipfx(0)\fR and if that returns non-zero
-extracts characters from \fBins\fR and converts them according
-to the type of \fBx\fR.  It stores the converted value in
-\fBx\fR.
-Errors are indicated by setting the
-error state of \fBins\fR.  \f(CWfailbit\fR means that characters
-in \fBins\fR were not a representation of the required type.
-\f(CWbadbit\fR indicates that attempts to extract characters failed.
-\fBins\fR is always returned.
-.RS
-.PP
-The details of conversion depend on the values of \fBins\fR's format
-state variable (see \fIios\fR(3C++)) and the
-type of \fBx\fR.  Except as noted, the extraction operators
-do not change the value
-of the format state variables.
-.TP
-\f(CWchar*\fR, \f(CWunsigned char*\fR
-Characters are stored in the array pointed at by \fBx\fR
-until a whitespace character is found in \fBins\fR.
-The terminating whitespace
-is left in \fBins\fR.
-If \fBins.width()\fR
-is non-zero it is taken to be the size of the array, and
-no more than \fBins.width()-1\fR characters are extracted.
-A terminating
-null character (0) is always stored (even when nothing else is
-done because of \fBins\fR's status).
-\fBins.width()\fR is reset to 0.
-.TP
-\f(CWchar&\fR, \f(CWunsigned char&\fR
-A character is extracted and stored in \fBx\fR.
-.TP
-\f(CWshort&\fR, \f(CWunsigned short&\fR, \f(CWint&\fR, \f(CWunsigned int&\fR, \f(CWlong&\fR, \f(CWunsigned long&\fR
-Characters are extracted and converted to an integral value
-according to the conversion specified by 
-\fBins.convbase()\fR.
-The first character may be a sign (\f(CW+\fR or \f(CW-\fR).  After that,
-if \fBins.convbase()\fR
-is 8, 10, or 16 the conversion is octal, decimal, or hexadecimal respectively.
-Conversion is terminated by the first "non-digit," which is left
-in \fBins\fR. Octal digits are the characters '0' to '7'.
-Decimal
-digits are the octal digits plus '8' and '9'.
-Hexadecimal digits
-are the decimal digits plus the letters 'a' through 'f' (in either
-upper or lower case).
-If \fBins.convbase()\fR
-is 0 then the number is interpreted according to C lexical
-conventions.  That is, if the first characters (after the optional
-sign) are \f(CW0x\fR or \f(CW0X\fR a hexadecimal conversion
-is performed
-on following hexadecimal digits.  Otherwise if the first character is a 
-\f(CW0\fR an
-octal conversion is performed and in all other cases a decimal conversion
-is performed.
-\f(CWfailbit\fR is set if there are no
-digits (not counting the \f(CW0\fR in \f(CW0x\fR or \f(CW0X\fR) during
-hex conversion) available.
-.TP
-\f(CWfloat&\fR, \f(CWdouble&\fR
-Converts the characters according to C++ syntax for a float or double,
-and stores the result in \fBx\fR.  \f(CWfailbit\fR is set if there are no
-digits available in \fBins\fR or if it does not begin with a well formed
-floating point number.
-.RE
-.PP
-The type and name(\f(CWoperator>>\fR) of
-the extraction operations are chosen
-to give a convenient syntax for sequences of input operations.
-The operator overloading of C++ permits
-extraction functions to be declared for user defined classes.
-These operations can then be used with the same syntax as the
-member functions described here.
-.PP
-Unformatted input functions, which call \fBipfx(1)\fR and proceed only
-if it returns non-zero:
-.TP
-\fBinsp=&ins.get(ptr,len,delim)\fR
-Extracts characters and stores them in
-the byte array beginning at \fBptr\fR
-and extending for \fBlen\fR bytes.
-Extraction stops when \fBdelim\fR is encountered
-(\fBdelim\fR is left in \fBins\fR and not stored),
-when \fBins\fR has no more characters,
-or when the array has only one byte left.
-\fBget\fR always stores a terminating null, even if it doesn't extract
-any characters from \fBins\fR because of its error status.
-\f(CWfailbit\fR is set only if \fBget\fR encounters
-an end of file before it stores any characters.
-.TP
-\fBinsp=&ins.get(c)\fR
-Extracts a single character
-and stores it in \fBc\fR.
-.TP
-\fBinsp=&ins.get(sb,delim)\fB
-Extracts characters from \fBins.rdbuf()\fR and stores
-them into \fBsb\fR.
-It stops if it encounters end of file or if a store into
-\fBsb\fR
-fails or
-if it encounters \fBdelim\fR (which it leaves in \fBins\fR). 
-\f(CWfailbit\fR is set if it stops because the store into \fBsb\fR fails
-.TP
-\fBi=ins.get()\fR.
-Extracts a character and returns it.
-\fBi\fR is \f(CWEOF\fR if extraction encounters end of file.
-\f(CWfailbit\fR is never set.
-.TP
-\fBinsp=&ins.getline(ptr,len,delim)\fR
-Does the same thing as \fBins.get(ptr,len,delim)\fR with the exception
-that it extracts a terminating \fBdelim\fR character from \fBins\fR.
-In case \fBdelim\fR occurs when exactly \fBlen\fR characters
-have been extracted, termination is treated as being due to the
-array being filled, and this \fBdelim\fR is left in \fBins\fR.
-.TP
-\fBinsp=&ins.ignore(n,d)\fR
-Extracts and throws away
-up to \fBn\fR characters.
-Extraction stops prematurely if 
-\fBd\fR is extracted or end of file is reached.
-If \fBd\fR is \f(CWEOF\fR it can never cause termination.
-.TP
-\fBinsp=&ins.read(ptr,n)\fR
-Extracts
-\fBn\fR
-characters and stores them in the array beginning at \fBptr\fR
-If end of file is reached before \fBn\fR characters have been
-extracted, 
-\fBread\fR
-stores whatever it can extract and sets \f(CWfailbit\fR.
-The number of characters extracted can be determined via \fBins.gcount()\fR.
-.PP
-Other members are:
-.TP
-\fBi=ins.gcount()\fR
-Returns the number of characters extracted by the last unformatted
-input function.  Formatted input functions may call unformatted
-input functions and thereby reset this number.
-.TP
-\fBi=ins.peek()\fR
-Begins by calling \fBins.ipfx(1)\fR.
-If that call returns zero or if \fBins\fR is at end of file,
-it returns \f(CWEOF\fR.
-Otherwise it returns (without extracting it) the next character.
-.TP
-\fBinsp=&ins.putback(c)\fR
-Attempts to back up \fBins.rdbuf()\fR.
-\fBc\fR must be the character before \fBins.rdbuf()\fR's get pointer.
-(Unless other activity is modifying \fBins.rdbuf()\fR this
-is the last character extracted from \fBins\fR.)
-If it is not, the effect is undefined.
-\fBputback\fR may fail (and set the error state).
-Although it is a member of \f(CWistream\fR,
-\fBputback\fR never extracts characters, so
-it does not call \fBipfx\fR.  It will, however, return without
-doing anything if the error state is non-zero.
-.TP
-\fBins>>manip\fR
-Equivalent to \fBmanip(ins)\fR.
-Syntactically this looks like an extractor
-operation, but semantically it does an arbitrary operations
-rather than converting a sequence of characters and storing the
-result in \fBmanip\fR.
-.PP
-Member functions related to positioning.
-.TP
-\fBinsp=&ins.seekg(off,dir)\fR
-Repositions \fBins.rdbuf()\fR's get pointer.
-See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
-.TP
-\fBinsp=&ins.seekg(pos)\fR
-Repositions \fBins.rdbuf()\fR's get pointer.
-See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
-.TP
-\fBpos=ins.tellg()\fR
-The current position of \fBios.rdbuf()\fR's get pointer.
-See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
-.PP
-Manipulator:
-.TP
-\fBins>>ws\fR
-Extracts whitespace characters.
-.SH CAVEATS
-.PP
-There is no overflow detection on conversion of integers. There should
-be, and overflow should cause the error state to be set.
-.PP
-There should be a way to input an arbitrary length string without 
-knowing a maximum size beforehand.
-.PP
-.SH SEE ALSO
-ios(3C++)
-sbuf.pub(3C++)
-manip(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/itoa.3 b/static/v10/man3/itoa.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c7a7db4..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/itoa.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'ITOA (III)'3/15/72'ITOA (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		itoa -- integer to ascii conversion
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,itoa; subr
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	itoa____
-will convert the number in r0
-into ascii decimal preceded
-by a - sign if appropriate.
-For each character generated by itoa,
-the subroutine subr____ (supplied by the caller) is called on
-register r5 with the character in r0.
-.sp
-The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/juke.3 b/static/v10/man3/juke.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ef905153..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/juke.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-.TH INTERNAL 3
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-jukebox routines
-.tr %"
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B "#include %hdr.h%"
-.PP
-.tr %%
-.B "int j_shelf_to_drive(int sh, Side side, int dr, char *err)"
-.PP
-.B "int j_drive_to_shelf(int dr, int sh, Side side, char *err)"
-.PP
-.B "int j_empty_drive(int tlim, char *buf)"
-.PP
-.B "void j_rdshelves(char *buf)"
-.PP
-.B "int j_getstatus(char *buf)"
-.PP
-.B "int j_scsiio(struct scsi_cmd *cmd, int ncmd,"
-.br
-.B "\ \ \ \ \ \ struct scsi_return *ret, int nret, char *err)"
-.PP
-.B "int j_shelfof(char *vol_id)"
-.PP
-.B "int j_volid(int dr, char *err)"
-.PP
-.B "extern char *j_shelf[NSHELF];"
-.PP
-.B "extern void pperror(char *buf, char *mesg);
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I J_shelf_to_drive
-places the disk in shelf
-.I sh
-in logical drive
-.IR dr .
-It returns 0 on success;
-otherwise an error message is placed in
-.I err .
-.PP
-.I J_drive_to_shelf
-places the disk
-in logical drive
-.IR dr
-in shelf
-.IR sh .
-If
-.I sh
-is negative,
-the disk is returned to its home shelf.
-It returns 0 on success;
-otherwise an error message is placed in
-.IR err .
-.PP
-.I J_rdshelves
-initializes each element of
-.I j_shelf
-to the volid of the disk on that shelf.
-A zero pointer means there is no disk;
-a name of
-.B UNALLOCATED
-means the disk has not been allocated a name yet.
-It returns 0 on success;
-otherwise an error message is placed in
-.IR err .
-.PP
-.I J_getstatus
-initializes
-.B j_status
-which include the following fields:
-.EX
-	struct Lunstatus lun[NLUN]; /* disk status */
-	uchar shelf[NSHELF];	/* shelf status */
-	uchar iounit;		/* I/O unit status */
-	uchar carrier;		/* carrier status */
-	uchar udrive;		/* upper drive status */
-	uchar ldrive;		/* lower drive status */
-.EE
-A return value of 0 implies success;
-otherwise \-1 is returned and an error message is placed in
-.IR err .
-.PP
-.I J_scsiio
-performs a SCSI transaction.
-It sends the command in
-.I cmd
-and
-.I ncmd
-data bytes and stores the return status in
-.IR ret .
-A return value of 0 implies success;
-otherwise \-1 is returned and an error message is placed in
-.IR err .
-.PP
-.I J_shelfof
-returns the shelf number of the disk labelled
-.IR vol_id .
-If there is no such disk,
-\-1 is returned.
-.PP
-.I J_volid
-returns the volid of the disk on drive
-.I dr
-in
-.IR err .
-A return value of 0 implies success;
-otherwise \-1 is returned and an error message is placed in
-.IR err .
-.PP
-.I Pperror 
-returns an error message that is contained in 
-.IR buf.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/l3tol.3 b/static/v10/man3/l3tol.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 75009964..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/l3tol.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-.TH L3TOL 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-l3tol, ltol3 \(mi convert between 3-byte integers and long integers
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B l3tol(lp, cp, n)
-.B long *lp;
-.B char *cp;
-.PP
-.B ltol3(cp, lp, n)
-.B char *cp;
-.B long *lp;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I L3tol
-converts a list of
-.I n
-three-byte integers packed into a character string
-pointed to by
-.I cp
-into a list of long integers pointed to by
-.IR lp .
-.PP
-.I Ltol3
-performs the reverse conversion from long integers
-.RI ( lp )
-to three-byte integers
-.RI ( cp ).
-.PP
-These functions are useful for file-system maintenance
-where the block numbers are three bytes long.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR filsys (5)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/labconst.3 b/static/v10/man3/labconst.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0347c472..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/labconst.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-.TH LABCONST 3
-.SH NAME
-labelyes, labelno, labeltop, labelbot \- label constants
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B extern struct label labelyes;
-.PP
-.B extern struct label labelno;
-.PP
-.B extern struct label labeltop;
-.PP
-.B extern struct label labelbot;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These objects are initialized as follows, where the
-coded values are as in
-.IR labtoa (3).
-.TF labeltop
-.TP
-.B labelyes
-The universally permissive label,
-.LR Y .
-.TP
-.B labelno
-The universally denying label,
-.LR N .
-.TP
-.B labeltop
-The top lattice value,
-.LR ffff... .
-.TP
-.B labelbot
-The bottom lattice value,
-.LR 0000... .
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/labeq.3 b/static/v10/man3/labeq.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e858faca..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/labeq.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-.TH LABEQ 3
-.SH NAME
-labeq, lable, labmax, labmin \- compare security labels
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <sys/label.h>
-.PP
-.B labEQ(x, y)
-.br
-.B struct label *x, *y;
-.PP
-.B labLE(x, y)
-.br
-.B struct label *x, *y;
-.PP
-.B struct label labMAX(x, y)
-.br
-.B struct label *x, *y;
-.PP
-.B struct label labMIN(x, y)
-.br
-.B struct label *x, *y;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I LabEQ
-returns 1 if 
-.I x
-and
-.I y
-point to equal labels, otherwise 0.
-The result is 1 if and only if neither argument is 0, the
-flag fields are the same, and, when the flag fields are
-.BR L_BITS ,
-the lattice values are the same.
-.PP
-.I LabLE
-returns 1 if the security label pointed to by 
-.I x
-compares less than or equal to the security label pointed to by
-.I y.
-An improper argument is treated as if it had flag
-.BR L_NO .
-If one of the labels has flag
-.BR L_YES ,
-the result is 1; otherwise if one of the labels has flag
-.BR L_NO ,
-the result is 0;
-otherwise the the result is 1
-if and only if the lattice value of
-.I x
-is bitwise less than or
-equal to the lattice value of 
-.I y.
-(Inequalities involving
-.BR L_YES
-and
-.BR L_NO
-are not transitive.)
-.PP
-.I LabMAX
-and
-.I labMIN
-respectively return the maximum (bitwise OR) and
-minimum (bitwise AND) of lattice values of labels
-pointed to by
-.I x
-and
-.I y.
-An improper argument is treated as if it had flag
-.BR L_NO .
-If one of the labels has flag
-.BR L_YES ,
-the result is the other label; otherwise
-if one of the labels has flag
-.BR L_NO ,
-the result has flag
-.BR L_NO .
-.PP
-The privilege and frozen-label
-fields of the labels are disregarded by all of these functions.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR getflab (2)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/labtoa.3 b/static/v10/man3/labtoa.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b6a02cb0..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/labtoa.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-.TH LABTOA 3
-.SH NAME
-labtoa, atolab, atopriv, privtoa \- security label conversion
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <sys/label.h>
-.PP
-.B char *labtoa(labp)
-.B struct label *labp;
-.br
-.B struct label *atolab(string)
-.B char *string;
-.PP
-.B  atopriv(string)
-.B char *string;
-.PP
-.B char *privtoa(n)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Labtoa
-returns a pointer to a null-terminated
-.SM ASCII
-string that represents
-the value of the security label pointed to by 
-.I labp.
-The string has a form exemplified by
-.IP
-.B "guxnlp guxnlpFY 0000 0000 ...
-.LP
-The characters of the first group
-.L guxnlp
-denote capabilities
-.BR T_LOG ,
-.BR T_UAREA ,
-.BR T_EXTERN ,
-.BR T_NOCHK ,
-.BR T_SETLIC ,
-and
-.BR T_SETPRIV
-respectively.
-Characters of the second group denote corresponding licenses; see
-.IR getplab (2).
-Missing capabilities or licenses are denoted by
-.LR - .
-.PP
-The character shown as 
-.L F
-denotes the fixity of the label.
-It may be a space (loose),
-.L F
-(frozen),
-.L R
-(rigid),
-or
-.L C
-(constant)
-The character shown as 
-.L Y
-denotes the label's flag.
-It may be a space for a lattice label,
-.L N
-for
-.BR L_NO ,
-.L Y
-for
-.BR L_YES ,
-or
-.L U
-for the erroneous flag value 0.
-.PP
-Each group of four zeros may be any four lower case hex digits 
-representing the value of two bytes of the lattice value.
-Repeating groups at the end of the string are denoted
-.LR ... .
-.LP
-.I Atolab
-inverts the process.
-The order of characters in, and length of, privilege strings are
-arbitrary, except that a nonempty license string must be
-preceded by a nonempty capability string.
-The order of characters from the set
-.B YNUFRC
-is arbitrary.
-Spaces must separate nonempty capability and license strings,
-and may be interspersed arbitrarily after the license string.
-A final
-.B ...
-causes the last four hex digits 
-to be repeated, provided the preceding label contains
-a multiple of four digits.
-A short or missing lattice value is padded with zeros.
-.PP
-.I Atopriv
-converts a string of characters from the set
-.L guxnlp-
-into privilege bits that may be stored in the
-.B lb_t
-or
-.B lb_u
-fields of a label structure.
-The order and number of characters are arbitrary.
-.PP
-.I Privtoa
-is inverse to
-.I atopriv.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR getflab (2),
-.IR getplab (2),
-.IR getlab (1)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Atolab
-returns 0 for unrecognizable input.
-.PP
-.I Atopriv
-returns the negative value 
-.B ~(T_LOG|T_UAREA|T_EXTERN|T_NOCHK|T_SETLIC|T_SETPRIV)
-for unrecognizable input.
-.SH BUGS
-The value returned by
-.I labtoa,
-.I atolab,
-or
-.I privtoa
-points to a static buffer that is overwritten
-at each call.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ldiv.3 b/static/v10/man3/ldiv.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ad949620..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ldiv.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-.th LDIV III 5/7/73
-.sh NAME
-ldiv \*- long division
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-ldiv(hidividend, lodividend, divisor)
-.s3
-lrem(hidividend, lodividend, divisor)
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-concatenation of the signed
-16-bit
-.it hidividend
-and the unsigned 16-bit
-.it lodividend
-is divided by
-\fIdivisor\fR.
-The 16-bit signed quotient is returned by
-.it ldiv
-and the 16-bit signed remainder is returned by
-.it lrem.
-Divide check and erroneous results
-will occur
-unless the magnitude of the
-divisor is greater than that of the high-order
-dividend.
-.s3
-An integer division of an unsigned
-dividend by a signed divisor may
-be accomplished by
-.s3
-	quo = ldiv(0, dividend, divisor);
-.s3
-and similarly for the remainder operation.
-.s3
-Often both the quotient and the remainder are wanted.
-Therefore
-.it ldiv
-leaves a remainder in the external cell
-.it ldivr.
-.sh BUGS
-No divide check check.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/log.3 b/static/v10/man3/log.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 37e0fc84..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/log.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'LOG (III)'3/15/72'LOG (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		log -- logarithm (base e)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,log
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The
-logarithm (base e) of fr0 is returned in fr0.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	The error bit (c-bit)
-is set if the input argument is less than or
-equal to zero and the result is set to the largest
-negative number.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/malloc.3 b/static/v10/man3/malloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b241b30..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/malloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-.TH MALLOC 3 
-.CT 2 mem_man
-.SH NAME
-malloc, free, realloc, calloc, cfree \- memory allocator
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *malloc(size)
-.B unsigned size;
-.PP
-.B free(ptr)
-.B char *ptr;
-.PP
-.B char *realloc(ptr, size)
-.B char *ptr;
-.B unsigned size;
-.PP
-.B char *calloc(nelem, elsize)
-.B unsigned nelem, elsize;
-.PP
-.B cfree(ptr)
-.B char *ptr;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Malloc
-and
-.I free
-provide a simple memory allocation package.
-.I Malloc
-returns a pointer to a new block of at least
-.I size
-bytes.
-The block is suitably aligned for storage of any type of object.
-No two active pointers from
-.I malloc
-will have the same value.
-.PP
-The argument to
-.I free
-is a pointer to a block previously allocated by
-.IR malloc ;
-this space is made available for further allocation.
-.PP
-.I Realloc
-changes the size of the block pointed to by
-.I ptr
-to
-.I size
-bytes and returns a pointer to the (possibly moved)
-block.
-The contents will be unchanged up to the
-lesser of the new and old sizes.
-The call
-.B "realloc((char*)0, size)
-means the same as
-.LR malloc(size) .
-.PP
-.I Calloc
-allocates space for
-an array of
-.I nelem
-elements of size
-.I elsize.
-The space is initialized to zeros.
-.I Cfree
-frees such a block.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR galloc (3), 
-.IR brk (2),
-.IR pool (3),
-.IR block (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Malloc, realloc
-and
-.I calloc
-return 0 if there is no available memory
-or if the arena has been detectably corrupted.
-.SH BUGS
-When
-.I realloc
-returns 0, the block pointed to by
-.I ptr
-may have been destroyed.
-.PP
-User errors can corrupt the storage arena.
-The most common gaffes are (1) freeing an already freed block,
-(2) storing beyond the bounds of an allocated block, and (3)
-freeing data that was not obtained from the allocator.
-To help find such errors, a diagnosing allocator
-may be loaded; use flag 
-.B -ldmalloc
-of
-.IR cc (1).
-An even more stringently checking version may be created
-by recompilation; see the source.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/manip.3 b/static/v10/man3/manip.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 70adfcbc..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/manip.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH MANIP 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-manipulators \- iostream out of band manipulations
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-.ta1i 2i
-.nf
-#include <iostream.h>
-#include <iomanip.h>
-
-IOMANIPdeclare(T) ;
-
-class SMANIP(T) {
-	SMANIP(T)( ios& (*)(ios&,T), T);
-};
-
-class SAPP(T) {
-	SAPP(T)( ios& (*)(ios&,T));
-	SMANIP(T) operator()(T);
-};
-
-ios& SMANIP(T)::operator<<(ios&);
-ios& SMANIP(T)::operator>>(ios&);
-istream& SMANIP(T)::operator>>(istream&);
-ostream& SMANIP(T)::operator<<(ostream&);
-iostream& SMANIP(T)::operator<<(iostream&);
-iostream& SMANIP(T)::operator>>(iostream&);
-
-class IMANIP(T) {
-	IMANIP(T)( istream& (*)(istream&,T), T);
-};
-
-class IAPP(T) {
-	IAPP(T)( istream& (*)(istream&,T));
-	IMANIP(T) operator()(T);
-};
-
-istream& operator>>(IMANIP(T), istream&);
-
-class OMANIP(T) {
-	OMANIP(T)( ostream& (*)(ostream&,T), T);
-};
-
-class OAPP(T) {
-	OAPP(T)( ostream& (*)(ostream&,T));
-	OMANIP(T) operator()(T);
-};
-
-ostream& operator<<(OMANIP(T), ostream&);
-
-class IOMANIP(T) {
-	IOMANIP(T)( ios& (*)(ios&,T), T);
-};
-
-class IOAPP(T) {
-	IOAPP(T)( ios& (*)(ios&,T));
-	IOMANIP(T) operator()(T);
-};
-
-iostream& operator<<(SMANIP(T), iostream&);
-iostream& operator>>(SMANIP(T), iostream&);
-
-
-IOMANIPdeclare(int) ;
-
-IOMANIP(int)	setbase(int b)	;
-IOMANIP(int)	setw(int w) ;
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Manipulators are values that may be "inserted into" or
-"extracted from" streams in order to achieve some effect
-(other than to insert a representation of their value).
-Ideally the types relating to manipulators would be parameterized
-as "templates".
-The macros defined in \f(CWiomanip.h\fR are used to simulate a templates.
-\BIOMANIP(T)\fR declares 
-the various classes and operators. (All code is declared as inlines
-so that no separate definitions are required.)  Each of the other
-\fBT\fR is used to construct the real names and therefore
-must be a single
-identifer.  Each of the other macros also requires an identifier
-and expands to a name.
-.br
-\(em \fBt\fR is a \fBT\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBs\fR is an \f(CWios\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR is an \f(CWistream\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBo\fR is an \f(CWostream\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBio\fR is an \f(CWiostream\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBf\fR is an \f(CWios& (*)(ios&)\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBif\fR is an \f(CWistream& (*)(istream&)\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBof\fR is an \f(CWostream& (*)(ostream&)\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBiof\fR is an \f(CWiostream& (*)(iostream&)\fR.
-.TP
-\fBs<<SMANIP(T)(f,t)\fR
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBs<<SMANIP(T)(f,t)\fR
-\fBs>>SMANIP(T)(f,t)\fR
-\fBs<<SAPP(T)(f)(t)\fR
-\fBs>>SAPP(T)(f)(t)\fR
-\fBi>>SMANIP(T)(if,t)\fR
-\fBi>>SAPP(T)(if)(t)\fR
-\fBo<<SMANIP(T)(of,t)\fR
-\fBo<<SAPP(T)(of)(t)\fR
-\fBio<<SMANIP(T)(iof,t)\fR
-\fBio>>SMANIP(T)(iof,t)\fR
-\fBio<<SAPP(T)(iof)(t)\fR
-\fBio>>SAPP(T)(iof)(t)\fR
-.in
-.fi
-Returns \fBfct(s,t)\fR, where \fBs\fR is the left operand of
-the insertion or extractor operator and \fBfct\fR is \fBf\fR,
-\fBif\R, \fBof\fR or \fBiof\fR.
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBi>>IMANIP(T)(if,t)\fR
-\fBi>>IAPP(T)(if)(t)\fR
-.in
-.fi
-Return \fBif(i,t)\fR.
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBo<<OMANIP(T)(of,t)\fR
-\fBo<<OAPP(T)(of)(t)\fR
-.in
-.fi
-Return \fBof(i,t)\fR.
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBio<<IOMANIP(T)(iof,t)\fR
-\fBio>>IOMANIP(T)(iof,t)\fR
-\fBio<<IOAPP(T)(iof)(t)\fR
-\fBio>>IOAPP(T)(iof)(t)\fR
-.in
-.fi
-Return \fBiof(s,t)\fR.
-.PP
-\f(CWiomanip.h\fR contains a declaration, \f(CWIOMANIPdeclare(int)\fR
-and some functions:
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBo<<setbase(n)\fR
-\fBi>>setbase(n)\fR
-\fBio<<setbase(n)\fR
-\fBio>>setbase(n)\fR
-.in
-.fi
-Sets the conversion base of the stream (left hand operand) to \fBn\fR.
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBo<<setw(n)\fR
-\fBi>>setw(n)\fR
-\fBio<<setw(n)\fR
-\fBio>>setw(n)\fR
-.in
-.fi
-Sets the \f(CWwidth\fR format state variable
-the stream (left hand operand) to \fBn\fR.
-.SH CAVEATS
-Syntax errors will be reported if
-\fBIOMANIP(T)\fR occurs more than once in a file with the
-same \fBT\fR.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-ios(3C++)
-istream(3C++)
-ostream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/map.3 b/static/v10/man3/map.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 21c3caf5..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/map.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-.TH MAP 3+
-.CT 2 datatype
-.SH NAME
-Map \- associative array classes
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "#include <Map.h>"
-.PP
-.ds 1s \*S
-.ds S \fIS\fP
-.ds T \fIT\fP
-.ft L
-Mapdeclare(\*S,\*T)
-Mapimplement(\*S,\*T)
-.PP
-.ft L
-struct Map(\*S,\*T) {
-	Map(\*S,\*T)();
-	Map(\*S,\*T)(const \*T&);
-	Map(\*S,\*T)(const Map(\*S,\*T)&);
-	~Map(\*S,\*T);
-	Map(\*S,\*T)& operator= (const Map(\*S,\*T)&);
-	\*T& operator[] (int);
-	int size();
-	Mapiter(\*S,\*T) element(const \*S&);
-	Mapiter(\*S,\*T) first();
-	Mapiter(\*S,\*T) last();
-};
-.PP
-.ft L
-struct Mapiter(\*S,\*T) {
-	Mapiter(\*S,\*T) (const Map(\*S,\*T)&);
-	~Mapiter(\*S,\*T);
-	operator int();
-	\*S key();
-	\*T value();
-	Mapiter(\*S,\*T)& operator++ (Mapiter(\*S,\*T)&);
-	Mapiter(\*S,\*T)& operator-- (Mapiter(\*S,\*T)&);
-};
-.ft R
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A
-.I map
-is a collection of
-.I elements,
-each of which contains a
-.I key
-part of type
-.I S
-and a
-.I value
-part of type
-.I T,
-where
-.I S
-and
-.I T
-are type names.
-Both
-.I S
-and
-.I T
-must have value semantics:
-assignment or initialization have the effect of copying.
-(It is unlikely for
-.I S
-and
-.I T
-to be pointers.)
-.PP
-Map elements are ordered by key: type
-.I S
-must have a transitive boolean
-.BR operator< .
-.PP
-The macro call
-.L Mapdeclare(\*S,\*T)
-declares the classes
-.B Map(\*S,\*T)
-and
-.BR Mapiter(\*S,\*T) .
-It must appear once in every source file that uses either.
-The macro call
-.B Mapimplement(\*S,\*T)
-defines the functions that implement the map classes.
-It must appear exactly once in the entire program.
-.SS Map constructors
-.nr xx \w'\fLMap(\*S,\*T)(m)\ \fP'
-.TP \n(xxu
-.B Map(\*S,\*T)()
-An empty map.
-The value part of future elements
-is the value of an otherwise uninitialized
-static object of type
-.I T .
-.TP
-.BI Map(\*S,\*T)( x )
-An empty map whose future elements have
-default value
-.I x .
-.TP
-.BI Map(\*S,\*T)( m )
-A copy of map
-.I m
-obtained by copying the elements and default value of
-.I m.
-.SS Map operators
-.TP  \n(xxu
-.IB n " = " m
-All the elements of map
-.I n
-are deleted and and
-copies of the elements of
-.I m 
-are added.
-The default value of
-.I n
-does not change.
-Running time is
-.IR O (log(| m |)
-+
-.RI log(| n |)),
-where
-.RI | m |
-means
-.IB m .size() .
-.TP
-.IB m [ k ]
-A reference
-to the value part of the element of map
-.I m
-with key
-.BR k .
-If the element does not exist, it is created.
-Running time is
-.IR O (log(| m |)) .
-.SS Other Map functions
-.TP  \n(xxu
-.IB m .size()
-The number of elements in
-.LR m .
-Running time is
-.IR O (1).
-.TP
-.IB m .element( k )
-A map iterator 
-referring to the element of
-.I m
-with key
-.I k
-if such an element exists.
-Otherwise the result is vacuous.
-Running time is
-.IR O (log(| m |)) .
-.TP
-.IB m .first()
-.br
-.ns
-.TP
-.IB m .last()
-A map iterator
-referring to the element of
-.I m
-with the smallest (or largest) key.
-If
-.L m
-has no elements, the result is vacuous.
-Running time is
-.IR O (log(| m |)) .
-.SS "Map iterators"
-For every class
-.B Map(\*S,\*T)
-there is a class
-.BR Mapiter(\*S,\*T) .
-A map iterator identifies a map object and possibly
-an element in that map.
-An iterator that does not identify an element is
-.IR vacuous .
-.SS Mapiter constructors
-.TP  \n(xxu
-.BI Mapiter(\*S,\*T)( m )
-A vacuous iterator referring to map
-.I m.
-Running time is
-.IR O (1).
-.SS Mapiter operators
-.TP  \n(xxu
-.IB i " = " j
-Make iterator
-.I i
-refer (for now) to the same map as does
-.I j.
-.TP
-.BI (int) i
-Zero if iterator
-.I i
-is vacuous, otherwise nonzero.
-.TP
-.BI ++ i
-.br
-.ns
-.TP
-.BI -- i
-If iterator
-.I i
-is vacuous, make it refer to the map element with
-the smallest (or largest) key
-Otherwise, make it refer to the map element with the
-next key greater (or less) than the key of the
-current element.
-If no such element exists,
-.I i
-becomes vacuous.
-The running time of a single increment
-operation for map
-.I m
-is
-.IR O (log(| m |)).
-However an iterator 
-takes only time
-.IR O (| m |)
-to sequence through the whole map.
-.SS Other mapiter functions
-.TP  \n(xxu
-.IB i .key()
-.br
-.ns
-.TP
-.IB i .value()
-The key (or value) part of the element referred to by
-.I i .
-If
-.I i
-is vacuous, return
-the value of an otherwise uninitialized static
-object of appropriate type.
-Running time is
-.IR O (1).
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.EX
-struct city { char name[100]; };
-typedef int population;
-int operator< (const city&, const city&);
-.EE
-.PP
-.B Mapdeclare(name,population)
-.PP
-.B Map(name,population) gazetteer;
-.PP
-.B "// Print big cities; set populations of others to zero.
-.PP
-.EX
-	for(Mapiter(name,population) i = gazetteer.first(); i; i++)
-		if(i.value() > 1000000)
-			printf("%s\en", i.key().name);
-		else
-			gazetteer[i.key()] = 0;
-.EE
-.SH BUGS
-A `type name'
-.B Map(\*S,\*T)
-or
-.BR Mapiter(\*S,\*T) 
-that contains spaces will be mangled by
-.IR cpp (8).
-.br
-There is no way to delete a single element.
-.br
-Ambiguities can occur if the type name
-.I S
-contains an underscore.
-.br
-No precautions are taken against running out of memory.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/memory.3 b/static/v10/man3/memory.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2edea28c..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/memory.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-.TH MEMORY 3
-.CT 2 mem_man
-.SH NAME
-memccpy, memchr, memcmp, memcpy, memmove, memset \(mi memory operations
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *memccpy(s1, s2, c, n)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.B int c, n;
-.PP
-.B char *memchr(s, c, n)
-.B char *s;
-.B int c, n;
-.PP
-.B int memcmp(s1, s2, n)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.B int n;
-.PP
-.B char *memcpy(s1, s2, n)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.B int n;
-.PP
-.B char *memmove(s1, s2, n)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.B int n;
-.PP
-.B char *memset(s, c, n)
-.B char *s;
-.B int c, n;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions operate efficiently on memory areas
-(arrays of characters bounded by a count, not terminated by a null character).
-They do not check for the overflow of any receiving memory area.
-.PP
-.I Memccpy
-copies characters from memory area
-.I s2
-into
-.IR s1 ,
-stopping after the first occurrence of character
-.I c
-has been copied, or after
-.I n
-characters have been copied, whichever comes first.
-It returns a pointer to the character after
-the copy of
-.I c
-in
-.IR s1 ,
-or zero if
-.I c
-was not found in the first
-.I n
-characters of
-.IR s2 .
-.PP
-.PP
-.I Memchr
-returns a pointer to the first
-occurrence of character
-.I c
-in the first
-.I n
-characters of memory area
-.IR s,
-or zero if
-.I c
-does not occur.
-.PP
-.I Memcmp
-compares its arguments, looking at the first
-.I n
-characters only, and returns an integer
-less than, equal to, or greater than 0,
-according as
-.I s1
-is lexicographically less than, equal to, or
-greater than
-.IR s2 .
-.PP
-.I Memcpy
-copies
-.I n
-characters from memory area 
-.I s2
-to
-.I s1.
-It returns
-.I s1.
-.PP
-.I Memmove
-is the same as 
-.I memcpy,
-except it is guaranteed to handle overlapping strings as
-if the move had been made to a temporary and then to the destination.
-.PP
-.I Memset
-sets the first
-.I n
-characters in memory area
-.I s
-to the value of character
-.IR c .
-It returns
-.IR s .
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR string (3)
-.SH BUGS
-.I Memcmp
-uses native character comparison, which is signed
-on some machines, unsigned on others;
-thus the sign of the value returned when a
-character has its high-order bit set is implementation-dependent.
-.br
-Thanks to ANSI X3J11 for the 
-.IR memcpy/memmove
-distinction.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/mesg.3 b/static/v10/man3/mesg.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f44f6e5c..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/mesg.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'MESG (III)'3/15/72'MESG (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		mesg  --  write message on typewriter
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr 	r5,mesg; <Now is the time\\0>; .even
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	mesg____
-writes the string immediately following its call onto
-the standard output file.
-The string must be terminated by an ASCII NULL byte.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/mktemp.3 b/static/v10/man3/mktemp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8505dce3..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/mktemp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-.TH MKTEMP 3
-.CT 2 file_inq_creat
-.SH NAME
-mktemp, tmpnam \(mi make a unique file name
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *mktemp(template)
-.B char *template;
-.PP
-.B #include <tmpnam.h>
-.PP
-.B char *tmpnam(s)
-.B char s[L_tmpnam];
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Mktemp
-replaces
-.I template
-by a unique file name, and returns the
-address of the template.
-The template should look like a file name with six trailing
-.LR X s,
-which will be replaced with the
-current process id and a unique letter.
-.PP
-.I Tmpnam
-places in the string pointed to by
-.I s
-a unique file name referring to the standard
-.F /tmp
-directory for temporary files and returns
-.I s.
-If
-.I s
-is 0,
-.I tmpnam
-returns the address of a fixed internal buffer that contains the name.
-(Note: it is bad form to leave files in the temporary directory.)
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR getpid " in"
-.IR getuid (2)
-.SH BUGS
-After many calls to
-.IR tmpnam ,
-the resulting filenames may have strange characters.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/mkunique.3 b/static/v10/man3/mkunique.3
deleted file mode 100644
index dc123c83..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/mkunique.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-.TH MKUNIQUE 3
-.CT 2 file_inq_creat
-.SH NAME
-mkunique, tmpnam \(mi make a file with a unique name
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *mkunique(template, mode, fdp)
-.B char *template;
-.B int *fdp;
-.PP
-.B tmpnam(s)
-.B char *s;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Mkunique
-creates a file with a unique name and the specified
-.I mode
-and returns a pointer to a
-.IR malloc (3)-ed
-copy of the unique name.
-.PP
-If the new file resides in an ordinary directory,
-the unique name will be the template suffixed by 8 digits,
-the first 5 of which are the current process id.
-The last component of the template should not
-be more than 6 characters long.
-In a blind directory, the entire last component of
-the unique name will be a random string; see
-.IR creat (2).
-.LP
-If the pointer
-.I fdp
-is nonzero, the location pointed to will be filled in
-with a file descriptor for the file, open for writing.
-.LP
-Note.
-It is bad form to leave files in the temporary directory.
-One way to avoid doing so is to
-.IR unlink (2)
-temporary files as soon
-as they are opened.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR tmpnam (1)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Zero is returned if the operation fails for any reason.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/mon.3 b/static/v10/man3/mon.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 782d31db..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/mon.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-.th MONITOR III 5/10/73
-.sh NAME
-monitor \*- prepare execution profile
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-monitor(lowpc, highpc, buffer, bufsize)
-.br
-int lowpc( ), highpc( ), buffer[ ], bufsize;
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Monitor
-is an interface to the system's profile entry (II).
-.it lowpc
-and
-.it highpc
-are the names of two functions;
-.it buffer
-is the address of a (user supplied)
-array of
-.it bufsize
-integers.
-.it Monitor
-arranges for the system to sample the user's
-program counter periodically
-and record the execution histogram in
-the buffer.
-The lowest address sampled
-is that of
-.it lowpc
-and the highest is
-just below \fIhighpc\fR.
-For the results to be significant,
-especially where there are small, heavily
-used routines,
-it is suggested that the buffer be no more
-than a few times smaller than the range
-of locations sampled.
-.s3
-To profile the entire program,
-it is sufficient to use
-.s3
-	extern etext;
-	...
-	monitor(2, &etext, buf, bufsize);
-.s3
-.it etext
-is a loader-defined symbol which lies just above all the
-program text.
-.s3
-To stop execution monitoring and write the results
-on the file \fBmon.out\fR.
-use
-.s3
-	monitor(0);
-.s3
-Then, when the program exits, prof (I) can be used
-to examine the results.
-.sh FILES
-mon.out
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-prof (I), profil (II)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/monitor.3 b/static/v10/man3/monitor.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 761b30bd..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/monitor.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-.TH MONITOR 3
-.CT 2 debug_tune
-.SH NAME
-monitor \(mi prepare execution profile
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B monitor(lowpc, highpc, buffer, bufsize, nfunc)
-.B int (*lowpc)(), (*highpc)();
-.B short buffer[];
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-An executable program created by
-.L
-cc -p
-automatically includes calls for
-.I monitor
-with default parameters;
-.I monitor
-needn't be called explicitly
-except to gain fine control over profiling.
-.PP
-.I Monitor
-is an interface to
-.IR profil (2).
-.I Lowpc
-and
-.I highpc
-are the addresses of two functions;
-.I buffer
-is the address of a (user supplied)
-array of
-.I bufsize
-bytes.
-.I Monitor
-arranges to record a histogram of
-periodically sampled values of the program counter,
-and of counts of calls
-of certain functions, in the buffer.
-The lowest address sampled
-is that of
-.I lowpc
-and the highest is
-just below
-.IR highpc .
-At most
-.I nfunc
-call counts can be kept; only calls of functions
-compiled with the profiling option
-.B -p
-of
-.IR cc (1)
-are recorded.
-For the results to be significant,
-especially where there are small, heavily
-used routines,
-it is suggested that the buffer be no more
-than a few times smaller than the range
-of locations sampled.
-The default values for
-.I bufsize
-and
-.I nfunc
-are
-(\f2highpc\fP\-\f2lowpc\fP)/8
-and 300 respectively.
-.PP
-To profile the entire program, use
-.PP
-.nf
-.ft L
-	extern etext();
-	. . .
-	monitor((int (*)())2, etext, buf, bufsize, nfunc);
-.ft P
-.fi
-.PP
-.I Etext
-lies just above all the
-program text, see
-.IR end (3).
-For the highest resolution profiling on the VAX, use
-.B
-bufsize = ((int)highpc)-((int)lowpc)+12+8*nfunc\fR.
-.PP
-To stop execution monitoring and write the results
-on the file
-.I mon.out,
-use
-.PP
-.L
-	monitor((int (*)())0);
-.LP
-then
-.IR prof (1)
-can be used
-to examine the results.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.F mon.out
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR prof (1), 
-.IR profil (2), 
-.IR cc (1)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/mp.3 b/static/v10/man3/mp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 51ea232d..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/mp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-.TH MP 3X
-.CT 2 math
-.SH NAME
-itom, mfree, madd, msub, mult, mdiv, sdiv, msqrt, mgcd, min, mout,
-fmin, fmout, move, mcmp,
-rpow, mpow \(mi multiple precision integer arithmetic
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.2C
-.B "#include <mp.h>"
-.B "#include <stdio.h>"
-.PP
-.B mint *itom(n)
-.B short n;
-.PP
-.B mfree(a)
-.B mint *a;
-.PP
-.B madd(a, b, c)
-.B mint *a, *b, *c;
-.PP
-.B msub(a, b, c)
-.B mint *a, *b, *c;
-.PP
-.B mult(a, b, c)
-.B mint *a, *b, *c;
-.PP
-.B mgcd(a, b, c)
-.B mint *a, *b, *c;
-.PP
-.B mdiv(a, b, q, r)
-.B mint *a, *b, *q, *r;
-.PP
-.B sdiv(a, n, q, r)
-.B mint *a, *q;
-.B short n, *r;
-.PP
-.B \&
-.B msqrt(a, b, r)
-.B mint *a, *b, *r;
-.PP
-.B rpow(a, n, c)
-.B mint *a, *c;
-.PP
-.B mpow(a, b, m, c)
-.B mint *a, *b, *m, *c;
-.PP
-.B move(a, b)
-.B mint *a, *b;
-.PP
-.B mcmp(a, b)
-.B mint *a, *b;
-.PP
-.B int min(a)
-.B mint *a;
-.PP
-.B mout(a)
-.B mint *a;
-.PP
-.B int fmin(a, f)
-.B mint *a;
-.B FILE *f;
-.PP
-.B fmout(a, f)
-.B mint *a;
-.B FILE *f;
-.1C
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines perform arithmetic on arbitrary-length integers
-of defined type
-.I mint.
-The functions are obtained with the
-.IR ld (1)
-option
-.BR -lmp .
-.PP
-Pointers to
-.I mint
-must be initialized using the function
-.IR itom ,
-which sets the initial value to
-.IR n .
-Thereafter space is managed automatically.
-The space may be freed by
-.IR mfree ,
-making the variable uninitialized.
-.PP
-.I Madd, msub, mult,
-and
-.I mgcd
-assign to their third arguments the sum, difference,
-product, and greatest common divisor, respectively, of their first two arguments.
-.PP
-.I Mdiv
-assigns the quotient and remainder, respectively,
-to its third and fourth arguments.
-The remainder is nonnegative and less than the divisor in magnitude.
-.I Sdiv
-is like
-.I mdiv
-except that the divisor is an ordinary integer.
-.PP
-.I Msqrt
-assigns the square root and remainder to its second and third arguments,
-respectively.
-.PP
-.I Rpow
-calculates
-.I a
-raised to the power
-.IR n ;
-.I mpow
-calculates this reduced modulo
-.IR m .
-.PP
-.IR Move
-assigns (by copying) the value of its first argument to its second argument.
-.PP
-.IR Mcmp
-returns a negative, zero, or positive integer if the value of its
-first argument is less than,
-equal to, or greater than, respectively,
-the value of its second argument.
-.PP
-.I Min
-and
-.I mout
-do decimal conversion from
-.B stdin
-and to
-.BR stdout ,
-.I fmin
-and
-.I fmout
-use file 
-.IR f ;
-see
-.IR stdio (3).
-.I Min
-and
-.I fmin
-return
-.B EOF
-on end of file.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Illegal operations and running out of memory
-produce messages and core images.
-.SH BUGS
-.I Itom
-and
-.I sdiv
-fail if 
-.I n
-is the most negative short integer.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/mvefil.3 b/static/v10/man3/mvefil.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e4252e49..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/mvefil.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-.TH MVEFIL 3X cray
-.SH NAME
-mvefil \- movie of a function f(x, y, t)
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B "call mvefil(unit, time, nx, ny, fmin, fmax, outsid, f)"
-.br
-.B "integer unit, nx, ny"
-.br
-.B "real time, fmin, fmax, outsid, f(nx,ny)"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Each call of the FORTRAN routine
-.I mvefil
-writes a frame in a printing ascii format
-that can be converted to
-.IR view2d (5).
-When loading, use the
-.IR f77 (1)
-option
-.BR \-lspec .
-.I Unit
-is a FORTRAN logical unit number for output, typically 30.
-.I Nx, ny
-give the grid size.
-.I Time
-is a (nondecreasing) frame index, typically set to simulation time
-or iteration count.
-.I Fmin
-and
-.I fmax
-should normally be 0 on input;
-on output they will be set to the range of the data.
-If not equal on input, they will be assumed as the
-range of the data.
-.I f
-is the
-.I nx
-by
-.I ny
-array of data.
-There is a threshold for describing nonrectangular regions:
-any value less than or equal to
-.I outsid
-is treated as
-out of bounds and will appear as black.
-.PP
-After running this on
-.I 3k,
-on your local machine, type
-.br
-.BI view3k " crayfile localfile"
-.br
-where
-.I crayfile
-is typically
-.B fort.30
-and
-.I localfile
-will be created in
-.IR view2d (5)
-format.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-view2d(1), view2d(5)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/nargs.3 b/static/v10/man3/nargs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 019287a0..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/nargs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-.th NARGS III 5/10/73
-.sh NAME
-nargs \*- argument count
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.bd "nargs( )"
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Nargs
-returns the number of actual parameters
-supplied by the caller of the routine which calls 
-\fInargs\fR.
-.s3
-The argument count is accurate only when
-none of the actual parameters is
-.it float
-or
-\fIdouble\fR.
-Such parameters count as four arguments instead of one.
-.sh BUGS
-As indicated.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/nlist.3 b/static/v10/man3/nlist.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c67d5ed..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/nlist.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'NLIST (III)'6/12/72'NLIST (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		nlist -- get entries from name list
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr r5,nlist; file; list
-.br
-.li
-...
-.br
-.ti -6
-file: <file name\\0>; .even
-.br
-.ti -6
-list:
-.br
-<name1xxx>; type1; value1
-.br
-<name2xxx>; type2; value2
-.br
-.li
-...
-.br
-0
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	nlist_____
-will examine the name list in
-the given assembler output file
-and selectively extract a
-list of values.
-The name list consists of
-a list of 8-character names (null padded)
-each followed by two words.
-The list is terminated with a zero.
-Each name is looked up in the name list of
-the file.
-If the name is found, the type and value of the
-name are placed in the two words following
-the name.
-If the name is not found, the type entry is set to -1.
-.sp
-This subroutine is useful for
-examining the system name list kept in
-the file /sys/sys/unix.
-In this way programs can obtain system 'magic'
-numbers that are up to date.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	a.out(V)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	All
-type entries are set to -1 if the file cannot be found
-or if it is not a valid namelist.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/notary.3 b/static/v10/man3/notary.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c90e56ce..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/notary.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-.TH NOTARY 3
-.CT 2 sa secur
-.SH NAME
-xs, enroll, verify, reverify, keynotary \(mi certification functions
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "char *xs(char *key, char *buf, int n)
-.B "enroll(char *name, char *oldkey, char *newkey)
-.B "verify(char *name, char *xsum, char *buf, int n)
-.B "rverify(char *name, char *xsum, char *buf, int n)
-.B "keynotary(char *key1, char *key2)
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-All these functions except
-.I xs
-must be linked with option
-.B -lipc
-of
-.IR ld (1).
-.PP
-.I Xs
-composes a cryptographic checksum of the 
-.I n
-characters starting at
-.IR buf.
-The
-.I key
-argument points to an 8-character checksumming key.
-A pointer is returned to a null-terminated 
-.SM ASCII
-checksum.
-.PP
-.I Enroll
-registers a checksumming key for user 
-.I name
-with 
-.IR notary (1),
-only one checksumming key per user name at a time.
-On first registry
-the
-.I oldkey
-argument is ignored.
-On subsequent registries, the
-.I oldkey
-argument must match the currently stored
-checksumming key.
-The new checksumming key is
-.IR newkey ;
-if
-.I newkey
-is trivial,
-.I name
-is deregistered.
-.PP
-.I Verify
-consults the notary oracle
-to check the validity of a checksum composed by
-.IR xs.
-A non zero return value signifies that the checksum was
-calculated using the checksumming key registered with
-the notary oracle as belonging to user
-.IR name .
-.I Rverify
-does what 
-.I verify
-does, but leaves the connection to the oracle open
-until presented with a NULL
-value for
-.IR name .
-Hence, subsequent calls to
-.I rverify
-should be quicker.
-.PP
-.I Keynotary
-is used to tell the notary daemon the key for
-its private encrypted data.
-.I Key1
-is the key the data is currently encrypted with;
-.I key2
-(if nonzero)
-is the key to use in the future.
-A file descriptor is returned, from which diagnostic information
-may be read.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR notary (1),
-.IR ipc (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Verify
-and
-.I enroll
-return zero on failure, otherwise nonzero.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/openshares.3 b/static/v10/man3/openshares.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 270c64e4..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/openshares.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-.TH OPENSHARES 3 SHARE
-.SH NAME
-openshares \- open shares file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B "int openshares(lock)"
-.br
-.B "int lock;"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Openshares
-attempts to open the shares file for writing,
-otherwise,
-if 
-.I lock
-is 0,
-it attempts to open it for reading.
-If one of the opens succeeds,
-it returns 1,
-otherwise it returns 0.
-.PP
-If the shares file is already open,
-this routine does nothing.
-.SH FILES
-.PD 0
-.TP "\w'/etc/sharesXXXX'u"
-/etc/shares
-Shares data-base.
-.PD
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-closeshares(3),
-getshares(3),
-getshput(3),
-putshares(3),
-sharesfile(3).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ostream.3 b/static/v10/man3/ostream.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 29107c78..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ostream.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH IOS.OUT 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-ostream \- formatted and unformatted output
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-.ta1i 2i
-.nf
-#include <iostream.h>
-
-typedef long streamoff, streampos;
-class ios {
-public:
-	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
-	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
-	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
-	} ;
-
-class ostream : ios {
-public:
-	ostream&	flush();
-	int	opfx();
-	ostream&	put(char c);
-	ostream&	seekp(streampos pos);
-	ostream&	seekp(streamoff off, seek_dir d);
-	streampos	tellp();
-	ostream&	write(const char*  ptr,int n);
-	ostream&	write(const unsigned    char* ptr, int n);
-	ostream&	operator<<(const char*);
-	ostream&	operator<<(char);
-	ostream&	operator<<(short);
-	ostream&	operator<<(int a);
-	ostream&	operator<<(long);
-	ostream&	operator<<(double);
-	ostream&	operator<<(unsigned char);
-	ostream&	operator<<(unsigned short);
-	ostream&	operator<<(unsigned int);
-	ostream&	operator<<(unsigned long);
-	ostream&	operator<<(void*);
-	ostream&	operator<<(const streambuf&);
-	ostream&	operator<<(ostream& (*)(ostream&));
-};
-
-class ostream_withassign {
-		ostream_withassign();
-	istream&	operator=(istream&);
-	istream&	operator=(streambuf*);
-};
-
-extern ostream_withassign cout;
-extern ostream_withassign cerr;
-extern ostream_withassign clog;
-
-
-ostream&	endl(ostream& i) ;
-ostream&	ends(ostream& i) ;
-ostream&	flush(ostream&	i) ;
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\f(CWistream\fRs support
-insertion (storing) into an \f(CWstreambuf\fR.
-These are commonly refered to as output operations.
-.PP
-Assume:
-.br
-\(em \fBouts\fR is an \f(CWostream\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBoutswa\fR is an \f(CWostream_withassign\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBoutsp\fR is an \f(CWostream*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBc\fR is a \f(CWchar\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBptr\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR or \f(CWunsigned char*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR and \fBn\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBmanip\fR is a function with type \f(CWostream& (*)(ostream&)\fR.
-.PP
-.PP
-Constructors and assignment:
-.TP
-\fBostream(sb)\fR
-Initializes \fBios\fR state variables and associates stream with
-buffer \fBsb\fR.
-\fBostream_withassign()\fR
-Does no initialization.  This allows a file static
-variable of this type
-(\fBcout\fR for example) to be used before it is constructed provided
-it is assigned to first.
-.TP
-\fBoutswa=sb\fR
-Associates \fBsb\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
-state of \fBoutswa\fR.
-.TP
-\fBinswa=ins\fR
-Associates \fBins->rdbuf()\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
-state of \fBoutswa\fR.
-The inserters:
-.TP
-\fBouts<<x\fR
-First call \fBouts.opfx()\fR.  If that returns 0 do nothing.
-Otherwise insert a sequence of characters
-representing \fBx\fR into \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR.
-Errors are indicated by setting
-the error state of \fBouts\fR.
-\fBouts\fR is always returned.
-.RS
-.PP
-\fBx\fR is converted into a sequence of characters
-(its representation) according
-to rules that depend on \fBx\fR's type and
-\fBouts\fR's format state variables (see \fIios\fR(3C++)):
-.TP
-\f(CWchar*\fR
-The representation is the sequence of characters up to
-(but not including)
-the terminating null of the string \fBx\fR points at.
-.TP
-\fIany integral type\fR
-If \fBx\fR is positive
-the representation contains a sequence of
-decimal, octal, or hexadecimal digits with no leading zeros
-according to whether
-\fBouts.convbase()\fR is 10, 8, or 16 respectively.
-If \fBx\fR is zero the representation is a single
-zero character(\f(CW0\fR).
-If \fBx\fR is negative, decimal conversion converts is to a minus
-sign (\f(CW-\fR) followed by decimal digits.
-The other conversions treat all values as unsigned.
-A value of 0 for \fBouts.convbase()\fR
-also causes decimal conversion.
-The effect of other values of \fBouts.convbase()\fR is undefined.
-If \fBouts.showbase()\fR
-is non-zero the hex representation contains 
-\f(CW0x\fR before the hex digits.
-If \fBouts.showbase()\fR is non-zero the octal representation contains
-a leading 0.
-.TP
-\f(CWvoid*\fR
-Pointers are cast to integral values and then converted
-to hexadecimal numbers as if \fBouts.showbase()\fR were set.
-.TP
-\f(CWfloat\fR, \f(CWdouble\fR
-The arguments are converted according to the current values
-of \fBouts.precision()\fR, \fBouts.floatfmt()\fR, and \fBouts.width()\fR
-using the printf formatting conventions for
-\f(CW"%\fBfloatfmt\f(CW"\fR.
-The default values for \fBouts.floatfmt()\fR and \fBouts.precision()\fR
-are \f(CWg\fR and 6 respectively.
-.PP
-After the representation is determined, padding occurs.
-If \fBouts.width()\fR
-is greater than 0
-and the representation contains less than \fBouts.width()\fR
-characters, then enough \fBouts.fill()\fR characters are added
-to bring the total number of characters to \fBios.width()\fR.
-If \fBios.ladjust()\fR is non-zero the sequence is left adjusted.
-That is, characters are added after the characters determined above.
-Otherwise the padding is added before the characters determined
-above. \fBios.width()\fR is reset to 0, but all other format
-state variables are unchanged.  The resulting sequence (padding
-plus representation) is inserted into \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBouts<<sb\fR
-If \fBouts.opfx()\fR returns non-zero
-the sequence of characters that can be fetched from \fBsb\fR
-are inserted into \fBouts.rdbuf\fR.  Insertion stops when
-no more characters can be fetcheded from \fBsb\fR.  No padding
-is performed.  Always return \fBouts\fR.
-.PP
-Other members:
-.TP
-\fBi=outs.opfx()\fR
-If \fBouts\fR's error state is nonzero returns immediately.
-If \fBouts.tie()\fR is non-null flush it.
-Returns non-zero except when \fBouts\fR'es error state is nonzero.
-.TP
-\fBoutsp=&outs.flush()\fR
-storing characters into a streambuf does not always
-cause them to be consumed (e.g., written to the external file)
-immediately.
-\fBflush\fR
-causes any characters that may have been stored but not yet consumed
-to be consumed by calling \fBouts.rdbuf()->sync\fR.
-.TP
-\fBouts<<manip\fR
-Equivalent to \fBmanip(outs)\fR.
-Syntactically this looks like an insertion
-operation, but semantically it does an arbitrary operations
-rather than converting \fBmanip\fR to a sequence of characters as
-do the insertion operators.
-.PP
-Unformatted output functions:
-.TP
-\fBoutsp=&outs.put(c)\fR
-Inserts \fBc\fR into \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR.  Sets the error state if
-the insertion fails.
-.TP
-\fBoutsp=&outs.write(s,n)\fR
-Inserts the
-\fBn\fR
-characters starting at \fBs\fR into \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR.
-These characters may include zeros (i.e., \fBs\fR need not be
-a null terminated string).
-.PP
-Positioning functions:
-.TP
-\fBoutsp=&ins.seekp(off,dir)\fR
-Repositions \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR's put pointer.
-See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
-.TP
-\fBoutsp=&outs.seekp(pos)\fR
-Repositions \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR's put pointer.
-See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
-.TP
-\fBpos=outs.tellp()\fR
-The current position of \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR's put pointer.
-See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
-.PP
-Manipulators:
-.TP
-\fBouts<<endl\fR
-Ends a line by inserting a newline character and flushing.
-.TP
-\fBouts<<ends\fR
-Ends a string by inserting a null(0) character.
-.TP
-\fBouts<<flush\fR
-Flushes \fBouts\fR
-.SH SEE ALSO
-ios(3C++)
-sbuf.pub(3C++)
-manip(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/perror.3 b/static/v10/man3/perror.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f1b603d5..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/perror.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-.th PERROR III 11/5/73
-.sh NAME
-perror \*- system error messages
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-perror(s)
-.br
-char *s;
-.s3
-int sys\*_nerr;
-.br
-char *sys\*_errlist[];
-.s3
-int errno;
-.ft R
-.br
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Perror
-produces a short error message
-describing the last error encountered during a call
-to the system from a C program.
-First the argument string
-.it s
-is printed, then a colon, then the message and a new-line.
-Most usefully, the argument string is the name
-of the program which incurred the error.
-The error number is taken from the external variable
-.it errno,
-which is set when errors occur but not cleared when
-non-erroneous calls are made.
-.s3
-To simplify variant formatting
-of messages, the vector of message strings
-.it sys\*_errlist
-is provided;
-.it errno
-can be used as an index in this table to get the
-message string without the newline.
-.it Sys\*_nerr
-is the largest message number provided for in the table;
-it should be checked because new
-error codes may be added to the system before
-they are added to the table.
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-Introduction to System Calls
-.sh BUGS
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/pex.3 b/static/v10/man3/pex.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ca3ce03..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/pex.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-.TH PEX 3
-.SH NAME
-pex, unpex \- obtain process-exclusive file access
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <sys/pex.h>
-.PP
-.B int pex(fd, seconds, pexbuf)
-.br
-.B struct pexclude *pexbuf;
-.PP
-.B int unpex(fd, seconds)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Pex
-tries, using the
-.CW FIOPX
-ioctl call, to obtain exclusive access to the file designated by
-file descriptor
-.IR fd ;
-see
-.IR pex (4).
-If
-.I pexbuf
-is nonzero, facts about the 
-other end of the pipe are placed in the object
-.I pexbuf
-points to, as described in
-.IR pex (4).
-.PP
-If
-.I fd
-refers to a stream, 
-.I pex
-first empties the input and output queues,
-flushing if
-.I seconds
-is negative, and otherwise waiting up to the specified
-time interval for the queues to drain.
-If the queues do not drain, an error results.
-.PP
-.I Unpex
-uses
-.CW FIONPX
-to try to reverse the effect of
-.I pex,
-again flushing or draining queues as specified by
-.I seconds.
-.PP
-On a pipe,
-.I pex
-or
-.I unpex
-succeeds only if the process at the other end answers
-with an FIOPX or FIONPX ioctl respectively.
-.I Pex
-and
-.I unpex
-should not be used to answer.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR pex (4)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Pex
-returns \-1 on failure, 0 on success, and 1 for a half-pexed
-pipe.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/picfile.3 b/static/v10/man3/picfile.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 43061a17..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/picfile.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
-.TH PICFILE 3X
-.CT graphics files
-.SH NAME
-picopen_r, picopen_w, picread, picwrite, picclose, picputprop, picgetprop, picunpack, picpack, picerror \- picture file I/O
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <picfile.h>
-.PP
-.B PICFILE *picopen_r(name)
-.B char *name;
-.PP
-.B "PICFILE *picopen_w(name, type, x0, y0, w, h, chan, argv, cmap)
-.B "char *name, *type, *chan, *argv[], *cmap;
-.PP
-.B int picread(pf, buf)
-.B PICFILE *pf;
-.B char *buf;
-.PP
-.B int picwrite(pf, buf)
-.B PICFILE *pf;
-.B char *buf;
-.PP
-.B void picclose(pf)
-.B PICFILE *pf;
-.PP
-.B PICFILE *picputprop(pf, name, value)
-.B PICFILE *pf;
-.B char *name, *value;
-.PP
-.B char *picgetprop(pf, name)
-.B PICFILE *pf;
-.B char *name;
-.PP
-.B "void picunpack(pf, pix, fmt, arg ...)
-.B PICFILE *pf;
-.B char *pix, *fmt;
-.PP
-.B "void picpack(pf, pix, fmt, arg ...)
-.B PICFILE *pf;
-.B char *pix, *fmt;
-.PP
-.B "void picerror(string)
-.B char *string;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions read and write raster images in
-.IR picfile (5)
-format.
-They are loaded by option
-.B -lpicfile
-of
-.IR ld (1).
-Open picture files are referred to by pointers of type
-.BR PICFILE* .
-.PP
-.I Picopen_r
-opens the named picfile for reading and returns a pointer
-to the open file.
-If
-.I name
-is
-.L
-"IN"\fR,
-standard input is used.
-.PP
-.I Picopen_w
-similarly creates the named image file for writing.
-The name
-.L
-"OUT"
-refers to standard output.
-.I Type
-is a
-.B TYPE
-attribute, as described in
-.IR picfile (5);
-.I x0
-and
-.I y0
-are the upper left coordinates of the
-.BR WINDOW 
-attribute;
-.I w
-and
-.I h
-are the image width and heigth in pixels.
-.I Chan
-is a string specifying the order of channels for the
-.B CHAN
-attribute; the length of this string becomes the value of
-.BR NCHAN .
-.I Argv,
-if nonzero, is
-conventionally the second argument of the main program;
-see
-.IR exec (2).
-It becomes a 
-.B COMMAND
-attribute recording the provenance of the file.
-.PP
-The special call
-.B picopen_w(name, PIC_SAMEARGS(pf))
-creates a file with the same attributes as an already open
-picfile.
-.B PIC_SAMEARGS
-mentions
-.I argv
-by name, hence the name must be visible at the point of call.
-.PP
-.I Picread
-and
-.I picwrite
-read or write a single row of pixels using the
-character array
-.I buf.
-The length of the row is determined from the file's
-.B WINDOW
-and
-.B NCHAN
-attributes.
-One-bit-per-pixel images (of type
-.B bitmap
-or
-.BR ccitt-g4 ,
-for example)
-are decoded to one byte per pixel, 0 for black, 255 for white, and
-are encoded as 1 for pixel values less than 128 and 0 otherwise.
-Files of type
-.B ccir601
-are decoded into conventional
-.B rgb
-channels.
-.PP
-.I Picclose
-closes a picfile and frees associated storage.
-.PP
-.I Picputprop
-called after 
-.I picopen_w
-but before
-.I picwrite
-adds header attributes, returning a (probably changed) value of the 
-.B PICFILE
-pointer.
-.PP
-.I Picgetprop
-returns a pointer to the value of the named attribute, or
-0 if the picfile does not have the attribute.
-In both
-.I Picputprop
-and
-.I picgetprop,
-with multiple appearances (e.g.
-.BR COMMAND )
-are expressed as a sequence of
-values separated by newlines.
-.PP
-The header file defines macros to extract commonly-used
-attributes:
-.IP
-.EX
-PIC_NCHAN(pf), PIC_WIDTH(pf), PIC_HEIGHT(pf),
-PIC_SAMEARGS(pf) \fR(see \fP\&picopen_w\fR)\fP
-.EE
-.PP
-.I Picunpack
-extracts the channels of pixel array
-.I pix
-into separate array
-.I args
-of types described by the
-.I fmt
-character string.
-Format characters are
-.BR c ,
-.BR s ,
-.BR l ,
-.BR f ,
-.BR d ,
-for arrays of types unsigned char, short, long,
-float, and double.
-Format character
-.B _
-designates a picfile channel to be skipped.
-.I Picpack
-reverses the process.
-These routines effect a standard machine-independent byte
-ordering.
-.PP
-.IR Picerror
-prints messages for errors resulting from calls to
-.I picfile
-routines.
-.RI ( Perror (3)
-cannot describe some error conditions,
-like malformed header lines.)
-.SH EXAMPLES
-Unpack the green and z channels from a file with channels
-.B rgbz...
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.EX
-PICFILE *pf = picopen_r("file");
-extern char pixels[], green[][1000];
-extern float zdepth[][1000];
-for(i=0; picread(pf, pixels); i)
-	picunpack(pf, pixels, "_c_f", green[i], zdepth[i]);
-.EE
-.PP
-Reflect a picture about its vertical midline.
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.EX
-PICFILE *in = picopen_r("picture");
-PICFILE *out = picopen_w("OUT", PIC_SAMEARGS(in));
-int w = PIC_WIDTH(in);
-int n = PIC_NCHAN(in);
-char *buffer = malloc(w*n), *temp = malloc(n);
-while (picread(in, buffer)) {
-	char *left = buffer;
-	char *right = buffer + n*(w - 1);
-	for( ; left<right; left+=n, right-=n) {
-		strncpy(temp, left, n);
-		strncpy(left, right, n);
-		strncpy(right, temp, n);
-	}
-	picwrite(out, buffer);
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR picfile (5),
-.IR pico (1),
-.IR bcp (1)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Picread
-returns 1 on success, 0 on end of file or error.
-.br
-.I Picopen_r
-and
-.I picopen_w
-return 0 for unopenable files.
-.SH BUGS
-.I Picpack
-and
-.I picunpack
-store and retrieve floating point channels (types
-.B f
-and
-.BR d )
-using native floating-point, rather than something
-machine independent like IEEE format.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/pipebuf.3 b/static/v10/man3/pipebuf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index fb7d6543..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/pipebuf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH PIPEBUF 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-pipebuf \- streambuf specialized as circular queue
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.ft B
-.ta1i 2i
-#include <iostream.h>
-#include <pipestream.h>
-
-class pipebuf :	streambuf {
-		pipebuf();
-	int 	empty();
-	int	full();
-	streambuf*	setbuf(char* ptr, int len);
-} ;
-.ft R
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A \f(CWpipebuf\fR
-uses its reserve area to support a circular
-queue of characters.
-In terms of the abstract notion of buffer a \f(CWpipebuf\fR
-is a potentially infinite sequence in which the put pointer
-and get pointer move independently.
-The put pointer is always at the end of the sequence, and
-puts extend the sequence.
-As long as the get pointer remains behind the put pointer, but
-not too far behind, fetching and storing can continue indefinitely.
-Seeks are not supported.
-.PP
-Assume
-.br
-\(em \fBpb\fR is a \f(CWpipebuf\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBptr\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR and \fBlen\fR are an \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBsb\fR is \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
-.PP
-Constructor:
-.TP
-\fBpipebuf()\fR
-Constructs an empty buffer.
-.PP
-Members:
-.TP
-\fBi=pb.empty()\fR
-Returns non-zero if the get pointer is at the end of the sequence,
-and attempts to get characters will therefore fail.
-.TP
-\fBi=pb.full()\fR
-Returns non-zero if there is no more room for putting
-characters.  In the current implementation, the capacity of
-the buffer is one less than the size of the reserve area.
-.TP
-\fBsb=pb.setbuf(ptr,len)\fR
-Establishes the \fBlen\fR bytes starting at \fBptr\fR
-as the reserve area.  Normally it will return \fB&pb\fR.  But
-it will return a null pointer if it fails.  Failure occurs
-if \fBpb.empty()\fR is zero, or if \fBlen\fR is less than 2.
-.SH CAVEATS
-There ought to be a version with an unbounded capacity.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-streambuf(3C++)
-pipestream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/pipestream.3 b/static/v10/man3/pipestream.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ef696712..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/pipestream.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH PIPESTREAM 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-pipestream \- iostream specialized as circular buffer
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-.ta1i 2i
-.nf
-#include <iostream.h>
-#include <pipestream.h>
-
-class pipestream : public iostream {
-public:
-		pipestream();
-		pipestream(char* ptr, int len);
-	pipebuf*	rdbuf();
-	} ;
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\f(CWpipestream\fR 
-specializes
-\f(CWiostream\fR
-to use a circular buffer (\f(CWpipebuf\fR).
-.PP
-Assume
-.br
-\(em \fBps\fR is a \f(CWpipestream\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBptr\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBlen\fR is an \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBpb\fR is a \f(CWpipebuf*\fR.
-.PP
-Constructors:
-.TP
-\fBpipestream()\fR
-Constructs a \f(CWpipestream\fP with an empty \f(CWpipebuf\fR.
-.TP
-\fBpipestream(ptr,len)\fR
-Constructs a \f(CWpipestream\fP with a \f(CWpipebuf\fR
-that uses the \fBlen\fR bytes
-at \fBptr\fR as a reserve area.
-.PP
-Members:
-.TP
-\fBpb=ps.rdbuf()\fR
-Returns the associated \fBpipebuf\fR. \fBpipebuf::rdbuf\fR has
-the same semantics as \fBstreambuf::rdbuf\fR, but the type of
-the result is more precise.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-pipebuf(3C++)
-ios(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/plot.3 b/static/v10/man3/plot.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 56d7b291..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/plot.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-.TH PLOT 3
-.CT 2 comm_term
-.SH NAME
-vec, move, etc. \(mi plot graphics interface
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.2C
-.B #include <plot.h>
-.PP
-.B openpl(s)
-.B char *s;
-.PP
-.B closepl()
-.PP
-.B erase()
-.PP
-.B move(x, y)
-.B double x, y;
-.PP
-.B rmove(dx, dy)
-.B double dx, dy;
-.PP
-.B point(x, y)
-.B double dx, dy;
-.PP
-.B vec(x, y)
-.B double x, y;
-.PP
-.B rvec(dx, dy)
-.B double dx, dy;
-.PP
-.B line(x1, y1, x2, y2)
-.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
-.PP
-.B "arc(x1, y1, x2, y2, x, y, r)"
-.B "double x1, y1, x2, y2, x, y, r;"
-.PP
-.B circle(xc, yc, r)
-.B double xc, yc, r;
-.PP
-.B box(x1, y1, x2, y2)
-.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
-.PP
-.B sbox(x1, y1, x2, y2)
-.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
-.PP
-.B "parabola(x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3)"
-.B "double x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3;"
-.PP
-.B fill(n, arr) int n[];
-.B double *arr[];
-.PP
-.B poly(n, arr) int n[];
-.B double *arr[];
-.PP
-.B spline(n, arr)
-.B int n[];
-.B double *arr[];
-.PP
-.B cspline(n, arr)
-.B int n[];
-.B double *arr[];
-.PP
-.B fspline(n, arr)
-.B int n[];
-.B double *arr[];
-.PP
-.B lspline(n, arr)
-.B int n[];
-.B double *arr[];
-.PP
-.B dspline(n, arr)
-.B int n[];
-.B double *arr[];
-.PP
-.B text(s)
-.B char *s;
-.PP
-.B color(s)
-.B char *s;
-.PP
-.B cfill(s)
-.B char *s;
-.PP
-.B pen(s)
-.B char *s;
-.PP
-.B range(x1, y1, x2, y2)
-.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
-.PP
-.B frame(x1, y1, x2, y2)
-.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
-.PP
-.B grade(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B save()
-.PP
-.B restore()
-.PP
-.B ppause()
-.1C
-.ft P
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions generate either a device-independent
-graphic stream (see
-.IR plot (5))
-or device-dependent graphics commands.
-The include file
-.B <plot.h>
-is used only for device-independent output.
-An alternative include file,
-.BR <iplot.h> ,
-supports device-independent output using identically named
-functions of integer, instead of double, arguments.
-.PP
-Libraries for different devices are loaded with the following
-.IR ld (1)
-flags:
-.TF -lblit
-.TP
-.B -lplot
-general stream output
-.TP
-.B -l2621
-HP2621 terminal
-.TP
-.B -l4014
-Tektronix 4014 terminal
-.TP
-.B -ltr
-Troff input, tuned for the Mergenthaler Linotron 202 phototypesetter
-.TP
-.B -lpen
-HP7580 pen plotter
-.TP
-.B -l5620
-5620 terminal running
-.I mux
-.PD
-.PP
-String arguments are null-terminated and may not contain
-embedded newlines.
-For details on string arguments, see
-.IR plot (5).
-.I Poly, fill,
-and the various spline functions
-take an integer array and an array of pointers
-to double floating point arrays.
-The integers specify the number of vertices
-.RI ( x-y
-pairs)
-in the floating point array.
-The last integer entry should be 0.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR plot (1), 
-.IR plot (5)
-.SH BUGS
-The
-.B -ltr
-library should be tuned for PostScript.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/poly.3 b/static/v10/man3/poly.3
deleted file mode 100644
index f4ff7376..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/poly.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-.TH POLY 3
-.CT 2 graphics math
-.SH NAME
-poly_lk, poly_read \(mi polyhedron database routines
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <poly.h>
-.PP
-.B int poly_lk(name)
-.B char *name;
-.PP
-.B int poly_read(p, dir, n)
-.B Polyhedron *p;
-.B char *dir;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines access the
-.IR poly (7)
-database of polyhedra.
-.PP
-.I Poly_lk
-tries to interpret
-.I name
-as a polyhedron reference.
-If it is a number, it returns that number.
-Otherwise, it returns the number of the first polyhedron
-for which
-.I name
-is a prefix of the polyhedron's name.
-.PP
-.I Poly_read
-forms an in-core description of the polyhedron number
-.I n
-in the directory
-.IR dir .
-If
-.I dir
-is 0, the normal directory
-.RB ( /usr/lib/polyhedra )
-is used.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR poly (5),
-.IR poly (7)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Poly
-returns \-1 on unknown names.
-.PP
-.I Poly_read
-returns zero on success,
-nonzero on error.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/pool.3 b/static/v10/man3/pool.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 10224c10..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/pool.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-.TH POOL 3+
-.CT 2 datatype
-.SH NAME
-pool \- fast memory allocation
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <Pool.h>
-.PP
-.ft L
-struct Pool {
-	Pool(unsigned);
-	~Pool();
-	void* alloc();
-	void free(void*)
-};
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-Every
-.L Pool
-is a collection of
-.IR elements ,
-each of which is an array of bytes.
-All elements of a pool
-are the same size.
-Pool functions are
-.nr xx \w'\fIp\fL.free(\fIep\fL)\ '
-.TP \n(xxu
-.BI Pool( n )
-Construct a pool whose elements are of size
-.I n.
-.TP
-.IB p .alloc()
-Allocate a new element in pool
-.LR p .
-Return a pointer to the element.
-.TP
-.IB p .free( ep )
-Free the element of
-.I p
-pointed to by
-.I ep.
-The element must
-have been allocated from
-.I p.
-.PP
-Destroying a pool
-frees all the memory occupied by its elements.
-.PP
-The memory in a pool element is aligned on
-the same boundary as memory returned by
-.IR malloc (3)
-so that it may be used to contain an
-object of any type.
-In typical use, there would be one pool per class, with
-the pool known only to the 
-.B new
-and
-.B delete
-operators of that class.
-.SS Performance
-Pool memory is allocated in chunks that are typically
-about 1,000 bytes each.
-Once a chunk is allocated to a particular pool,
-that chunk is only released when the pool itself
-is destroyed.
-.PP
-Elements are allocated inline except when 
-a new chunk must be added to the pool.
-Elements are always freed inline.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.B #include <Pool.h>
-.PP
-.EX
-struct Mytype {
-	static Pool mypool;
-	// constructors and members
-	void* operator new(unsigned) { return mypool.alloc(); }
-	void operator delete(void* p) { mypool.free(p); }
-};
-.EE
-.PP
-.B Pool Mytype::mypool(sizeof(Mytype));
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR malloc (3)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/popen.3 b/static/v10/man3/popen.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d3e0d24..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/popen.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-.TH POPEN 3S
-.CT 2 comm_proc
-.SH NAME
-popen, ppopen, vepopen, pclose \(mi open a pipe to/from a process
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B FILE *popen(command, type)
-.B char *command, *type;
-.PP
-.B FILE *ppopen(command, type)
-.B char *command, *type;
-.PP
-.B FILE *vepopen(command, type, args, env)
-.B char *command, *type, **args, **env;
-.PP
-.B int pclose(stream)
-.B FILE *stream;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The first argument to
-.I popen
-is a pointer to a null-terminated string
-containing a command line for
-.IR sh (1).
-.I Type
-is as in
-.IR fopen (3).
-.I Popen
-creates a pipe between
-the calling process and
-the command and returns
-a stream pointer that
-can be used to write to the standard input
-of the command or to read from the standard output.
-.PP
-.I Ppopen
-uses the
-.B -p
-shell flag to restrict the environment of the shell.
-Both
-.I popen
-and
-.I ppopen
-set the effective userid to the real userid
-before calling the shell.
-.PP
-.I Vepopen
-has arguments akin to those of
-.I execve 
-(see
-.IR exec (2)):
-a file to be executed,
-a mode as above,
-a null-terminated vector of argument strings,
-and a null-terminated vector of environment strings.
-The shell is not called, and the effective userid is preserved.
-.PP
-A stream opened by these routines
-should be closed by
-.I pclose,
-which waits for the associated process to terminate
-and returns the exit status of the command.
-.PP
-Because the 
-.I command
-inherits open files, in particular standard input and output, a type
-.L
-"r"
-call may be used to insert a filter in the input, and type
-.L
-"w"
-in the output.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR exec (2),
-.IR pipe (2),
-.IR fopen (3),
-.IR stdio (3),
-.IR system (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Popen
-returns a null pointer
-if files or processes cannot be created, or the Shell
-cannot be accessed.
-.PP
-.I Pclose
-returns \-1
-if there is
-no process to wait for.
-.SH BUGS
-Buffered reading before opening an input filter
-may leave the standard input of that filter mispositioned.
-Similar problems with an output filter may be
-forestalled by calling
-.IR fflush ;
-see
-.IR fopen (3).
-.br
-The resetting of the userid
-is probably gratuitous;
-it is there as a defense against incautious use
-of the routine by set-uid programs.
-.br
-I/O type
-.L
-"r+w"
-exists but is not useful.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/port.3 b/static/v10/man3/port.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 57ac02cd..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/port.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-.TH PORT 3X
-.CT 2 math
-.SH NAME
-port \(mi mathematical library for Fortran
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The Port library of hundreds of scientific subroutines
-covers approximation,
-ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations,
-linear algebra, optimization and mathematical programming,
-quadrature, differentiation, roots, special functions, and
-transforms.
-It is built upon a framework of service routines for
-error handling, stack management, and machine constant parameterization.
-.PP
-The routines are loaded
-by the
-.IR ld (1)
-option
-.LR -lport .
-.PP
-The manual describes the software and gives examples.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-P. A. Fox,
-.I The PORT Mathematical Subroutine Library,
-AT&T Bell Laboratories,
-May 8, 1984.
-.br
-P. A. Fox,
-.I "The PORT Mathematical Subroutine Library Installation Manual,"
-AT&T Bell Laboratories,
-September, 1984.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/pow.3 b/static/v10/man3/pow.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 528ddecf..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/pow.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'POW (III)'1/15/73'POW (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		pow -- floating exponentiation x^y
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	movf	x,fr0
-.br
-movf	y,fr1
-.br
-jsr	pc,pow
-.br
-movf	fr0,...
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The
-value of x^y (i.e. x\uy\d) is returned in fr0.
-
-0^x returns zero for all x.
-
-(-x)^y returns a result only if y is an integer.
-
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	exp(III), log(III)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	The
-carry bit is set on return in case of overflow or in case of
-0^0 or
-(-x)^y for y non-integer.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/print.3 b/static/v10/man3/print.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b553e4f9..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/print.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-.TH PRINT 3
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-print, fprint, sprint, fmtinstall \(mi print formatted output
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.BR "int print(format \fR[\fP , arg \fR]\fP ... )"
-.B char \(**format;
-.PP
-.BR "int fprint(fildes, format \fR[\fP , arg \fR]\fP ... )"
-.B int fildes;
-.B char \(**format;
-.PP
-.BR "int sprint(s, format \fR[\fP , arg \fR]\fP ... )"
-.B char \(**s, \(**format;
-.PP
-.B fmtinstall(c, fn)
-.B char c;
-.B int (*fn)();
-.PP
-.B strconv(s, f1, f2)
-.B char *s;
-.PP
-.B extern int printcol;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Print
-places output on the standard output.
-.I Fprint
-places output on the named output
-file descriptor;
-a buffered form
-is described in
-.IR fio (3).
-.I Sprint
-places output
-followed by the null character
-.RB ( \e0 )
-in consecutive bytes starting at
-.IR s ;
-it is the user's responsibility to ensure that
-enough storage is available.
-Each function returns the number of characters
-transmitted (not including the
-.B \e0
-in the case of
-.IR sprint ),
-or
-a negative value if an output error was encountered.
-.PP
-Each of these functions
-converts, formats, and prints its
-trailing arguments
-under control of a
-.IR format 
-string.
-The
-.I format
-contains two types of objects:
-plain characters, which are simply copied to the
-output stream,
-and conversion specifications,
-each of which results in fetching of
-zero or more
-arguments.
-The results are undefined if there are arguments of the
-wrong type or too few
-arguments for the format.
-If the format is exhausted while
-arguments remain, the excess
-are ignored.
-.PP
-Each conversion specification has the following format
-.PP
-.B "% [flags] [[\(mi] digits [. digits]] verb
-.PP
-The
-.I flags
-modify the meaning of
-the conversion verb.
-The first (possibly negative) number is called
-.IR f1 ,
-the second number is
-.IR f2 .
-The flags and numbers are arguments to
-the
-.I verb
-described below.
-.PP
-The numeric verbs
-.BR d ,
-.BR o ,
-and
-.B x
-format their arguments in decimal,
-octal and hex respectively.
-Each interprets the flags
-.BR h ,
-.BR l ,
-.BR u ,
-to mean short,
-long,
-and unsigned.
-If neither
-short nor long is specified,
-then the arg is an
-.BR int .
-If unsigned is specified,
-then the arg is interpreted as a
-positive number and no sign is output.
-.I F1
-is the minimum field width and,
-if negative,
-means left justified rather than right justified;
-in both cases, padding is done with blanks.
-The converted number is padded with
-.B 0
-on the left to at least
-.I f2
-characters.
-.PP
-The floating point verbs
-.BR f ,
-.BR e ,
-and
-.B g
-take a double argument.
-No flags apply to floating point conversions.
-.I F1
-is the minimum field width and,
-if negative,
-means left justified.
-.I F2
-is the number of digits that are converted after the decimal place.
-The first unconverted digit has suffered decimal rounding.
-The 
-.B f
-verb produces output of the form
-.RB [ - ] digits [ .digits\fR].
-.B e
-conversion appends an exponent
-.BR e [ - ] digits .
-The
-.B g
-verb will output the arg in either
-.B e
-or
-.B f
-with the goal of producing the smallest output.
-.PP
-The
-.B s
-verb copies a string
-(pointer to character)
-to the output.
-The number of characters copied
-.RI ( n )
-is the minimum
-of the size of the string and
-.IR f2 .
-These
-.I n
-characters are justified within a field of
-.I f1
-characters as described above.
-.PP
-The
-.B c
-verb copies a single character (int)
-justified within a field of
-.I f1
-characters as described above.
-.PP
-.I Fmtinstall
-is used to install your own conversions and flags.
-.I Fn
-should be declared as
-.EX
-        int fn(o, f1, f2, f3)
-        void *o;
-        int f1, f2, f3;
-.EE
-.I Fn
-is passed a pointer
-.I o
-to whatever argument appears in
-the list to
-.IR print .
-.I Fn
-should return the size of the argument in bytes so
-.I print
-can skip over it.
-.I F1
-and
-.I f2
-are the decoded numbers in the conversion.
-A missing
-.I f1
-is denoted by the value zero.
-A missing
-.I f2
-is denoted by a negative number.
-.I F3
-is the logical or of all the
-flags seen in the conversion.
-If
-.I c
-is a flag,
-.I fn
-should return a negative number
-that is negated and then logically
-.IR or ed
-with any other flags
-and ultimately
-passed to a conversion routine.
-All interpretation of
-.IR f1 ,
-.IR f2 ,
-and
-.I f3
-is left up to the conversion routine.
-The standard flags are
-.LR h (2),
-.LR l (1),
-and
-.LR u (4).
-.PP
-.I Sprint
-is designed to be recursive in order to
-help prepare output in custom conversion routines.
-.PP
-The output of any conversion routine must be passed through
-.IR strconv .
-.I S
-is the character string,
-.I f1
-and
-.I f2
-have the same meaning as above.
-.PP
-.I Printcol
-indicates the position of the next output character.
-Tabs, backspaces and carriage returns are interpreted appropriately.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-This adds a verb to print complex numbers.
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-	double r, i;
-} complex;
-complex x = { 1.5, -2.3 };
-int Xconv();
-
-main()
-{
-
-	fmtinstall('X', Xconv);
-	print("x = %X\en", x);
-}
-
-Xconv(o, f1, f2, f3)
-	complex *o;
-{
-	char str[50];
-
-	sprint(str, "(%g,%g)", o->r, o->i);
-	strconv(str, f1, f2);
-	return(sizeof(complex));
-}
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR fio (3), 
-.IR printf (3)
-.SH BUGS
-There are internal buffers which may overflow silently.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/printf.3 b/static/v10/man3/printf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fea3b05..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/printf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-.th PRINTF III 9/17/73
-.sh NAME
-printf \*- formatted print
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-printf(format, arg\s6\d1\u\s10, ...);
-.br
-char *format;
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Printf
-converts, formats, and prints its arguments after the first
-under control of the first argument.
-The first argument is a character string
-which contains
-two types of objects:
-plain characters, which are simply copied to the
-output stream,
-and conversion specifications,
-each of which causes conversion and printing
-of the next successive argument to
-.it printf.
-.s3
-Each conversion specification is introduced by
-the character \fB%\fR.
-Following the \fB%\fR, there may be
-.s3
-.lp +6 2
-\*-	an optional minus sign `\*-' which specifies
-.it "left adjustment"
-of the converted argument
-in the
-indicated field;
-.s3
-.lp +6 2
-\*-	an optional digit string specifying a
-.it "field width;"
-if the converted argument has fewer characters
-than the field width
-it will be blank-padded on the left (or right,
-if the left-adjustment indicator has been
-given) to make up the field width;
-.s3
-.lp +6 2
-\*-	an optional period ``\fB.\fR'' which serves to
-separate the field width from the
-next digit string;
-.s3
-.lp +6 2
-\*-	an optional digit string
-.it "(precision)"
-which specifies
-the number of digits to appear after the
-decimal point, for e- and f-conversion,
-or the maximum number of characters
-to be printed from a string;
-.s3
-.lp +6 2
-\*-	a character which indicates the type of
-conversion to be applied.
-.s3
-.i0
-The conversion characters
-and their meanings are
-.s3
-.lp +6 3
-d	The argument is converted to decimal notation.
-.s3
-.lp +6 3
-o	The argument is converted to octal notation.
-``0'' will always appear as the first digit.
-.s3
-.lp +6 3
-f	The argument is converted to decimal notation
-in the style ``[\fB\*-\fR]ddd.ddd''
-where the number of d's after the decimal point
-is equal to the precision specification
-for the argument.
-If the precision
-is missing,
-6 digits are given;
-if the precision is explicitly 0, no digits and
-no decimal point are printed.
-The argument should be
-.it float
-or
-.it double.
-.s3
-.lp +6 3
-e	The argument is converted in the style
-``[\fB\*-\fR]d\fB.\fRddd\fBe\fR\(+-dd''
-where there is one digit before the decimal point and
-the number after is equal to the
-precision specification for the argument;
-when the precision is missing,
-6 digits are produced.
-The argument should be a
-.it float
-or
-.it double
-quantity.
-.s3
-.lp +6 3
-c	The argument character or character-pair is printed if non-null.
-.s3
-.lp +6 3
-s	The argument is taken to be a string (character pointer)
-and characters from the string are printed until
-a null character or until
-the number of characters indicated by the precision
-specification is reached;
-however if the precision is 0 or missing
-all characters up to a null are printed.
-.s3
-.lp +6 3
-l	The argument is taken to be an unsigned
-integer which is converted to decimal
-and printed (the result will be in the
-range 0 to 65535).
-.s3
-.i0
-If no recognizable character appears after the \fB%\fR,
-that character is printed;
-thus \fb%\fR may be printed by use of the
-string \fB%%\fR.
-In no case does a non-existent or small field width
-cause truncation of a field;
-padding takes place only if the specified field
-width exceeds the actual width.
-Characters generated by
-.it printf
-are printed by calling
-.it putchar.
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-putchar (III)
-.sh BUGS
-Very wide fields (>128 characters) fail.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/proj.3 b/static/v10/man3/proj.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 95a86ac7..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/proj.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,370 +0,0 @@
-.TH PROJ 3X bowell
-.CT 2 graphics math
-.br
-.SH NAME
-orient, normalize \- map projections
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B orient(lat, lon, rot)
-.br
-.B float lat, lon, rot;
-.PP
-.B normalize(p)
-.br
-.B struct place *p;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Users of
-.IR map (7)
-may skip to the description of `Projection generators'
-below.
-.PP
-The functions
-.I orient
-and
-.I normalize
-plus a collection of map projection generators
-are loaded by
-option
-.BR -lmap 
-of
-.IR ld (1).
-Most of them
-calculate maps for a spherical earth.
-Each map projection is available in one standard
-form, into which data must be normalized
-for transverse
-or nonpolar projections.
-.PP
-Each standard projection is displayed with the Prime
-Meridian (longitude 0) being a straight vertical line, along which North
-is up.
-The orientation of nonstandard projections is specified by
-.I orient.
-Imagine a transparent gridded sphere around the globe.
-First turn the overlay about the North Pole
-so that the Prime Meridian (longitude 0)
-of the overlay coincides with meridian
-.I lon
-on the globe.
-Then tilt the North Pole of the
-overlay along its Prime Meridian to latitude
-.I lat
-on the globe.
-Finally again turn the
-overlay about its `North Pole' so
-that its Prime Meridian coincides with the previous position
-of (the overlay's) meridian
-.I rot.
-Project the desired map in
-the standard form appropriate to the overlay, but presenting
-information from the underlying globe.
-It is not useful to use
-.I orient
-without using
-.IR normalize .
-.PP
-.I Normalize
-converts latitude-longitude coordinates on the globe
-to coordinates on the overlaid grid.
-The coordinates and their sines and cosines
-are input to
-.I normalize
-in a
-.B place
-structure.
-Transformed coordinates and their sines and cosines
-are returned in the same structure.
-.PP
-.EX
-.nr xx \w'12345678'
-.ta \n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu
-	struct place {
-		float radianlat, sinlat, coslat;
-		float radianlon, sinlon, coslon;
-	};
-.EE
-.PP
-The projection generators
-return a pointer to a function that converts normalized coordinates
-to 
-.I x-y
-coordinates for the desired map, or
-0 if the required projection
-is not available.
-The returned function is exemplified by
-.I proj 
-in this example:
-.PP
-.EX
-.ta \n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu
-	struct place pt;
-	int (*proj)() = mercator();
-	float x, y;
-.EE
-.PP
-.EX
-	orient(45.0, 30.0, 180.0);	/* set coordinate rotation */
-.EE
-.PP
-.EX
-	. . .				/* fill in the pt structure */
-	normalize(&pt);			/* rotate coordinates */
-	if((*proj)(&pt, &x, &y) > 0)	/* project onto x,y plane */
-		plot(x, y);
-.EE
-.PP
-The projection function
-.B (*proj)()
-returns 1 for a good point,
-0 for a point on a wrong
-sheet (e.g. the back of the world in a perspective
-projection), and \-1 for a point that is deemed
-unplottable (e.g. points near the poles on a Mercator projection).
-.PP
-Scaling may be determined from the
-.I x-y
-coordinates of
-selected points.
-Latitudes and longitudes are measured in degrees for
-ease of specification for
-.I orient 
-and the projection generators
-but in radians for ease of calculation 
-for
-.I normalize
-and
-.I proj.
-In either case
-latitude is measured positive north of the equator,
-and longitude positive west of Greenwich.
-Radian longitude should be limited to the range
-.if t .I \-\(*p\(<=lon<\(*p.
-.if n .I -pi <= lon < pi.
-.SS Projection generators
-Equatorial projections centered on the Prime Meridian
-(longitude 0).
-Parallels are straight horizontal lines.
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.B mercator()
-equally spaced straight meridians, conformal,
-straight compass courses
-.br
-.B sinusoidal()
-equally spaced parallels,
-equal-area, same as
-.I bonne(0)
-.br
-.B cylequalarea(lat0)
-equally spaced straight meridians, equal-area,
-true scale on
-.I lat0
-.br
-.B cylindrical()
-central projection on tangent cylinder
-.br
-.B rectangular(lat0)
-equally spaced parallels, equally spaced straight meridians, true scale on
-.I lat0
-.br
-.B gall(lat0)
-parallels spaced stereographically on prime meridian, equally spaced straight
-meridians, true scale on
-.I lat0
-.br
-.B mollweide()
-(homalographic) equal-area, hemisphere is a circle
-.PP
-Azimuthal projections centered on the North Pole.
-Parallels are concentric circles.
-Meridians are equally spaced radial lines.
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.B azequidistant()
-equally spaced parallels,
-true distances from pole
-.br
-.B azequalarea()
-equal-area
-.br
-.B gnomonic()
-central projection on tangent plane,
-straight great circles
-.br
-.B perspective(dist)
-viewed along earth's axis
-.I dist
-earth radii from center of earth
-.br
-.B orthographic()
-viewed from infinity
-.br
-.B stereographic()
-conformal, projected from opposite pole
-.br
-.B laue()
-.IR radius " = tan(2\(mu" colatitude ),
-used in xray crystallography
-.br
-.B fisheye(r)
-.IR radius " = log(" colatitude / r ):
-.I New Yorker
-map from viewing pedestal of radius
-.I r
-degrees
-.PP
-Polar conic projections symmetric about the Prime Meridian.
-Parallels are segments of concentric circles.
-Except in the Bonne projection,
-meridians are equally spaced radial
-lines orthogonal to the parallels.
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.B conic(lat0)
-central projection on cone tangent at
-.I lat0
-.br
-.B simpleconic(lat0,lat1)
-equally spaced parallels, true scale on
-.I lat0
-and
-.I lat1
-.br
-.B lambert(lat0,lat1)
-conformal, true scale on 
-.I lat0
-and 
-.I lat1
-.br
-.B albers(lat0,lat1)
-equal-area, true scale on
-.I lat0
-and 
-.I lat1
-.br
-.B bonne(lat0)
-equally spaced parallels, equal-area,
-parallel
-.I lat0
-developed from tangent cone
-.PP
-Projections with bilateral symmetry about
-the Prime Meridian
-and the equator.
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.B polyconic()
-parallels developed from tangent cones,
-equally spaced along Prime Meridian
-.br
-.B aitoff()
-equal-area projection of globe onto 2-to-1
-ellipse, based on 
-.I azequalarea
-.br
-.B lagrange()
-conformal, maps whole sphere into a circle
-.br
-.B bicentric(lon0)
-points plotted at true azimuth from two
-centers on the equator at longitudes
-.I \(+-lon0,
-great circles are straight lines
-(a stretched gnomonic projection)
-.br
-.B elliptic(lon0)
-points are plotted at true distance from
-two centers on the equator at longitudes
-.I \(+-lon0
-.br
-.B globular()
-hemisphere is circle,
-circular arc meridians equally spaced on equator,
-circular arc parallels equally spaced on 0- and 90-degree meridians
-.br
-.B vandergrinten()
-sphere is circle,
-meridians as in
-.I globular,
-circular arc parallels resemble 
-.I mercator
-.PP
-Doubly periodic conformal projections.
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.B guyou()
-W and E hemispheres are square
-.br
-.B square()
-world is square with Poles
-at diagonally opposite corners
-.br
-.B tetra()
-map on tetrahedron with edge
-tangent to Prime Meridian at S Pole,
-unfolded into equilateral triangle
-.br
-.B hex()
-world is hexagon centered
-on N Pole, N and S hemispheres are equilateral
-triangles
-.PP
-Miscellaneous projections.
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.B harrison(dist,angle)
-oblique perspective from above the North Pole,
-.I dist
-earth radii from center of earth, looking
-along the Date Line
-.I angle
-degrees off vertical
-.br
-.B trapezoidal(lat0,lat1)
-equally spaced parallels,
-straight meridians equally spaced along parallels,
-true scale at
-.I lat0
-and
-.I lat1
-on Prime Meridian
-.PP
-Retroazimuthal projections.
-At every point the angle between vertical and a straight line to
-`Mecca', latitude
-.I lat0
-on the prime meridian,
-is the true bearing of Mecca.
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.B mecca(lat0)
-equally spaced vertical meridians
-.br
-.B homing(lat0)
-distances to `Mecca' are true
-.PP
-Maps based on the spheroid.
-Of geodetic quality, these projections do not make sense
-for tilted orientations.
-For descriptions, see corresponding maps above.
-.br
-.ns
-.IP
-.B sp_mercator()
-.br
-.B sp_albers(lat0,lat1)
-.SH "SEE ALSO
-.IR map (7), 
-.IR map (5), 
-.IR plot (3)
-.SH BUGS
-Only one projection and one orientation can be active at a time.
-.br
-The west-longitude-positive convention
-betrays Yankee chauvinism.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ptime.3 b/static/v10/man3/ptime.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f6c7f70..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ptime.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'PTIME (III)'3/15/72'PTIME (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		ptime  --  print date and time
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	sys	time
-.br
-mov	file,r2
-.br
-jsr	pc,ptime
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	ptime_____ prints the date and time in the form
-.sp
-     Oct  9 17:20:33\
-.sp
-on the file whose file descriptor is in r2.
-The string is 15 characters long.
-The time to be printed
-must be placed in the r0 and r1 registers
-in the form returned by sys___ time____.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	time(II), ctime(III) (used to do the conversion)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		see ctime
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/putc.3 b/static/v10/man3/putc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a14bf8b..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/putc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'PUTC,PUTW,FCREAT,FLUSH (III)'6/12/72'PUTC,PUTW,FCREAT,FLUSH (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		putc, putw, fcreat, flush  --  buffered output
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	mov	$filename,r0
-.br
-jsr	r5,fcreat; iobuf
-
-(get byte in r0)
-.br
-jsr	r5,putc; iobuf
-
-(get word in r0)
-.br
-jsr	r5,putw; iobuf
-.sp
-jsr	r5,flush; iobuf
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	fcreat______ creates
-the given file (mode 17) and sets up the buffer iobuf_____ (size 518(10) bytes);
-putc____ and putw____ write a byte or word respectively
-onto the file;
-flush_____ forces the contents of the buffer to be written, but
-does not close the file.
-The format of the buffer is:
-.sp
-.nf
-iobuf:	.=.+2		/ file descriptor
-	.=.+2		/ characters unused in buffer
-	.=.+2		/ ptr to next free character
-	.=.+512.	/ buffer
-.sp
-.fi
-fcreat______ sets the error bit (c-bit) if the 
-file creation failed; none of the other routines
-return error information.
-.sp
-Before terminating, a program should call
-flush_____ to force out the last of the output.
-.sp
-The user must supply iobuf_____, which should begin on a word boundary.
-
-To write a new file using the same buffer, it
-suffices to call flush_____, close the file,
-and call fcreat______ again.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	creat(II), write(II), getc(III)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	error bit possible on fcreat______ call
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/putchr.3 b/static/v10/man3/putchr.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 20438640..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/putchr.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-.th PUTCHAR III 5/10/73
-.sh NAME
-putchar \*- write character
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-putchar(ch)
-.s3
-flush( )
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Putchar
-writes out its argument and returns it unchanged.
-The low-order byte of the
-argument is always written;
-the high-order byte is written only if it is
-non-null.
-Unless other arrangements have been made,
-.it putchar
-writes in
-unbuffered fashion on the standard output file.
-.s3
-Associated with this routine is an external variable
-.it fout
-which has the
-structure of a buffer discussed under putc (III).
-If the file descriptor part of this structure (first word)
-is not 1, output via
-.it putchar
-is buffered.
-To achieve buffered output one may say, for example,
-.s3
-.nf
-	fout = dup(1);		or
-	fout = fcreat(...);
-.s3
-.fi
-In such a case
-.it flush
-must be called
-before the program terminates in order to flush out
-the buffered output.
-.it Flush
-may be called at any time.
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-putc(III)
-.sh BUGS
-The
-.it fout
-notion is kludgy.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/putshares.3 b/static/v10/man3/putshares.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e54e2ed7..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/putshares.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-.TH PUTSHARES 3 SHARE
-.SH NAME
-putshares \- write shares file entry
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B "#include <shares.h>"
-.br
-.sp
-.B "int putshares(lp, extime)"
-.br
-.B "struct lnode * lp;"
-.br
-.B "unsigned long extime;"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Putshares
-writes the shares entry with the same uid as
-.IR lp\->l_uid .
-.I Putshares
-returns -1 if any error occurs,
-0 if
-.I lp\->l_uid
-is greater than
-.SM MAXUID ,
-or the size of the entry if succesfully written.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-closeshares(3),
-getshares(3),
-getshput(3),
-openshares(3),
-sharesfile(3).
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Putshares
-returns 0
-if
-.I lp\->l_uid
-is greater than
-.SM MAXUID ,
-or -1 on error.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/pwquery.3 b/static/v10/man3/pwquery.3
deleted file mode 100644
index ab659335..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/pwquery.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-.TH PWQUERY 3X
-.CT 2 sa secur
-.SH NAME
-pwquery, pexpw \(mi password services
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B pwquery(fd, name, param)
-.B char *name;
-.B char *param;
-.PP
-.B char *pexpw(fd, prompt)
-.B char *prompt;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Pwquery
-calls upon the password server,
-.IR pwserv (8)
-to cause a password to be demanded from file descriptor
-.I fd
-and checked against the password for the named user.
-It is loaded by option
-.BR -lipc
-of
-.IR ld (1).
-.PP
-Echoing is disabled during the transaction,
-and the server is persnickety about when to use an
-Atalla challenge/response dialogue and when to use 
-.IR crypt (3)-style
-passwords.
-A negative return value indicates a protocol error in
-reaching the server or that the server is not trusted.
-A zero return value indicates rejection of the password.
-A positive return value indicates approval of the password.
-.PP
-The argument
-.I param
-may be zero (for vanilla password service)
-or may point to a blank-separated list of one or more keywords.
-Currently only one keyword is understood:
-.TP
-.B pex
-Reject the password if the stream is unpexable.
-.PP
-.I Pexpw
-reads a password from the indicated
-file descriptor,
-after prompting with the null-terminated string
-.I prompt
-and disabling echoing.
-A pointer is returned to a null-terminated string
-of at most 8 characters.
-The dialogue is not attempted if it cannot be protected
-from eavesdropping by the process-exclusive
-mechanism of
-.IR pex (4).
-.SH FILES
-.nf
-.F /cs/pw
-.F /etc/pwserv
-.fi
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR ipc (3),
-.IR getpass (3),
-.IR pex (4)
-.IR pwserv (8)
-.SH BUGS
-.I Pexpw
-returns a pointer to static memory that is overwritten
-at every call.
-
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/qsort.3 b/static/v10/man3/qsort.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 54ddebe1..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/qsort.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'QSORT (III)'6/12/72'QSORT (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		qsort -- quicker sort
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	(base of data in r1)
-.br
-(end+1 of data in r2)
-.br
-(element width in r3)
-.br
-jsr pc,qsort
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	qsort_____
-is an implementation
-of the quicker sort algorithm.
-It is designed to sort equal length
-elements.
-Registers r1 and r2 delimit the region of
-core containing the array of byte strings to be sorted:
-r1 points to the start of the first string, r2 to the first
-location above the last string.
-Register r3 contains the length of each string.
-r2-r1 should be a multiple of r3.
-On return, r0, r1, r2, r3, r4 are destroyed.
-.sp
-The routine compar (q.v.) is called to compare elements
-and may be replaced by the user.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	compar(III)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		It scribbles on r4.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/rand.3 b/static/v10/man3/rand.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d502db75..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/rand.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'RAND (III)'1/15/73'RAND (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		rand -- random number generator
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr pc,srand	/to initialize
-.br
-jsr pc,rand	/to get a random number
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The routine uses a multiplicative congruential
-random number generator to return successive pseudo-random
-numbers in r0 in the range from 1 to 2^15-1.
-.sp
-The generator is reinitialized by calling srand with 1 in r0.
-.sp
-It can be set to a random starting point by calling
-srand with whatever you like in r0,
-for example the result left in r1 from sys___ time____.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-WARNING		The author of this routine has been writing
-random-number generators for many years and has never been
-known to write one that worked.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/re.3 b/static/v10/man3/re.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a7dfafab..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/re.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-.TH RE 3
-.SH NAME
-recomp, reexec, resub, refree, reerror \(mi regular expression library
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <re.h>
-.PP
-.L reprogram* recomp(char* pattern, int flags)
-.PP
-.L int reexec(reprogram* re, char* source)
-.PP
-.L void resub(reprogram* re, char* old, char* new, char* destination, int flags)
-.PP
-.L void reerror(char* message)
-.PP
-.L void refree(reprogram* re)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I recomp
-compiles a regular expression in
-.B pattern
-and returns a pointer to a compiled regular expression.
-The space is allocated by
-.IR malloc (3)
-and may be released by
-.IR refree .
-Regular expressions are as in
-.I egrep
-(see
-.IR grep (1))
-except that newlines are treated as ordinary
-characters and
-.B $
-matches the end of a null-terminated string.
-.B flags
-may be
-.B RE_EDSTYLE
-which specifies
-.IR ed (1)
-style special characters,
-.BR \e( ,
-.BR \e) ,
-.BR \e? ,
-.B \e+
-and
-.B \e|
-for the
-.IR egrep (1)
-.BR ( ,
-.BR ) ,
-.BR ? ,
-.B +
-and
-.BR | ,
-respectively.
-.PP
-.I reexec
-matches the null-terminated
-.B source
-string against the compiled regular expression
-.I re
-from a previous call to
-.IR recomp .
-If it matches,
-.I reexec
-returns a non-zero value.
-If
-.B flags
-is
-.B RE_MATCH
-then the array
-.B re\->match
-is filled with character pointers to the substrings of
-.B source
-that correspond to the
-parenthesized subexpressions of 
-.BR pattern :
-.B re\->match[i].sp
-points to the beginning and
-.B re\->match[i].ep
-points just beyond
-the end of substring
-.BR i .
-(Subexpression
-.B i
-begins at the
-.BR i th
-matched left parenthesis, counting from 1.)
-Pointers in
-.B re\->match[0]
-pick out the substring that corresponds to
-the entire regular expression.
-Unused elements of
-.B re\->match
-are filled with zeros.
-Matches involving
-.BR * ,
-.BR + ,
-and 
-.B ?
-are extended as far as possible.
-A maximum of 9 subexpressions will be matched.
-The structure of elements of
-.B re\->match 
-is:
-.nf
-.ta 8n
-	typedef struct
-	{
-		char* sp;
-		char* ep;
-	} rematch;
-.fi
-.LP
-.I resub
-places in
-.I destination
-a substitution instance of
-.B old
-to
-.B new
-in
-.B source
-in the context of the last
-.I reexec
-performed on
-.IR re\->match .
-Each instance of
-.BI \e n ,
-where
-.I n
-is a digit, is replaced by the
-string delimited by
-.BI re\->match[ n ].sp
-and
-.BI re\->match[ n ].ep .
-Each instance of 
-.B &
-is replaced by the string delimited by
-.B re\->match[0].sp
-and
-.BR re\->match[0].ep .
-If
-.B RE_ALL
-is set in
-.B flags
-then all occurrences of
-.B old
-are replaced by
-.IR new .
-If
-.B RE_LOWER
-.RB [ RE_UPPER ]
-is set in
-.B flags
-then
-.B old
-is converted to lower [upper] case.
-.LP
-.I reerror,
-called whenever an error is detected in
-.I recomp,
-.I reexec,
-or
-.I resub,
-writes the string
-.B msg
-on the standard error file and exits.
-.I reerror
-may be replaced to perform
-special error processing.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I recomp
-returns 0 for an invalid expression or other failure.
-.I reexec
-returns 1 if
-.B source
-is accepted, 0 otherwise.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-ed(1), grep(1), expr(1)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/regex.3 b/static/v10/man3/regex.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d063bca2..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/regex.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-.TH REGEX 3 deprecated
-.SH NAME
-re_comp, re_exec \(mi regular expression handler
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *re_comp(s)
-.B char *s;
-.PP
-.B re_exec(s)
-.B char *s;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Re_comp
-compiles a regular expression into an internal form suitable for
-pattern matching.
-.I Re_exec
-checks the argument string against the last string passed to
-.I re_comp.
-.PP
-.I Re_comp
-returns
-.L 0
-if the string
-.I s
-was compiled successfully; otherwise a string containing an
-error message is returned. If
-.I re_comp
-is passed
-.L 0
-or a null string, it returns without changing the currently
-compiled regular expression.
-.PP
-.I Re_exec
-returns 1 if the string
-.I s
-matches the last compiled regular expression,
-.L 0
-if the string
-.I s
-failed to match the last compiled regular expression, and
-.L -1
-if the compiled regular expression was invalid (indicating an
-internal error).
-.PP
-The strings passed to both
-.I re_comp
-and
-.I re_exec
-may have trailing or embedded newline characters;
-they are terminated by nulls.
-The regular expressions are otherwise as described for
-.IR ed (1).
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR ed (1), 
-.IR expr (1), 
-.IR regexp (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Re_exec
-returns
-.L -1
-for an internal error.
-.SH BUGS
-These routines have been superseded by
-the more general routines of
-.IR regexp (3).
-They have been retained only for compatibility.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/regexp.3 b/static/v10/man3/regexp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4796e706..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/regexp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-.TH REGEXP 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-regcomp, regexec, regsub, regerror \(mi regular expression
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <regexp.h>
-.PP
-.B regexp *regcomp(exp)
-.B char *exp;
-.PP
-.B int regexec(prog, string, match, msize)
-.B regexp *prog;
-.B char *string;
-.B regsubexp *match;
-.B int msize;
-.PP
-.B void regsub(source, dest, match, msize)
-.B char *source, *dest;
-.B regsubexp *match;
-.B int msize;
-.PP
-.B void regerror(msg)
-.B char *msg;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Regcomp
-compiles a
-regular expression and returns
-a pointer to a compiled regular expression.
-The space is allocated by
-.IR malloc (3)
-and may be released by
-.I free.
-Regular expressions are as in
-.IR re (3)
-except that newlines are not operators and back-references (with
-\fB\e\fIn\fR) are not supported.
-.PP
-.I Regexec
-matches a null-terminated
-.I string
-against the compiled regular expression in
-.I prog.
-If it matches,
-.I regexec
-returns a non-zero value and fills in the array
-.I match
-with character pointers to the substrings of
-.I string
-that correspond to the
-parenthesized subexpressions of 
-.IR exp :
-.BI match[ i ].sp
-points to the beginning and
-.BI match[ i ].ep
-points just beyond
-the end of the
-.IR i th
-substring.
-(Subexpression
-.I i
-begins at the
-.IR i th
-left parenthesis, counting from 1.)
-Pointers in
-.B match[0]
-pick out the substring that corresponds to
-the whole regular expression.
-Unused elements of
-.I match
-are filled with zeros.
-Matches involving
-.LR * ,
-.LR + ,
-and 
-.L ?
-are extended as far as possible.
-The number of array elements in 
-.I match
-is given by
-.I msize.
-The structure of elements of
-.I match 
-is:
-.IP
-.EX
-typedef struct {
-	char *sp;
-	char *ep;
-} regsubexp;
-.EE
-.LP
-.I Regsub
-places in
-.I dest
-a substitution instance of
-.I source
-in the context of the last
-.I regexec
-performed using
-.I match.
-Each instance of
-.BI \e n ,
-where
-.I n
-is a digit, is replaced by the
-string delimited by
-.BI match[ n ].sp
-and
-.BI match[ n ].ep .
-Each instance of 
-.L &
-is replaced by the string delimited by
-.B match[0].sp
-and
-.BR match[0].ep .
-.LP
-.I Regerror,
-called whenever an error is detected in
-.I regcomp,
-.I regexec,
-or
-.I regsub,
-writes the string
-.I msg
-on the standard error file and exits.
-.I Regerror
-can be replaced to perform
-special error processing.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR gre (1),
-.IR re (3), 
-.IR expr (1)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Regcomp
-returns 
-.B (regexp *)0
-for an illegal expression
-or other failure.
-.I Regexec
-returns 0
-if
-.I string
-is not accepted.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/reset.3 b/static/v10/man3/reset.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bd1ac2f..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/reset.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-.th RESET III 5/10/73
-.sh NAME
-reset \*- execute non-local goto
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-setexit( )
-.s3
-reset( )
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-These routines are useful
-for dealing with errors
-discovered in a low-level subroutine
-of a program.
-.s3
-.it Setexit
-is typically called just at the start of
-the main loop of a processing program.
-It stores certain parameters such as the call point and the stack
-level.
-.s3
-.it Reset
-is typically called after diagnosing an error
-in some subprocedure called from the main loop.
-When
-.it reset
-is called,
-it pops the stack appropriately
-and generates a non-local return from
-the last call to
-.it setexit.
-.s3
-It is erroneous, and generally
-disastrous,
-to call
-.it reset
-unless
-.it setexit
-has been called in a routine which is
-an ancestor of
-.it reset.
-.sh BUGS
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/salloc.3 b/static/v10/man3/salloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 39f9ff6d..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/salloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'SALLOC (III)'6/15/72'SALLOC (III)'
-.ti 0
-.nf
-NAME		salloc -- string manipulation routines
-.fi
-.sp
-.ti 0
-.nf
-SYNOPSIS	(get size in r0)
-.br
-jsr	pc,allocate
-.sp
-(get source pointer in r0,
-destination pointer in r1)
-jsr	pc,copy
-.sp
-jsr	pc,wc
-.sp
-(all following instructions assume r1 contains pointer)
-
-jsr	pc,release
-
-(get character in r0)
-jsr	pc,putchar
-.sp
-jsr	pc,lookchar
-(character in r0)
-
-jsr	pc,getchar
-(character in r0)
-
-(get character in r0)
-jsr	pc,alterchar
-
-(get position in r0)
-jsr	pc,seekchar
-
-jsr	pc,backspace
-(character in r0)
-
-(get word in r0)
-jsr	pc,putword
-
-jsr	pc,lookword
-(word in r0)
-
-jsr	pc,getword
-(word in r0)
-
-(get word in r0)
-jsr	pc,alterword
-
-jsr	pc,backword
-(word in r0)
-
-jsr	pc,length
-(length in r0)
-
-jsr	pc,position
-(position in r0)
-
-jsr	pc,rewind
-
-jsr	pc,create
-
-jsr	pc,fsfile
-
-jsr	pc,zero
-
-.fi
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	This package is a complete set of routines
-for dealing with almost arbitrary
-length strings of words and bytes.
-The strings are stored on a disk file, so the sum of
-their lengths can be considerably larger than
-the available core.
-
-For each string there is a header of four words, namely
-a write pointer, a read pointer and pointers to the beginning and end of
-the block containing the string.
-Initially the read and write pointers point to the beginning of the string.
-All routines that refer to a string require the header address in r1.
-Unless the string is destroyed by the call,
-upon return r1 will point to the same string, although
-the string may have grown to the extent that it had to be
-be moved.
-
-.ul
-allocate
-obtains a string of the requested size and returns
-a pointer to its header in r1.
-.sp
-release_______ releases a string back to free storage.
-.sp
-putchar_______ and putword_______ write a byte or word respectively into the string
-and advance the write pointer.
-
-.ul
-lookchar
-and
-.ul
-lookword
-read
-a byte or word respectively from the string but do not advance the read pointer.
-
-getchar_______ and getword_______ read a byte or word respectively from the string and advance the read pointer.
-
-alterchar_________ and alterword_________ write a byte or word respectively into the string where the read pointer
-is pointing and advance the read pointer.
-
-backspace_________ and backword________ read the last byte or word written and decrement the write pointer.
-
-All write operations will automatically get a larger block if the current block is exceeded.
-All read operations return with the error bit set if attempting to read beyond the write pointer.
-.sp
-seekchar________ moves the read pointer to the offset specified in r0.
-
-length______ returns the current length of the string (beginning pointer to write pointer) in r0.
-
-position________ returns the current offset of the read pointer in r0.
-
-rewind______ moves the read pointer to the beginning of the string.
-
-create______ returns the read and write pointers to the beginning of the string.
-
-fsfile______ moves the read pointer to the current position of the write pointer.
-
-zero____ zeros the whole string and sets the write pointer to the beginning of the string.
-
-copy____ copies the string whose header pointer is in r0 to the string whose header pointer is in
-r1.
-Care should be taken in using the copy instruction since r1 will be changed if the contents of the source string
-is bigger than the destination string.
-
-wc__ forces the contents of the internal buffers and the header blocks to be written on disc.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		The allocator is in
-/lib/libs.a;
-the -s__ option to ld__ will link edit
-references to the allocator.
-
-alloc.d is the temporary file used to contain
-the strings.
-
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	"error in copy" if a disk write error occurs during the execution of the copy instruction.
-"error in allocator" if any routine is called with a bad header pointer.
-"Cannot open output file" if file alloc.d cannot be created or opened.
-"Out of space" if there's no available block of the requested size or no headers available for a new block.
-.sp
-.fi
-.in16
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/sbuf.prot.3 b/static/v10/man3/sbuf.prot.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7125f362..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/sbuf.prot.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,410 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH SBUF.PROT 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-streambuf \- interface for derived classes
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.ta1i 2i
-.ft B
-#include <iostream.h>
-
-typedef long streamoff, streampos;
-class ios {
-public:
-	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
-	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
-	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
-	} ;
-
-class streambuf {
-public:
-		streambuf() ;
-		streambuf(char* p, int len, int i=0);
-
-	void	dbp() ;
-protected:
-	int	allocate();
-	char*	base();
-	int	blen();
-	char*	eback();
-	char* 	ebuf();
-	char*	egptr();
-	char*	epptr();
-	void	gbump(int n);
-	char*	gptr();
-	char*	pbase();
-	void	pbump(int n); 
-	char*	pptr();
-	void	setg(char* eb,char* g, char* eg);
-	void	setp(char* p, char* ep);
-	void	setb(char* b, char* eb, int a = 0 );
-	int	unbuffered();
-	void	unbuffered(int);
-
-	virtual int 	doallocate();
-	virtual int	pbackfail(int c);
-	virtual	~streambuf() ;
-public:
-	virtual int	overflow(int c=EOF);
-	virtual int	underflow();
-	virtual streambuf*
-		setbuf(char* p, int len);
-	virtual streampos
-		seekpos(streampos,open_mode=input|output);
-	virtual streampos
-		seekoff(streamoff,seek_dir,open_mode=input|output);
-	virtual int	sync();
-};
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\f(CWstreambuf\fRs implement the buffer abstraction described in
-\fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++).  But the \f(CWstreambuf\fR class itself contains
-only basic members for manipulating the characters and normally
-a class derived from \f(CWstreambuf\fR will be used.  This man page
-describes the interface needed by programmers who are
-coding a derived class.
-Broadly speaking there are two kinds of members described here.
-The non-virtual functions are provided for manipulating a \fBstreambuf\fR
-in ways that are appropriate in a derived class.
-Their descriptions reveal details of the implementation that would
-be inappropriate in the public interface.
-The virtual functions permit the derived class to specialize the
-\fBstreambuf\fR class in ways appropriate to the specific sources
-and sinks that it is implementing.
-The descriptions of virtuals explain the obligations of the
-virtuals of the derived class.  If the virtuals behave as specified,
-the \fBstreambuf\fR will behave as specified in the
-public interface.  However, if the virtuals do not behave as
-specified, then the \f(CWstreambuf\fR may not behave properly,
-and an \f(CWiostream\fR (or any other code) that relies on proper
-behavior of the \f(CWstreambuf\fR may not behave properly either.
-.PP
-Assume
-.br
-\(em \fBsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR and \fBn\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBptr\fR, \fBb\fR, \fBeb\fR, \fBp\fR, \fBep\fR, \fBeb\fR, \fBg\fR,
-and \fBeg\fR are \f(CWchar*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBc\fR is an \f(CWint\fR character (positive or \f(CWEOF\fR)).
-.br
-\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR. (See \fIiostream\fR(3C++).)
-.br
-\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseekdir\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBmode\fR is a \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
-.PP
-Constructors:
-.TP
-\fBstreambuf()\fR
-Constructs
-an empty buffer corresponding to an empty sequence.
-.TP
-\fBstreambuf(b,len,i)\fR
-Constructs an empty buffer and then sets up the reserve area
-to be the \fBlen\fR bytes starting at \fBb\fR. (\fBi\fR is present
-for backward compatibility with the stream package\fR.  The effect
-if it is not 0 is undefined.) 
-.PP
-The protected members of 
-\f(CWstreambuf\fR
-present an interface to derived classes organized around
-three areas (arrays of bytes) managed cooperatively by
-the base and derived classes.
-They are the get area, the put area, and the reserve area.
-The get and the put area are normally disjoint, but they
-may both overlap the reserve area, whose primary purpose is
-to be a a resource in which
-space for the put and get areas can be allocated.  The get and
-the put areas are changed as characters are put into and
-gotten from the buffer, but the reserve area normally remains
-fixed.
-The areas are defined by a collection of \f(CWchar*\fR values.
-The buffer abstraction is described in terms of pointers that point
-between characters, but the \f(CWchar*\fR values must point at
-\f(CWchar\fRs.
-To establish a correspondence the \f(CWchar*\fR values should be thought
-of as pointing just before the byte they really point at.
-.PP
-Functions to examine the pointers are:
-.TP
-\fBptr=sb->base()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the first byte of the reserve area.
- Space between \fBsb->base()\fR
-and \fBsb->ebase()\fR is the reserve area.
-.TP
-\fBptr=sb->eback()\fR
-Returns a pointer to a lower bound on
-\fBsb->gptr()\fR.
-Space between \fBsb->eback()\fR and \fBsb->gptr()\fR is available
-for putback.
-.TP
-\fBptr=sb->ebuf()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the byte after the last byte of the reserve area.
-.TP
-\fBptr=sb->egptr()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the byte after the last byte of the get area.
-.TP
-\fBptr=sb->epptr()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the byte after the last byte of the put area.
-.TP
-\fBptr=sb->gptr()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the first byte of the get area.
-The available characters are those between \fBsb->gptr()\fR
-and \fBsb->egptr()\fR. The next character fetched will
-be \fB*sb->gptr()\fR unless \fBsb->egptr()\fR is less than
-or equal to \fBsb->gptr()\fR.
-.TP
-\fBptr=sb->pbase()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the put area base.
-Characters between \fBsb->pbase()\fR and \fBsb->pptr()\fR
-have been storeded into the buffer and not yet consumed.
-.TP
-\fBptr=sb->pptr()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the first byte of the put area.
-The space between \fBsb->pptr()\fR
-and \fBsb->epptr()\fR is the put area and characters will be storeed
-here.
-.PP
-The member functions for setting the pointers:
-.TP
-\fBsb->setb(b,eb,i)\fR
-Sets \fBbase\fR and \fBebase\fR to \fBb\fR and \fBeb\fR respectively.
-\fBi\fR controls whether the area will be subject to
-automatic deletion.
-If \fBi\fR is non zero, then
-\f(CWdelete\fB b\fR will be done when \fBbase\fR is changed by
-another call of \fBsetb\fR, or when the destructor is called for
-\fB*sb\fR.
-If \fBb\fR and \fBeb\fR
-are both null then we say that there is no reserve area.
-If \fBb\fR is non-null, there is a reserve area even if
-\fBeb\fR is less than \fBb\fR and so the reserve area
-has zero length.
-.TP
-\fBsb->setp(p,ep)\fR
-Sets \fBpptr\fR to \fBp\fR, \fBpbase\fR to \fBp\fR, and \fBepptr\R
-to \fBep\fR.
-.TP
-\fBsb->setg(eb,g,eg)\fR
-Sets \fBeback\fR to \fBeb\fR, \fBgptr\fR to \fBg\fR, and \fBegptr\fR
-to \fBeg\fR.
-.PP
-Other non-virtual members:
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->allocate()\fR
-Tries to set up a reserve area.
-If a reserve area already exists or if \fBsb->unbuffered()\fR
-is nonzero returns 0 without doing anything.
-If the attempt to allocate space fails \fBallocate\fR
-returns \f(CWEOF\fR.  Otherwise (allocation succeeds)
-\fBallocate\fR returns 1.  \fBallocate\fR is not called by
-any member of \f(CWstreambuf\fR except virtuals.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->blen()\fR
-Returns the current size (in chars) of the current reserve area.
-.TP
-\fBdbp()\fR
-Writes directly on file descriptor 1 
-information in ASCII about the state of the
-buffer.  It is intended for debugging and nothing
-is specified about the form of the output.  It is considered part
-of the protected interface because the information it prints can
-only be understood in relation to that interface, but it is a public
-function so that it can be called anywhere during debugging.  
-.TP
-\fBsb->gbump(n)\fR
-Increments \fBgptr\fR by \fBn\fR
-which may be positive or negative.
-No checks are made on whether the new
-value of \fBgptr\fR is in bounds.
-.TP
-\fBsb->pbump(n)\fR
-Increments \fBpptr\fR by \fBn\fR
-which may be positive or negative.
-No checks are made on whether the new
-value of \fBpptr\fR is in bounds.
-.sp
-.nf
-.in -.5i
-\fBsb->unbuffered(i)\fR
-\fBi=sb->unbuffered()\fR
-.in
-.fi
-There is a private variable known as \fBsb\fR's buffering state.
-\fBsb->unbuffered(i)\fR sets the value of this variable
-to \fBi\fR and \fBsb->unbuffered()\fR returns the current value.
-This state is independent of the actual
-allocation of a reserve area.  Its primary purpose is to
-control whether a reserve area is allocated automatically
-by \fBallocate\fR.
-.PP
-Virtual functions must be redefined in
-derived classes to specialize the behavior of \fBstreambuf\fRs:
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->doallocate()\fR
-Is called when \fBallocate\fR determines
-that space is needed.
-\fBdoallocate\fR is required to call \fBsetb\fR to provide a reserve
-area or to return \f(CWEOF\fR if it cannot.  It is only called
-if \fBsb->unbuffered()\fR is non-zero and \fBsb->base()\fR is non-zero.
-.TP
-\fBi=overflow(c)\fR
-Is called to consume characters.  If \fBc\fR is not \f(CWEOF\fR
-it also must either save \fBc\fR or consume it.  
-Usually it is called when the put area is full and
-an attempt is being made to store a new character, but
-it can be called at other times.
-The normal action is to consume the characters between \fBpbase\fR
-and \fBpptr\fR, call \fBsetp\fR to establish a new put area, and
-if \fBc\f(CW!=EOF\fR store it (using \fBsputc\fR).
-If \fBsb->unbuffered()\fR is non-zero,
-\fBoverflow\fR is not allowed to call \fBsetp\fR and 
-so must consume \fBn\fR
-\fBsb->overflow\fR
-should return \fBEOF\fR to indicate an error; otherwise it should
-return something else.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->pbackfail(c)
-Is called when \fBeback\fR equals \fBgptr\fR and an attempt 
-has been made to putback \fBc\fR.
-If this situation can be dealt with (e.g., by repositioning
-an external file), \fBpbackfail\fR should return \fBc\fR;
-otherwise it should return \f(CWEOF\fR.
-.TP
-\fBpos=sb->seekoff(off,dir,mode)\fR
-Repositions the get and/or put pointers  (i.e., the abstract
-get and put pointers, not \fBpptr\fR and \fBgptr\fR).  The
-meanings of \fBoff\fR and \fBdir\fR
-are discussed in 
-\fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++).
-\fBmode\fR specifies whether the put pointer (\fBoutput\fR bit set) or
-the get pointer (\fBinput\fR bit set) is to be modified.  Both bits
-may be set in which case both pointers should be affected.
-A class derived from \fBstreambuf\fR is not required to
-support repositioning.  \fBseekoff\fR should return \f(CWEOF\fR if 
-the class does not support repositioning.  If the class does
-support repositioning, \fBseekoff\fR should return the new
-position or \f(CWEOF\fR on error.
-.TP
-\fBpos=sb->seekpos(pos,mode)\fR
-Repositions the streambuf get and/or put pointer to \fBpos\fR.
-\fBmode\fR specifies which pointers are affected as for \fBseekoff\fR.
-Returns \fBpos\fR (the argument) or \f(CWEOF\fR if the class does
-not support repositioning or an error occurs.
-.TP
-\fBsb=sb->setbuf(ptr,len)\fR
-Offers the array at \fBptr\fR with \fBlen\fR bytes should
-be used as a reserve
-area.   The normal interpretation is that
-if \fBptr\fR or \fBlen\fR are zero then this is a request
-to make the \fBsb\fR unbuffered.
-The derived class may use this area or not as it chooses.
-If may accept or ignore the request for unbuffered state as it
-chooses.
-\fBsetbuf\fR should return \fBsb\fR if it honors the request.
-Otherwise it should return 0.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->sync()\fR
-Is called to give the derived class
-a chance to
-look at the state of the areas, and synchronize
-them with any external representation.
-Normally \fBsync\fR should
-consume any characters that have been storeed into the put area,
-and if possible give back to the source any characters in the get area
-that have not been fetched.  When \fBsync\fR returns there should not
-be any unconsumed characters, and the get area should be empty.
-\fBsync\fR should return \fBEOF\fR if some kind of failure occurs.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->underflow()\fR
-Is called to supply characters for fetching, i.e.,
-to create a condition in which the get area is not empty.
-If it is called when there are characters in the get area
-it should return the first character.  If the get area is empty
-it should create a nonempty get area 
-and return the next character (which it should also
-leave in the get area).
-If there are no more characters available
-\fBunderflow\fR
-should return \f(CWEOF\fR and leave an empty put area.
-.PP
-The default definitions of the virtual functions:
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->streambuf::doallocate()\fR
-Attempts to allocate a reserve area using \f(CWoperator new\fR.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->streambuf::overflow(n)\fR
-Is compatible
-with the old stream package, but that behavior is not
-considered part of the specification of the iostream package.
-So \fBstreambuf::overflow\fR should be treated as if 
-it had undefined behavior.  That is, derived classes should
-always define it.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->streambuf::pbackfail(n)
-Returns \f(CWEOF\fR.
-.TP
-\fBpos=sb->streambuf::seekpos(pos,mode)\fR
-Returns \fBsb->seekoff(streamoff(pos),seek_beg,mode)\fR.
-Thus to define seeking in a derived class, it is frequently
-only necessary to define 
-\fBseekoff\fR and use the inherited \fBstreambuf::seekpos\fR.
-.TP
-\fBpos=sb->streambuf::seekoff(off,dir,mode)\fR
-Returns \f(CWEOF\fR.
-.TP
-\fBsb=sb->streambuf::setbuf(ptr,len)\fR
-Will honor the request when ever there is no reserve area.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->streambuf::sync()\fR
-Returns 0 if the get area is empty and there are no unconsumed
-characters.  Otherwise it returns \f(CWEOF\fR.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->streambuf::underflow()\fR
-Is compatible
-with the old stream package, but that behavior is not
-considered part of the specification of the iostream package.
-So \fBstreambuf::underflow\fR should be treated as if 
-it had undefined behavior.  That is, it should always be defined
-in derived classes.
-.SH CAVEATS
-The constructors are public for compatibility with the
-old stream package.
-They ought to be protected.
-.PP
-The interface for unbuffered actions is awkward.
-It's hard to write \fBunderflow\fR and \fBoverflow\fR
-virtuals that behave properly
-for unbuffered \f(CWstreambuf\fRs without special casing.
-Also there is no way for the virtuals to react sensibly to
-multi character gets or puts.
-.PP
-Although the public interface to \f(CWstreambuf\fRs
-deals in characters and bytes,
-the interface to derived classes deals in \f(CWchar\fRs.
-Since a decision had to be made on the types of the real data
-pointers, it seemed easier to reflect that choice in the
-types of the protected members than to duplicate all
-the members with both plain and unsigned char versions.
-But perhaps all these uses of \f(CWchar*\fR ought to have been
-with a typedef.
-.PP 
-The implementation contains a variant
-of  \fBsetbuf\fR that accepts a third argument.
-It is present only for compatibility
-with the old stream package.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-sbuf.pub(3C++)
-streambuf(3C++)
-iostream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/sbuf.pub.3 b/static/v10/man3/sbuf.pub.3
deleted file mode 100644
index deb16530..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/sbuf.pub.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH SBUF.PUB 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-streambuf \- public interface of character buffering class
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-.ta1i 2i
-.nf
-#include <iostream.h>
-
-typedef long streamoff, streampos;
-class ios {
-public:
-	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
-	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
-	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
-	} ;
-
-class streambuf {
-public :
-
-	int	in_avail();
-	int	out_waiting();
-	int	sbumpc();
-	streambuf*	setbuf(char* ptr, int len, int count=0);
-	streampos	seekpos(streampos,open_mode);
-	streampos	seekoff(streamoff,seek_dir,open_mode);
-	int	sgetc();
-	int	sgetn(char* ptr,int n);
-	int	snextc();
-	int	sputbackc(char c);
-	int	sputc(int c);
-	int	sputn(const char* s,int n);
-	void	stossc();
-	int	sync();
-	}
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The \f(CWstreambuf\fR
-class supports buffers into which
-characters can be inserted (put) or from which characters can be
-fetched (gotten).  Abstractly such a buffer is a sequence of
-characters together with one or
-two pointers (a get and/or a put pointer)
-that define
-the location at which characters are to be inserted or fetched.
-The pointers should be thought of as pointing between characters
-rather than at them. This makes it easier to understand the
-boundary conditions (a pointer before the first character or after
-the last).
-Some of the effects of getting and putting are defined
-by this class but most of the details are left to specialized
-classes derived from \f(CWstreambuf\fR.
-.PP
-Classes derived from \f(CWstreambuf\fR vary in their
-treatments of the get and put pointers.
-The simplest are unidirectional buffers which permit only gets or 
-only puts.  Such classes serve as pure sources (producers)
-or sinks (consumers) of characters.
-Queuelike buffers have a put and a get pointer which
-move independently
-of each other.  In such buffers characters that are stored are held
-(i.e., queued)
-until they are later fetched.
-Filelike buffers permit both gets and puts but
-have only a single pointer.
-(An alternative description is that the get
-and put pointers are tied together
-so that when one moves so does the other.)
-.PP
-Most \f(CWstreambuf\fR member functions are
-organized into two phases.
-As far as possible, operations are performed inline by storing into
-or fetching
-from arrays (the get area and the put area).
-From time to time, virtual functions are called to
-deal with collections of characters.
-Generally the user of a \f(CWstreambuf\fR does not have to know
-anything about these
-details, but some the public members pass back information
-about the
-state of the areas.
-.PP
-Assume:
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR, \fBn\fR, and \fBlen\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBc\fR is an \f(CWint\fR. It always holds a "character"
-value or \f(CWEOF\fR.  A "character" value is always positive
-even when \f(CWchar\fR is normally sign extended.
-.br
-\(em \fBsb\fR and \fBsb1\fR are \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBptr\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseekdir\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBmode\fR is a \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
-.PP
-Public member functions:
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->in_avail()\fR
-Returns the number of characters
-that are immediately available in the get area for
-fetching.  That many characters may be fetched with
-a guarantee that no errors will be reported.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->out_waiting()\fR
-Returns the number of characters in the put area that have not
-been consumed by virtuals.
-.TP
-\fBc=sb->sbumpc()\fR
-Moves the get pointer forward one character and returns the
-character moved over.
-Returns \f(CWEOF\fR if the get pointer is
-currently at the end of the sequence.
-.TP
-\fBpos=sb->seekoff(off,dir,mode)\fR
-Repositions the get and/or put pointers.
-\fBmode\fR specifies whether the put pointer (\fBoutput\fR bit set) or
-the get pointer (\fBinput\fR bit set) is to be modified.  Both bits
-may be set in which case both pointers should be affected.
-\fBoff\fR is interpreted as a byte offset. (Notice that it is a 
-signed quantity.)
-The meaning of possible values of \fBdir\fR are
-.RS
-.TP
-\f(CWbeg\fR
-The beginning of the stream.
-.TP
-\f(CWcur\fR
-The current position.
-.TP
-\f(CWend\fR
-The end of the stream. (End of file.)
-.RE
-Not all classes derived from \fBstreambuf\fR 
-support repositioning.  \fBseek\fR will return \f(CWEOF\fR if 
-the class does not support repositioning.  If the class does
-support repositioning, \fBseek\fR will return the new
-position or \f(CWEOF\fR on error.
-.TP
-\fBpos=sb->seekpos(pos,mode)\fR
-Repositions the streambuf get and/or put pointer to \fBpos\fR.
-\fBmode\fR specifies which pointers are affected as for \fBseekoff\fR.
-Returns \fBpos\fR (the argument) or \f(CWEOF\fR if the class does
-not support repositioning or an error occurs.
-In general a \f(CWstreampos\fR should be treated as a "magic cookie" 
-and no arithmetic should be performed on it.
-But two particular values have special meaning:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBstreampos(0)\fR
-The beginning of the file.
-.TP
-\fBstreampos(EOF)\fR
-Used as an error indication.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBc=sb->sgetc()\fR
-Returns the character after the get pointer.  Contrary to what most
-people expect from the name 
-\fIIT DOES NOT MOVE THE GET POINTER\fR.  Returns \f(CWEOF\fR if there is
-no character available.
-.TP
-\fBsb1=sb->setbuf(ptr,len,i)
-Offers the \fBlen\fR
-bytes starting at \fBptr\fR.
-as the reserve area.
-If \fBptr\fR is null or \fBlen\fR is zero or less, then an unbuffered
-state is requested.
-Whether the offered area is used, or a request for unbuffered
-state is honored depends on details of the derived class.
-\fBsetbuf\fR normally returns \fBsb\fR, but if it does not
-accept the offer or honor the request, it returns 0.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->sgetn(ptr,n)\fR
-Fetches the \fBn\fR
-characters following the get pointer and copies them to the area
-starting at \fBptr\fR.
-When there are less than \fBn\fR characters left before the
-end of the sequence \fBsgetn\fR fetches whatever characters
-remain.
-\fBsgetn\fR repositions the get pointer following
-the fetched characters and
-returns the number of characters fetched.
-.TP
-\fBc=sb->snextc()\fR
-Moves the get pointer forward one character
-and returns the character following the new position.
-It returns \f(CWEOF\fR if the pointer
-is currently at the end of the sequence or is at the end of
-the sequence after moving forward.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->sputbackc(c)
-Moves the get pointer back one character.
-\fBc\fR must be
-the current content of the sequence just before the get pointer.
-The underlying mechanism may
-simply back up the get pointer or may rearrange its internal
-data structures so the \fBc\fR is saved.  Thus the effect
-of \fBsputbackc\fR is undefined if \fBc\fR is not the character
-before the get pointer.
-\fBputbackc\fR returns \f(CWEOF\fR when it fails.
-The conditions under which it can fail depend on the details of
-the derived
-class.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->sputc(c)
-Stores \fBc\fR after the put pointer, and moves the
-put pointer over the stored character.  Usually this extends
-the sequence.
-It returns \fBEOF\fR when an error occurs. The conditions
-that can cause errors depend on the derived class.
-.TP
-\fBi=sb->sputn(ptr,n)\fR
-Stores the \fBn\fR
-characters starting at \fBptr\fR
-after the put pointer. Moves the put
-pointer over them.
-Returns the number of characters stored successfully.
-Normally this is \fBn\fR, but it may be less when errors occur.
-.TP
-\fBsb->stossc()\fR
-Moves the get pointer forward one character.  If the pointer started at the
-end of the sequence this function has no effect.
-.TP 
-\fBi=sb->sync()\fR
-Establishes consistency between the internal data structures and the
-external source or sink.
-The details of this function depend on the derived class.
-Usually this "flushes" any characters that have been stored
-but not yet consumed, and "gives back" any characters that
-may have been produced but not yet fetched.
-.SH CAVEATS
-\fBsetbuf\fR
-does not really belong in the public interface. 
-It is there for compatibility with the stream package.
-.PP
-Requiring the program to provide
-the previously fetched character to 
-\f(CWsputback\fR is probably a botch.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-iostream(3C++),
-sbuf.prot(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/scanf.3 b/static/v10/man3/scanf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a432ff3..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/scanf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
-.TH SCANF 3S
-.CT 2 file_io data_man
-.SH NAME
-scanf, fscanf, sscanf \(mi formatted input
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B
-scanf(format [ , pointer ] ... )
-.B char *format;
-.PP
-.B
-fscanf(stream, format [ , pointer ] ... )
-.B FILE *stream;
-.B char *format;
-.PP
-.B
-sscanf(s, format [ , pointer ] ... )
-.B char *s, *format;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Scanf
-reads from the standard input stream
-.IR stdin .
-.I Fscanf
-reads from the named input
-.IR stream .
-.I Sscanf
-reads from the character string
-.IR s .
-Each function reads characters, interprets
-them according to a format, and stores the results in its arguments.
-Each expects as arguments
-a control string
-.I format,
-described below,
-and a set of
-arguments, normally pointers,
-indicating where the converted input should be stored.
-.PP
-The
-control string
-usually contains
-conversion specifications, which are used to direct interpretation
-of input sequences.
-The control string may contain:
-.TP 4
-1.
-Blanks, tabs or newlines,
-which match optional white space in the input.
-.TP 4
-2.
-An ordinary character (not
-.LR % )
-which must match
-the next character of the input stream.
-.TP 4
-3.
-Conversion specifications, consisting of the
-character
-.BR % ,
-an optional assignment suppressing character
-.BR * ,
-an optional numerical maximum field width, and a conversion
-character.
-.PP
-A conversion specification directs the conversion of the
-next input field; the result
-is placed in the variable pointed to by the corresponding argument,
-unless assignment suppression was
-indicated by
-.BR * .
-Conversions other than
-.L c
-and
-.L [
-skip white space and consume
-non-white-space characters up
-to the next inappropriate character or until the field
-width, if specified, is exhausted.
-The field width is either an integer constant or
-.LR ! .
-In the latter case, the width is taken from an integer argument
-that precedes the next pointer argument.
-.PP
-The conversion character indicates the interpretation of the
-input field; the corresponding pointer argument must
-usually be of a restricted type.
-The following conversion characters are legal:
-.TP 4
-.B  %
-A single 
-.L %
-is expected
-in the input at this point;
-no assignment is done.
-.TP 4
-.B  d
-A decimal integer is expected;
-the corresponding argument should be an integer pointer.
-.TP 4
-.B  o
-an octal integer is expected;
-the corresponding argument should be an integer pointer.
-.TP 4
-.B  x
-A hexadecimal integer is expected;
-the corresponding argument should be an integer pointer.
-.ti -0.2i
-.TP 4
-.B  s
-A character string is expected;
-the corresponding argument should be a character pointer
-pointing to an array of characters large enough to accept the
-string and a terminating
-.LR \e0 ,
-which will be added.
-The input field is terminated by a space character
-or a newline.
-.TP 4
-.B  c
-A character is expected; the
-corresponding argument should be a character pointer.
-If a field width is given, the corresponding argument
-should refer to a character array, and the
-indicated number of characters is read.
-.ne3
-.TP 4
-.B e
-.br
-.ns
-.TP
-f
-A
-floating point number is expected;
-the next field is converted accordingly and stored through the
-corresponding argument, which should be a pointer to a
-.IR float .
-The input format for
-floating point numbers is
-an optionally signed
-string of digits
-possibly containing a decimal point, followed by an optional
-exponent field consisting of an
-.B E
-or
-.B e
-followed by an optionally signed integer.
-.ne 3
-.TP 4
-.B  [
-.br
-.ns
-.TP
-.B [^
-A character string is expected.
-The left bracket (or bracket and circumflex)
-is followed by a set of characters and a right
-bracket.
-When the set is introduced by
-.B [
-(or
-.BR [^ ),
-the string consists only
-of characters in (or not in) the set.
-The corresponding argument must point to a character array.
-.PP
-The conversion characters
-.BR d ,
-.B o
-and
-.B x
-may be preceded by
-.B l
-to indicate that a pointer to
-.B long
-rather than to
-.B int
-is in the argument list.
-Similarly, the conversion characters
-.B e
-or
-.B f
-may be preceded by
-.B l
-to indicate a pointer to
-.B double
-rather than to
-.BR float .
-The conversion characters
-.BR d ,
-.B o
-and
-.B x
-may be preceded by
-.B h
-to indicate a pointer to
-.BR short .
-.PP
-The
-.I scanf
-functions return the number of successfully matched and assigned input
-items.
-This can be used to decide how many input items were found.
-The constant
-.SM
-.B EOF
-is returned upon end of input; note that this is different
-from
-.LR 0 ,
-which means that no conversion was done;
-if conversion was intended, it was frustrated by an
-inappropriate character in the input.
-.PP
-For example, the call
-.nf
-.ft L
-	int i; float x; char name[50];
-	scanf("%d%f%s", &i, &x, name);
-.fi
-.ft P
-.PP
-with the input line
-.IP
-.L
-25   54.32E\(mi1  thompson
-.PP
-will assign to
-.I i
-the value
-.LR 25 ,
-.I x
-the value
-.LR 5.432 ,
-and
-.I name
-will contain
-.LR thompson\e0 .
-Or,
-.nf
-.ft L
-	int i; float x; char name[50];
-	scanf("%2d%f%*d%[1234567890]", &i, &x, name);
-.fi
-.ft P
-.PP
-with input
-.IP
-\fL56789 0123 56a72\fP
-.PP
-will assign
-.L 56
-to
-.IR i ,
-.L 789.0
-to
-.IR x ,
-skip
-.LR 0123 ,
-and place the string
-.L 56\e0
-in
-.IR name .
-The next call to
-.I getchar
-will return 
-.LR a .
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR atof (3),
-.IR stdio (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-The
-.I scanf
-functions return
-.B EOF
-on end of input,
-and a short count for missing or illegal data items.
-.SH BUGS
-The success of literal matches and suppressed
-assignments is not directly
-determinable.
-.br
-There is no
-.LR %# .
-.br
-When no maximum field width is given in a
-.L %s
-or
-.L %[]
-conversion specification, improper input can
-overrun the output string and corrupt the program in
-arbitrarily malicious ways.
-The best alternative,
-.LR %!s ,
-is nonstandard.
-.br
-A deprecated usage allows upper-case conversion characters
-as equivalents for lower-case characters preceded by
-.LR l .
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/setbuf.3 b/static/v10/man3/setbuf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e9c8aa6..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/setbuf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-.TH SETBUF 3S
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-setbuf \(mi assign buffering to a stream
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B setbuf(stream, buf)
-.B FILE *stream;
-.B char buf[BUFSIZ];
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Setbuf
-is used after a stream has been opened but before it
-is read or written.
-It causes the character array
-.I buf
-to be used instead of an automatically allocated buffer.
-If
-.I buf
-is the constant pointer
-.LR NULL ,
-input/output will be completely unbuffered.
-.PP
-A buffer is normally obtained from
-.IR  malloc (3)
-upon the first
-.IR getc (3)
-or
-.IR  putc
-on the file.
-Initially,
-the standard stream
-.I stderr
-is unbuffered,
-and the standard stream
-.I stdout
-is flushed automatically
-whenever new data is read by
-.IR getc .
-The latter magic may be dissolved by a call to
-.IR setbuf .
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR stdio (3), 
-.IR malloc (3)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/setfil.3 b/static/v10/man3/setfil.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bcbea96..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/setfil.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-.th SETFIL III 10/29/73
-.sh NAME
-setfil \*- specify Fortran file name
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-call setfil ( \fRunit\fB, \fRhollerith-string\fB )
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-.it Setfil
-provides a primitive way to associate
-an integer I/O
-.it unit
-number with a file named by the
-.it hollerith-string.
-The end of the file name is indicated by a blank.
-Subsequent I/O on this unit number will refer to
-file whose name is specified by
-the string.
-.s3
-.it Setfil
-should be called only before any I/O has been done on the
-.it unit,
-or just after doing a
-.bd rewind
-or
-.bd endfile.
-It is ineffective for unit numbers 5 and 6.
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-fc (I)
-.sh BUGS
-There is still no way to receive a file name
-or other argument from the command line.
-Also, the exclusion of units 5 and 6 is
-unwarranted.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/setjmp.3 b/static/v10/man3/setjmp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e3bde1b9..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/setjmp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-.TH SETJMP 3
-.CT 2 proc_man
-.SH NAME
-setjmp, longjmp \(mi non-local goto
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <setjmp.h>
-.PP
-.B setjmp(env)
-.B jmp_buf env;
-.PP
-.B longjmp(env, val)
-.B jmp_buf env;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines are useful for dealing with errors
-and interrupts encountered in
-a low-level subroutine of a program.
-.PP
-.I Setjmp
-saves its stack environment in
-.I env
-for later use by
-.I longjmp.
-It returns value 0.
-.PP
-.I Longjmp
-restores the environment saved by the last call of
-.IR setjmp .
-It then causes execution to
-continue as if the call of
-.I setjmp
-had just returned with value
-.IR val .
-The invoker of
-.I setjmp
-must not itself have returned in the interim.
-All accessible data have values as of the time
-.I longjmp
-was called.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR signal (2)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/setlimits.3 b/static/v10/man3/setlimits.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b359357a..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/setlimits.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-.TH SETLIMITS 3 SHARE
-.SH NAME
-setlimits \- set limits structure
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <sys/types.h>
-.br
-.B #include <sys/lnode.h>
-.P
-.B setlimits(limits)
-.br
-.B struct lnode *limits;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This library routine sets an in\-core limits structure.
-If necessary, it also sets any group limits structures.
-.I Limits
-points to an
-.IR lnode .
-.PP
-The
-.I lnode
-pointed to by the argument
-.I limits
-is first examined to see if its scheduling group is
-.IR root .
-If not,
-the
-.I lnode
-for the group is obtained (via
-.IR getshares (3))
-and passed to a recursive call to 
-.IR setlimits .
-Finally the original 
-.I lnode
-is set with the 
-.SM L_SETLIM
-call to the 
-.IR limits (2)
-system call.
-.PP
-If the details for any group encountered cannot be found in the
-.I limits
-data-base, then the group is set to 
-.IR root .
-.PP
-Note that the 
-.I /etc/shares
-file may be left open by this routine.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-As for the 
-.IR limits (2)
-system call.
-.P
-Any error cause a -1 to be returned.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-limits(2),
-closeshares(3),
-getshares(3),
-setupshares(3).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/setupgroups.3 b/static/v10/man3/setupgroups.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c58656bf..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/setupgroups.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-.TH SETUPGROUPS 3
-.SH NAME
-setupgroups \- set access group vector for invoker
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B setupgroups(name, gid)
-.br
-.B char *name;
-.br
-.B int gid;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This library routine sets up the invoker's access group vector
-by searching the
-.I /etc/group
-file for groups matching
-.IR name .
-The invokers real group ID should be passed in
-.IR gid ,
-as there is no need to load this into the vector.
-.PP
-.I Setgroups
-returns 0 for success, or \-1 on error with
-.I errno
-set appropriately.
-.PP
-This routine is safe to use on systems
-where the multiple access groups system calls have not been installed.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-setgroups(2),
-getgrent(3),
-login(8).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/setupshares.3 b/static/v10/man3/setupshares.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0185279a..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/setupshares.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-.TH SETUPSHARES 3 SHARE
-.SH NAME
-setupshares \- set kernel shares for a user
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B setupshares(uid, efp)
-.br
-.B int uid;
-.br
-.B void (*efp)();
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This library routine sets up a kernel shares structure
-for the user represented by
-.IR uid .
-It extracts the share details for the user from the shares data-base,
-decays the usage figure up to the current time,
-and uses
-.IR setlimits (3)
-to install the shares in the kernel.
-.PP
-If the system is out of
-.I lnode
-structures, then the structure for the default user ``other'' is used.
-If this also fails, then the structure for the super-user is used.
-.PP
-If there are any errors, and the second argument is non-NULL,
-the function will be called with a
-.IR printf (3)
-format string and at most one extra argument.
-A non-zero result is returned for un-recoverable errors.
-Otherwise,
-.I setupshares
-returns \fB0\fP.
-.PP
-This routine is safe to use on systems
-where the share scheduler has not been installed,
-or is inactive.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Setupshares
-returns a non-zero result if
-.IR setlimits (3)
-returns an error other than
-.SM ETOOMANYU.
-The optional error routine is called if
-.IR setlimits (3)
-returns any error,
-or if no shares have been allocated to the user.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-getshares(3),
-closeshares(3),
-setlimits(3),
-share(5).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/sfio.3 b/static/v10/man3/sfio.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2477e875..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/sfio.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,628 +0,0 @@
-.TH SFIO 3 "21 August 1990"
-.SH NAME
-\fBsfio\fR \- safe/fast string/file input/output
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ta .75i 1.5i 2.25i 3i 3.75i 4.5i 5.25i 6i
-.PP
-.nf
-.ft 5
-#include	<sfio.h>
-
-#define uchar	unsigned char
-#define uint	unsigned int
-#define ulong	unsigned long
-
-Sfile_t*	sfnew(Sfile_t* f, uchar* buf, int size, int fd, int flags);
-Sfile_t*	sfopen(Sfile_t* f, char* string, char* mode);
-Sfile_t*	sfdopen(int fd, char* mode);
-Sfile_t*	sfpopen(char* cmd, char* mode, Sfile_t** fcomp);
-Sfile_t*	sfstack(Sfile_t* base, Sfile_t* top);
-Sfile_t*	sfpushed(Sfile_t* f);
-Sfile_t*	sftmp(int size);
-
-int	sfpool(Sfile_t* f, Sfile_t* poolf, int mode);
-Sfdisc_t*	sfsetdisc(Sfile_t* f, Sfdisc_t* disc);
-
-int	sfclose(Sfile_t* f);
-int	sfsync(Sfile_t* f);
-
-int	sfpeek(Sfile_t* f, uchar** bufp);
-
-int	sfgetc(Sfile_t* f);
-int	sfungetc(Sfile_t* f, int c);
-ulong	sfgetu(Sfile_t* f);
-long	sfgetl(Sfile_t* f);
-double	sfgetd(Sfile_t* f);
-char*	sfgets(Sfile_t* f, char* buf, int size);
-int	sfread(Sfile_t* f, uchar* buf, int n);
-int	sfscanf(Sfile_t* f, char* format, ...);
-int	sfsscanf(char* s, char* format, ...);
-int	sfvscanf(Sfile_t* f, char* format, va_list args);
-
-int	sfputc(Sfile_t* f, int c);
-int	sfnputc(Sfile_t* f, int c, int n);
-int	sfputu(Sfile_t* f, ulong v);
-int	sfputl(Sfile_t* f, long v);
-int	sfputd(Sfile_t* f, double v);
-int	sfputs(Sfile_t* f, char* s, int c);
-int	sfwrite(Sfile_t* f, uchar* buf, int n);
-int	sfmove(Sfile_t* fr, Sfile_t* fw, long n, char* seps);
-int	sfprintf(Sfile_t* f, char* format, ...);
-int	sfsprintf(char* s, int size, char* format, ...);
-int	sfvprintf(Sfile_t* f, char* format, va_list args);
-
-void	sfnotice(void (*noticef)(Sfile_t* f, int type));
-int	sfset(Sfile_t* f, int flags, int i);
-uchar*	sfsetbuf(Sfile_t* f, uchar* buf, int size);
-int	sffileno(Sfile_t* f);
-int	sfeof(Sfile_t* f);
-int	sferror(Sfile_t* f);
-int	sfclearerr(Sfile_t* f);
-int	sfclrlock(Sfile_t* f);
-int	sfslen();
-int	sfulen(ulong v);
-int	sfllen(long v);
-int	sfdlen(double v);
-
-long	sforigin(Sfile_t* f);
-long	sfseek(Sfile_t* f, long addr, int offset);
-long	sftell(Sfile_t* f);
-
-char*	sfecvt(double v, int n, int* decpt, int* sign);
-char*	sffcvt(double v, int n, int* decpt, int* sign);
-.fR
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-\fIsfio\fP is a library of functions to perform input/output on
-objects called \fIsfio\fP streams.
-Each \fIsfio\fP stream may correpond to some file descriptor (see \fIopen(2)\fP)
-or some piece of primary memory.
-A notion of stream stack is supported for
-processing of data from complexes of streams.
-Streams can be pooled so that their buffers can be synchronized
-properly when switching streams for io.
-It is also possible to change io disciplines by setting alternative
-functions for read, write and seek.
-.PP
-A stream abstraction is represented by the type \f5Sfile_t\fP which
-is defined in the header file \f5<sfio.h>\fP. A stream is locked while
-it is being accessed by some \fIsfio\fP function. A locked stream
-cannot be further accessed by operations that may change its internal states
-(see \f5sfclrlock()\fP). Any such access fails and returns
-an appropriate error code.
-.PP
-During an io request, if
-a system call \f5read\fP or \f5write()\fP (or their
-discipline counterparts) is interrupted,
-unless a discipline function has been defined to process it,
-the calling \fIsfio\fP function will resume the respective system call as necessary.
-The interrupt condition is defined by \f5errno\ ==\ EINTR\fP (see \f5errno.h\fP).
-To prevent infinite loops, this condition is always cleared before
-the system call is resumed.
-.PP
-In general, \fIsfio\fP functions either return integer or pointer values.
-In the event of an error, a function that returns integer value will
-return \f5-1\fP while a function that returns a pointer value will return
-\f5NULL\fP.
-.PP
-A number of bit flags define stream types and their operations.
-Following are the flags:
-.IP
-\f5SF_READ\fP:
-The stream is readable.
-.IP
-\f5SF_WRITE\fP:
-The stream is writable.
-.IP
-\f5SF_STRING\fP:
-The stream is a string (a byte array) that
-is readable if \f5SF_READ\fP is specified or
-writable if \f5SF_WRITE\fP is specified.
-.IP
-\f5SF_APPEND\fP:
-The stream is a file opened for appending data.
-This means that data written to the stream is always
-appended at the end of the file.
-On operating systems where there is no primitive to specify
-at file opening time that a file is opened for append only,
-\f5lseek()\fP (or its discipline replacement) will be used on
-the file stream to approximate this behavior.
-.IP
-\f5SF_RELATIVE\fP:
-If the stream corresponds to a file,
-no seek is allowed backward beyond the starting point as defined
-by \f5lseek(fd,0L,1)\fP (or its discipline replacement)
-when the stream is initialized by \f5sfnew()\fP (below).
-.IP
-\f5SF_LINE\fP:
-The stream is line-oriented. For write-streams, this means that the
-buffer is flushed whenever a new-line character is output.
-For read-streams, this means that \f5sfpeek()\fP (below) will return
-a buffer of data which ends with a new-line. Note that the amount of
-data that can be returned is limited by the buffer size.
-.IP
-\f5SF_KEEPFD\fP:
-The file descriptor of the stream will be kept opened when the stream is closed.
-.IP
-\f5SF_MALLOC\fP:
-To indicate that the stream buffer was obtained via \f5malloc()\fP
-and can be reallocated or freed by the package.
-.IP
-\f5SF_REUSE\fP:
-This flag can be set (\f5sfset()\fP so that when the stream is closed,
-its data structure and associated information such as pool and discipline
-is not destroyed.
-It can also be used in a call to \f5sfnew()\fP (see below).
-.IP
-\f5SF_SHARE\fP:
-This flag indicates that the associated stream is a file stream that may
-be operated on by means beyond straightforward \fIsfio\fP usage (e.g.,
-by multiple processes).
-In this case, each io system call (or its discipline replacement) will be
-preceded by a \f5lseek()\fP (or its discipline replacement) to ensure that
-the logical stream location corresponds to the physical file location.
-.PP
-\f5sfnew(f,buf,size,fd,flags)\fP
-is the primitive for creating or renewing streams.
-For file streams, a number of operations are performed to determine
-seekability, optimal buffer sizes if not specified, etc.
-Each stream has a origin.
-The origin of a \f5SF_STRING\fP stream is always \f50L\fP.
-If a file stream is not seekable, its origin is defined as \f5-1L\fP.
-Otherwise, its origin is defined as either the current location or \f50L\fP
-depending on whether or not the flag \f5SF_RELATIVE\fP is turned on.
-\f5sfseek()\fP operations are relative to this location.
-The argument \f5f\fP of \f5sfnew()\fP, if not \f5NULL\fP, is a stream to be modified.
-If it is \f5NULL\fP, a new stream is created.
-The argument \f5buf\fP, if not \f5NULL\fP, is a buffer to be used.
-In this case, \f5size\fP should be positive.
-If \f5size\fP is 0, the stream is unbuffered.
-If \f5size\fP is negative, \fIsfio\fP will allocate a buffer.
-The argument \f5fd\fP is a file descriptor (e.g., from \fIopen()\fP)
-for io operations if the stream is not an \f5SF_STRING\fP stream.
-The last argument \f5flags\fP is a bit vector composing from the flags described above.
-The \f5SF_REUSE\fP flag, if given, indicates that the current attributes
-of the stream \f5f\fP should be used instead of whatever else is defined by \f5flags\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfopen(f,string,mode)\fP
-is a high-level function based on \f5sfnew()\fP to create new streams from files
-or strings.
-The argument \f5f\fP for \f5sfopen()\fP,
-if not \f5NULL\fP, is a currently opened stream to be
-closed and replaced by a new stream corresponding to the object \f5string\fP.
-The argument \f5mode\fP can be any one of: \f5"r"\fP, \f5"r+"\fP,
-\f5"w"\fP, \f5"w+"\fP, \f5"a"\fP, \f5"a+"\fP, \f5s\fP and \f5s+\fP.
-The \f5r\fP, \f5w\fP, and \f5a\fP specify read, write and append mode for file streams.
-In these cases, the argument \f5string\fP defines a path name to a file.
-The \f5s\fP specifies that \f5string\fP is a nul-terminated string to be opened for read.
-The \f5+\fP means that the new stream will be opened for both reading and writing.
-.PP
-\f5sfdopen(fd,mode)\fP makes a stream using the file descriptor \f5fd\fP.
-The \f5mode\fP argument is used in the same way as in \f5sfopen()\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfpopen(cmd,mode,fcomp)\fP
-opens a stream \f5f\fP which is a pipe to (from) the command \f5cmd\fP
-if the mode is \f5"w"\fP (\f5"r"\fP). If the mode is \f5"w+"\fP or \f5"r+"\fP,
-another stream for the opposite operation is created and returned in \f5fcomp\fP.
-Note that if either of these streams is closed, the other is also closed.
-.PP
-\f5sfstack(base,top)\fP is used to push or pop stream stacks.
-Each stream stack is identified by a \f5base\fP stream
-via which all io operations are performed.
-Other streams on the stack are locked so that operations that may change
-their internal states are forbidden.
-The type of operations that can be done on a stack is defined by
-the top level stream. If an io operation is performed and the top level stream
-reaches the end of file condition or an error condition other than interrupts,
-it is automatically popped and closed (see also \f5sfsetdisc\fP for alternative
-handling of these conditions).
-The first argument of \f5sfstack()\fP specifies the \f5base\fP stream.
-The second argument, \f5top\fP, if not \f5NULL\fP,
-is pushed on top of the current top stream.
-In this case, the \f5base\fP stream pointer is returned.
-If \f5top\fP is \f5NULL\fP, the stack is popped  and the pointer to
-the popped stream is returned.
-.PP
-\f5sfpushed(f)\fP returns the pointer to the stream pushed below \f5f\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sftmp(size)\fP creates a stream for writing and reading temporary data.
-If \f5size\fP is negative, the stream is a pure \f5SF_STRING\fP stream.
-Otherwise, the stream is originally created as a \f5SF_STRING\fP stream
-with a buffer of the given \f5size\fP. A discipline is set so that
-when this buffer is exhausted, a real temporary file will be created.
-Any attempt to change this discipline will also cause the temporary file
-to be created.
-.PP
-\f5sfpool(f,poolf,mode)\fP manages pools of streams.
-In a pool of streams, only one stream is current.
-A stream becomes current when it is used for some io operation.
-When a new stream is to become current,
-the current stream is synchronized (see \f5sfsync()\fP)
-if its type matches the type of the pool.
-The first argument of \f5sfpool()\fP, \f5f\fP, is the stream to be manipulated.
-The second argument, \f5poolf\fP, determines the operation to be done on \f5f\fP.
-If \f5poolf\fP is \f5NULL\fP, \f5f\fP is deleted from its current pool.
-Otherwise, \f5f\fP is put into the same pool with \f5poolf\fP.
-If \f5poolf\fP is already in a pool, the third argument is ignored.
-Otherwise, it determines the type of the new pool.
-\f5mode\fP can be constructed by bitwise or-ing of \f5SF_READ\fP and \f5SF_WRITE\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfsetdisc(f,disc)\fP changes
-the io-discipline of the stream \f5f\fP, i.e.,
-to specify alternative functions for read, write, seek, and to handle exceptions.
-The default discipline consists of the system calls \f5read()\fP, \f5write()\fP,
-and \f5lseek()\fP.
-The \f5disc\fP argument is either \f5NULL\fP to reset to the default discipline
-or a pointer to a \f5Sfdisc_t\fP structure which contains the following fields:
-.PP
-.nf
-	\f5int	(*readf)();\fP
-	\f5int	(*writef)();\fP
-	\f5long	(*seekf)();\fP
-	\f5int	(*exceptf)();\fP
-	\f5void*	handle;\fP
-.fi
-.PP
-The first three fields of \f5Sfdisc_t\fP specify alternative io functions.
-If any of them is \f5NULL\fP, the corresponding system call is used.
-A discipline io function, say \f5(*readf)()\fP,
-is called with 4 arguments.
-The first argument is the stream pointer.
-The second and third arguments correspond to the second and third arguments
-of the respected system call.
-The fourth argument is the \f5handle\fP field of \f5Sfdisc_t\fP.
-The exception function, \f5(*exceptf)()\fP, if provided, is called
-when an exception happens during a read/write operation, when a stream
-is being closed, or when the discipline is being reset.
-A read/write operation is said to cause an exception if its return value
-is zero or negative. It is up to the exception function to determine
-the type of exception (for example, by examining \f5errno\fP).
-When \f5(*exceptf)()\fP is called, the stream will be opened for general operations.
-However, \f5(*exceptf)()\fP should not attempt to close the stream.
-\f5(*exceptf)()\fP is called as:
-\f5(*exceptf)(f,type,handle)\fP. \f5type\fP is:
-\f50\fP when the discipline is being reset,
-\f5SF_EOF\fP when the stream is being closed,
-\f5SF_READ\fP when an exception happens during a read operation, and
-\f5SF_WRITE\fP when an exception happens during a write operation.
-For the cases of \f5SF_READ\fP and \f5SF_WRITE\fP,
-the executing \fIsfio\fP function will examine the return value of \f5(*exceptf)()\fP
-for further actions:
-\fInegative\fP for immediate return,
-\fIzero\fP for executing default actions associated with the exception,
-and \fIpositive\fP for resuming execution.
-Note that a \f5SF_STRING\fP stream does not perform external io so the
-io functions are not used. However, an exception occurs whenever
-an io operation exceeds the stream buffer boundary and
-\f5(*exceptf)()\fP, if defined, will be called as appropriate.
-\f5sfsetdisc()\fP returns the pointer to the previous discipline
-or \f5NULL\fP if an error happened.
-Finally, it is the application's responsibility to manage the space used
-by the \f5Sfdisc_t\fP structures.
-.PP
-\f5sfclose(f)\fP closes the given stream \f5f\fP and frees up its resources.
-If \f5f\fP is \f5NULL\fP, all streams are closed.
-If \f5f\fP is a stack of streams, all streams on the stack are closed.
-If \f5f\fP is a \f5sfpopen\fP-stream, its companion stream, if any, is also closed.
-Further, \f5sfclose()\fP will wait until the associated command terminates,
-then return its exit status.
-A few file flags affect the behavior of \f5sfclose()\fP.
-If \f5SF_KEEPFD\fP is on, the underlying file descriptor is not closed.
-If \f5SF_REUSE\fP is on, \f5sfclose()\fP will only synchronize the buffer
-and close the file descriptor (subject to \f5SF_KEEPFD\fP).
-The stream structure is left intact, including
-pool (\f5sfpool()\fP) or discipline (\f5sfsetdisc()\fP) information.
-.PP
-\f5sfsync(f)\fP causes the physical file pointer of the stream
-\f5f\fP to correspond to its logical position.
-If \f5f\fP is the base of a stack of streams, all streams on the stack
-are synchronized. Further, a stacked stream can only be synchronized
-via its base stream.
-.PP
-\f5sfpeek(f,bufp)\fP provides a safe method for enquiring
-information on the internal buffer of a stream.
-If \f5bufp\fP is \f5NULL\fP, \f5sfpeek()\fP simply returns the amount of data
-available in the buffer to read if \f5f\fP is in read mode
-or the amount of buffer available to write if \f5f\fP is in write mode.
-If \f5bufp\fP is not \f5NULL\fP, \f5sfpeek()\fP provides access to the buffer.
-For a read stream, if the buffer is empty, it is filled and,
-for a write-stream, if the buffer is full, it is flushed.
-Then, for a read stream, \f5bufp\fP is set to the place in the buffer
-where data is available and, for a write stream,
-it is set to where data can be written.
-The return value of \f5sfseek()\fP indicates how much data or space is available
-in the buffer. However, if the stream is in \f5SF_LINE|SF_READ\fP mode,
-the return value will be the data length up to and including the new-line character.
-In this case, if there is not a new-line character in the buffered data,
-more data may be read.
-Note that the buffer location is not advanced by \f5sfpeek()\fP.
-That must be done by a regular io call such as \f5sfread\fP or \f5sfwrite\fP on
-the pointer returned in \f5bufp\fP.
-Finally, \f5sfpeek()\fP treats a read/write-stream like a read-stream
-(however, see also \f5sfset()\fP).
-.PP
-\f5sfgetc(f)\fP returns a byte from the stream \f5f\fP or -1 when an end-of-file
-or error condition is encountered.
-.PP
-\f5sfungetc(f,c)\fP puts the byte \f5c\fP back into the stream \f5f\fP.
-This is guaranteed to work only after a \f5sfgetc()\fP call.
-.PP
-\f5sfgetu(f)\fP, \f5sfgetl(f)\fP, and \f5sfgetd(f)\fP return
-an \fIunsigned long\fP, a \fIlong\fP value, or a \fIdouble\fP value
-that was coded in a portable fashion
-(see \f5sfputu()\fP, \f5sfputl()\fP, and \f5sfputd()\fP).
-If there is not enough data to decode a value,
-these functions will return \f5-1\fP and the stream is set in an error state
-(\f5see \f5sferror()\fP).
-.PP
-\f5sfgets(f,buf,size)\fP reads a line of input from the stream \f5f\fP.
-If \f5buf\fP is not \f5NULL\fP and \f5size\fP is positive, \f5sfgets\fP
-reads up to \f5size-1\fP characters into the buffer \f5buf\fP.
-Otherwise, the characters are read into a static area that is dynamically
-grown as necessary. Thus, in this case, there is no limit to line length.
-A nul-character is appended after the input characters.
-\f5sfgets()\fP returns the pointer to the new string or \f5NULL\fP when
-no data was read due to end-of-file or an error condition.
-After a string is read, its length can be found using \f5sfslen()\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfread(f,buf,n)\fP reads up to \f5n\fP bytes from the stream \f5f\fP and
-stores them in the given buffer \f5buf\fP.
-It returns the number of bytes actually read.
-.PP
-\f5sfscanf(f,format,...)\fP scans a number of items from the stream \f5f\fP.
-The item types are determined from the string \f5format\fP.
-See \fIfscanf()\fP (UNIX User's Manual, Section 3) for details on predefined formats.
-The standardly supported formats are:
-\f5i, I, d, D, u, U, o, O, x, X, f, F, e, E, g, G, c, %, s,\fP and \f5[]\fP.
-The \f5sfscanf()\fP interface also supports additional formats as described below.
-.IP
-The pattern \f5%&\fP indicates that the next argument in the argument list of
-\f5sfscanf()\fP is a function, say \f5(*extf)()\fP, to process patterns that are not
-predefined by the \f5sfscanf()\fP interface.
-The prototype of \f5(*extf)()\fP is:
-.nf
-	\f5int (*extf)(Sfile_t* f, int fmt, int length, char** rv);\fP
-.fi
-\f5f\fP is the same input stream passed to \f5sfvscanf\fP.
-\f5fmt\fP is the pattern to be processed.
-\f5length\fP, if non-negative, is the maximum number of input bytes
-to be read in processing the pattern,
-\f5rv\fP is used to return the ``address'' of the value to be assigned.
-\f5(*extf)()\fP returns the size of the value to be assigned.
-A negative return value from \f5(*extf)()\fP means that the specified pattern
-cannot be handled. This pattern is treated as if it is not matched.
-.IP
-The pattern \f5%@\fP indicates that the next argument in the argument list \f5args\fP
-is a function, say \f5(*argf)()\fP, to process the values of matched patterns.
-The prototype of \f5(*argf)()\fP is:
-.nf
-	\f5int (*argf)(int fmt, char* value, int n)\fP;
-.fi
-If the return value of \f5(*argf)()\fP is negative, the processing
-of the current format string will be stopped (see \f5%$\fP below).
-\f5fmt\fP determines the type of \f5value\fP: \f5f\fP for \fIfloat\fP,
-\f5F\fP for \fIdouble\fP, \f5h\fP for \fIshort\fP, \f5d\fP for \fIint\fP,
-\f5D\fP for \fIlong\fP, \f5s\fP for \fIchar*\fP. Any other value for \f5fmt\fP
-means that it is an extended pattern and \f5value\fP contains an address
-to the scanned value. \f5n\fP contains the size of the object if it is a
-primitive type. If the object is \f5char*\fP or the address of the scanned
-value of an extended format, \f5n\fP is the length of this object.
-.IP
-The pattern \f5%:\fP indicates that the next two arguments in the argument list
-\f5args\fP define a new pair of format string and a list of arguments of
-the type \f5va_list\fP (see \f5varargs.h\fP or \f5stdarg.h\fP).
-The new pair is pushed on top of the stack and the scanning process continues with them.
-The top pair of format string and argument list is popped when the processing
-of the format string is stopped. When a new pair is stacked,
-\f5(*argf)()\fP and \f5(*extf)()\fP are inherited.
-They are reset when the stack is popped.
-.PP
-\f5sfsscanf(s,format,...)\fP is similar to \f5sfscanf()\fP
-but it scans data from the string \f5s\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfvscanf(f,format,args)\fP is the primitive underlying \f5sfscanf()\fP
-and \f5sfscanf()\fP. It also provides a portable variable argument interface.
-Programs that use \f5sfvscanf()\fP must include either of \f5varargs.h\fP
-or \f5stdargs.h\fP as appropriate.
-.PP
-\f5sfputc(f,c)\fP writes the byte \f5c\fP to the stream \f5f\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfnputc(f,c,n)\fP writes the byte \f5c\fP to the stream \f5f\fP \f5n\fP times.
-It returns the number of bytes successfully written.
-.PP
-\f5sfputu(f,v)\fP, \f5sfputl(f,v)\fP write the \fIunsigned long\fP or \fIlong\fP
-value \f5v\fP in a format that is byte-order transparent.
-\f5sfputd(f,v)\fP writes the \fIdouble\fP value \f5v\fP in a portable format.
-Portability across two different machines
-requires that the bit order in a byte is the same on both machines.
-\f5sfputd()\fP also relies on the functions \f5ldexp()\fP and \f5frexp()\fP
-(See \fIfrexp.3\fP) for coding.
-Upon success, \f5sfputu()\fP, \f5sfputl()\fP and \f5sfputd()\fP
-return the number of bytes output.
-.PP
-\f5sfputs(f,s,c)\fP writes the null-terminated string \f5s\fP to the stream \f5f\fP.
-If \f5c\fP is not 0, it is a character to be appended after the string has been output.
-\f5sfputs()\fP returns the number of bytes written.
-.PP
-\f5sfwrite(f,buf,n)\fP writes out \f5n\fP bytes from the buffer \f5buf\fP to the
-stream \f5f\fP. It returns the number of bytes written.
-.PP
-\f5sfmove(fr,fw,n,seps)\fP moves \f5n\fP objects
-from the stream \f5fr\fP to the stream \f5fw\fP.
-If either \f5fr\fP or \f5fw\fP is \f5NULL\fP, it acts
-as if it is a stream corresponding to \fI/dev/null\fP.
-If \f5n\fP is \f5<0\fP, all of \f5fr\fP is moved.
-If \f5seps\fP is \f5NULL\fP or an empty string, the objects to be moved are bytes.
-Otherwise, the moved objects are records separated by bytes defined in \f5seps\fP.
-In \f5seps\fP, if the first two bytes is \f5\e0\fP, it is mapped to the zero byte.
-All other cases map a byte to itself.
-\f5sfmove()\fP returns the number of objects moved.
-.PP
-\f5sfprintf(f,format,...)\fP writes out data in
-a format as defined by the string \f5format\fP.
-See \fIfprintf()\fP (UNIX User's Manual, Section 3) for details on predefined
-conversion formats.
-The standardly supported formats are:
-\f5n, s, c, %, h, i, d, p, u, o, x, X, g, G, e, E, f,\fP and \f5F\fP.
-\f5sfprintf()\fP also supports additional formats as described below.
-.IP
-The pattern \f5%&\fP indicates that the next argument
-is a function, say \f5(*extf)()\fP, to interpret patterns not yet defined
-by \f5sfprintf()\fP.
-The prototype of \f5(*extf)()\fP is:
-.nf
-	\f5int (*extf)(void* value, int fmt, int precis, char** sp);\fP
-.fi
-\f5value\fP is the value to be formatted.
-\f5fmt\fP is the pattern to format the value.
-\f5precis\fP is the amount of precision required.
-\f5sp\fP is used to return the address of a string containing the formatted value.
-If upon returning from \f5(*extf)()\fP, \f5*sp\fP is \f5NULL\fP, the pattern \f5fmt\fP
-is treated as if it is not matched.
-Otherwise, the return value of \f5(*extf)()\fP, if nonnegative, is taken as the length
-of the string returned in \f5sp\fP. If not, the string is considered null-terminated.
-The string \f5*sp\fP is processed as if the pattern \f5`s'\fP was specified.
-.IP
-The pattern \f5%@\fP indicates that the next argument is a function, say \f5(*argf)()\fP,
-to get arguments. As long as \f5(*argf)()\fP is defined, the argument list is ignored.
-The prototype of \f5(*argf)()\fP is:
-.nf
-	\f5int (*argf)(int fmt, char* val)\fP;
-.fi
-\f5fmt\fP is the pattern to be processed.
-Following are ASCII characters and corresponding types:
-\f5@\fP for getting a new \f5(*argf)()\fP,
-\f5&\fP for getting a new \f5(*extf)()\fP,
-\f51\fP for getting a new format string for stacking,
-\f52\fP for getting a new argument list for stacking,
-\f5d\fP for \fIint\fP,
-\f5D\fP for \fIlong\fP,
-\f5f\fP for \fIfloat\fP,
-\f5F\fP for \f5double\fP, and
-\f5s\fP for \fIchar*\fP.
-If \f5(*extf)()\fP is defined, and an undefined pattern is encountered,
-\f5(*argf)()\fP will be called with this pattern.
-\f5val\fP is an address to store the value to be formatted.
-The return value of \f5(*argf)()\fP, if negative, stops the processing
-of the current format (see below).
-.IP
-The pattern \f5%:\fP indicates that the next two arguments define
-a pair of format string and argument list of the type \f5va_list\fP.
-If the argument getting function \f5(*argf)()\fP is already defined,
-it is called with the argument \f5fmt\fP being the characters
-\f51\fP and \fP2\fP for the new format string and argument list respectively.
-The new pair is stacked on top and processing continue from there.
-The top pair of format string and argument is popped when the format string
-is exhausted. When a new pair is pushed, \f5(*argf)()\fP and \f5(*extf)()\fP
-are inherited. When a pair is popped, these functions will be reset.
-.PP
-\f5sfsprintf(s,size,format,...)\fP is similar to \f5sfprintf()\fP
-but it is used to format
-the character array \f5s\fP which is of size \f5size\fP.
-The length of the resulting string can be gotten via \f5sfslen()\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfvprintf(f,format,args)\fP is the primitive underlying \f5sfprintf()\fP
-and \f5sfsprintf()\fP. It provides a portable variable argument interface.
-Programs that use \f5sfvprintf()\fP must include either of \f5varargs.h\fP
-or \f5stdargs.h\fP as appropriate.
-.PP
-\f5sfnotice(noticef)\fP sets a function \f5(*noticef)()\fP which will
-be called whenever a stream is created or closed.
-\f5(*noticef)()\fP is called with two arguments.
-The first argument is the stream pointer and
-the second argument is either \f50\fP or \f5SF_EOF\fP to indicate
-whether the stream is being opened or being closed.
-.PP
-\f5sfset(f,flags,i)\fP sets flags or file descriptor for the stream \f5f\fP.
-If \f5flags\fP is the value \f5SF_EOF\fP, the file descriptor of the stream
-is changed to the value in \f5i\fP. In this case, \f5sfset()\fP returns \f5-1\fP
-on error or \f5i\fP on success.
-If \f5flags\fP is not \f5SF_EOF\fP, it defines a collection of flags to be
-turned on or off depending on whether \f5i\fP is non-zero or zero.
-The flags that can be turned on or off are:
-\f5SF_READ\fP, \f5SF_WRITE\fP,
-\f5SF_LINE\fP, \f5SF_KEEPFD\fP, \f5SF_REUSE\fP, \f5SF_MALLOC\fP and \f5SF_SHARE\fP.
-The flags \f5SF_READ\fP and \f5SF_WRITE\fP can be used in a call to \f5sfset()\fP
-only if the stream \f5f\fP was opened for both read and write.
-Turning off one of these flags means that the stream is to be treated as
-if it was opened with the other flag exclusively (see \f5sfpeek()\fP).
-In this case, \f5sfset()\fP returns the entire set of flags controlling the stream.
-Thus, the current set of flags can be found by \f5sfset(f,0,0)\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfsetbuf(f,buf,size)\fP changes the current buffer of the stream \f5f\fP to
-the new buffer \f5buf\fP. If the stream is a \f5SF_WRITE\fP stream,
-any data still in the current buffer is thrown away.
-Thus, if an application desires to preserve such data, it should
-call \f5sfsync()\fP before trying to switch buffers.
-If \f5size\fP is positive, \f5buf\fP is taken as a buffer of the given size.
-If \f5size\fP is zero, the stream will be unbuffered.
-If \f5size\fP is negative, an internal buffer is allocated.
-\f5sfsetbuf()\fP returns the address of the old buffer.
-.PP
-\f5sffileno(f)\fP returns the file descriptor of the stream \f5f\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfeof(f)\fP tells whether there is any more data in the stream \f5f\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sforigin(f)\fP returns the origin location in the stream \f5f\fP (see \f5sfnew()\fP).
-If this location is \f5-1L\fP, the stream is not seekable.
-Note that the standard streams \f5sfstdin\fP, \f5sfstdout\fP, and \f5sfstderr\fP,
-though statically allocated, are not initialized until an operation that may
-affect its internal structure. Thus, the return value \f50L\fP of \f5sforigin()\fP 
-on such an initialized stream is not reliable.
-.PP
-\f5sferror(f)\fP and \f5sfclearerr(f)\fP returns or clears the error condition
-of the stream \f5f\fP. Note that the error condition of a stream does not prevent
-further io operations to be performed on them.
-.PP
-\f5sfclrlock(f)\fP clears the lock on a locked stream.
-Though this is unsafe, it is useful for emergency access
-to a locked stream or to clear a stream left locked because
-of non-local jumps (e.g., \f5longjmp()\fP).
-.PP
-\f5sfslen()\fP returns the length of the string most recently obtained
-via a \f5sfgets()\fP, \f5sfsprintf()\fP, \f5sfecvt()\fP or \f5sffcvt()\fP call.
-.PP
-\f5sfulen(v)\fP, \f5sfllen(v)\fP and \f5sfdlen(v)\fP
-return the number of bytes required to code the
-\fIunsigned long\fP, \fIlong\fP or \fIdouble\fP value \f5v\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfseek(f,addr,offset)\fP sets the next read/write location for the stream \f5f\fP
-at a new address defined by the combination of \f5addr\fP and \f5offset\fP.
-If \f5offset\fP is 0, \f5addr\fP is offset from the origin of the stream
-(see \f5sfnew()\fP).
-If \f5offset\fP is 1, \f5addr\fP is offset from the current location.
-Note that if \f5f\fP was opened for appending (\f5SF_APPEND\fP) and the last operation
-done on it was a write operation, the \fIcurrent location\fP is at the physical
-end of file.
-If \f5offset\fP is 2, \f5addr\fP is offset from the \fIphysical\fP end of the stream.
-In all cases, \f5sfseek()\fP is not allowed to seek backward beyond the stream origin.
-.PP
-\f5sftell(f)\fP returns the current location in the stream \f5f\fP relative
-to the stream origin (see \f5sfnew()\fP).
-As with \f5sfseek()\fP, if \f5f\fP was opened for appending (\f5SF_APPEND\fP)
-and the last operation done on it was a write operation,
-the \fIcurrent location\fP is at the physical end of file.
-If the stream \f5f\fP is unseekable, \f5sftell\fP returns the number of bytes
-read from or written to \f5f\fP.
-.PP
-\f5sfecvt(v,n,decpt,sign)\fP and
-\f5sffcvt(v,n,decpt,sign)\fP are functions to convert floating values to ASCII.
-They corresponds to the standard functions \f5ecvt()\fP and \f5fcvt()\fP.
-The length of the conversion string most recently done by
-\f5sfecvt()\fP or \f5sffcvt()\fP can be found by \f5sfslen()\fP.
-.PP
-.SH HISTORY AND FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS
-\fIsfio\fP has similar functionality, but is more general
-than the \fIstdio\fP package.
-It grows from our dissatisfaction with the awkwardness, fragility
-and inefficiency in \fIstdio\fP.
-An example of \fIstdio\fP awkwardness is that
-even if a stream was opened for read and write,
-the application code cannot arbitrarily mix read and write operations. 
-An earlier attempt was made at rewriting \fIstdio\fP.
-This failed due to problems that arise when linking with code based on \fIstdio\fP.
-Changing the name space reduces this type of problems.
-It also allows us to both stream-line and extend the interface as appropriate.
-.SH AUTHORS
-Kiem-Phong Vo (att!ulysses!kpv) and  David G. Korn (att!ulysses!dgk).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/sharesfile.3 b/static/v10/man3/sharesfile.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fa62b1a..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/sharesfile.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-.TH SHARESFILE 3 SHARE
-.SH NAME
-sharesfile \- change name of shares file
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B "int sharesfile(s)"
-.br
-.B "char * s;"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This routine
-closes the old shares file (if open)
-and resets its name to the string passed.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-closeshares(3),
-getshares(3),
-getshput(3),
-openshares(3),
-putshares(3).
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/sin.3 b/static/v10/man3/sin.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 80bdddb9..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/sin.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'SIN, COS (III)'3/15/72'SIN, COS (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		sin, cos -- sine cosine
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,sin (cos)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The
-sine (cosine) of fr0 in radians
-is returned in fr0.
-.sp
-The magnitude of the argument should be checked
-by the caller to make sure the result is meaningful.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	there are none
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/sinh.3 b/static/v10/man3/sinh.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e6d3b48..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/sinh.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-.TH SINH 3M
-.CT 2 math
-.SH NAME
-sinh, cosh, tanh \(mi hyperbolic functions
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <math.h>
-.PP
-.B double sinh(x)
-.br
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double cosh(x)
-.B double x;
-.PP
-.B double tanh(x)
-.B double x;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions compute the designated hyperbolic functions
-for real arguments.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Sinh
-and
-.I cosh
-return a huge value of appropriate sign
-when the correct value would overflow
-and set
-.I errno
-to
-.LR EDOM .
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/sleep.3 b/static/v10/man3/sleep.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 98e6e438..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/sleep.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-.TH SLEEP 3
-.CT 2 time_man
-.SH NAME
-sleep \(mi suspend execution for an interval
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B sleep(seconds)
-.B unsigned seconds;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The current process is suspended from execution for the number
-of seconds specified by the argument.
-The actual suspension time may be up to
-one
-second less than
-that requested, because scheduled wakeups occur at fixed
-second
-intervals,
-and an arbitrary amount longer because of other activity
-in the system.
-.PP
-The routine is implemented by setting an alarm clock signal
-and pausing until it occurs.
-The previous state of this signal is saved and restored.
-If the sleep time exceeds the time to the alarm signal,
-the process sleeps only until the signal would have occurred, and the
-signal is sent one second later.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR alarm (2)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/sqrt.3 b/static/v10/man3/sqrt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 425886cb..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/sqrt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'SQRT (III)'3/15/72'SQRT (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		sqrt -- square root function
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,sqrt
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The
-square root of fr0 is returned in fr0.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	The c-bit is
-set on negative arguments and 0 is returned.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ssbuf.3 b/static/v10/man3/ssbuf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1056700b..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ssbuf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH SSBUF 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-strstreambuf \- streambuf specialized to arrays
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ta1i 2i 4i
-.ft B
-.nf
-#include <iostream.h>
-#include <strstream.h>
-
-class strstreambuf : streambuf {
-public:
-		strstreambuf() ;
-		strstreambuf(char*,int,char*);
-		strstreambuf(int);
-		strstreambuf(unsigned char*, int, unsigned char*);
-		strstreambuf(void* (*a)(long), void(*f)(void*));
-
-	void	freeze(int n=1) ;
-	char*	str();
-	streambuf*	setbuf(char*,int)
-};
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-A \f(CWstrstreambuf\fR
-is a \f(CWstreambuf\fR that uses an array of bytes (a string) to hold
-the sequence of characters.
-Given the convention that a \f(CWchar*\fR should be interpreted as
-pointing just before the \f(CWchar\fR it really points at, the mapping
-between the abstract get/put pointers and \f(CWchar*\fR pointers
-is direct.  Moving the pointers corresponds exactly to incrementing
-and decrementing the \f(CWchar*\fR values.
-.PP
-To accommodate the need for arbitrary length strings
-\f(CWstrstreambuf\fRs
-supports an automatic mode.
-When a \fBstrstreambuf\fR is in automatic mode, space for
-the character sequence is
-allocated as needed.
-When the sequence is extended too far, it will be copied
-to a new array.
-.PP
-Assume
-.br
-\(em \fBssb\fR is a \f(CWstrstreambuf*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBn\fR is an \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBptr\fR and \fBpstart\fR are \f(CWchar*\fR or \f(CWunsigned char*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBa\fR is \f(CWvoid* (*)(long)\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBf\fR is \f(CWvoid* (*)(void*)\fR.
-.PP
-The constructors:
-.TP
-\fBstrstreambuf()\fR
-Constructs an empty buffer in dynamic mode.  This means that
-space will be automatically allocated to accomodate the
-characters that are put into the buffer (using operators \f(CWnew\fR
-and \f(CWdelete\fR).  Because this may require copying the
-original characters, it is recommended that when large strings
-will be used that \fBsetbuf\fR be used (as described below) to
-inform the \f(CWstrstreambuf\fR.
-.TP
-\fBstrstreambuf(a,f)\fR
-Constructs an empty buffer in dynamic mode.
-\fBa\fR is used as the allocator function
-in dynamic mode.  If it is null, \f(CWoperator new\fR will be used.
-\fBf\fR is used to free (or delete) areas returned by \fBa\fR.
-If it is null \f(CWoperator delete\fR is used.
-.TP
-\fBstrstreambuf(n)\fR
-Constructs an empty buffer in dynamic mode.  The initial allocation
-of space will be at least \fBn\fR bytes.
-.TP
-\fBstrstreambuf(ptr,n,pstart)\fR
-Constructs a buffer to use the bytes starting at
-\fBptr\fR.  If \fBn\fR is positive and the \fBn\fR bytes starting
-at \fBptr\fR are used.  If \fBn\fR is zero, \fBptr\fR is assumed
-to point to the beginning of a null terminated strings and
-the bytes of that string (not including the terminating null character)
-will constitute the buffer.  If \fBn\fR is negative the buffer is
-assumed to continue indefinitely.
-The get pointer is initialized to \fBptr\fR.  The
-put pointer is initialized to \fBpstart\fR.  If \fBpstart\fR is
-null then stores will be treated as errors.  If \fBpstart\fR
-is non null then the initial sequence (for fetching) consists
-of the bytes between \fBptr\fR and \fBpstart\fR.  If \fBpstart\fR
-is null then the initial sequence consists of the entire array.
-.PP
-Member functions:
-.TP
-\fBssb->freeze(n)\fR
-Inhibits (\fBn\fR nonzero) or permits (\fBn\fR zero) automatic
-deletion
-of the current array.
-Deletion normally occurs when more space is needed
-or when \fBssb\fR is being destroyed.  Only
-space obtained dynamic allocation is ever freed.
-It is an error (and the effect is undefined) to store characters
-into a buffer that was in automatic allocation mode and is now
-frozen.
-It is possible, however, to thaw (unfreeze) such a buffer and
-resume storing characters.
-.TP
-\fBptr=ssb->str()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the first char of the current array and freezes
-\fBssb\fR.  If \fBssb\fR was constructed with an explicit array
-\fBinit\fR,
-\fBptr\fR will point to that array.
-If \fBssb\fR is in automatic
-allocation mode, but nothing has yet been stored, \fBptr\fR may
-be null.
-\fBstr\fR freezes \fBssb\fR.
-.TP
-\Bssb->setbuf(0,n)\fR
-\fBssb\fR remembers \fBn\fR and the next time it does a dynamic
-mode allocation, it makes sure that at least \fBn\fR bytes
-are allocated.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-sbuf.pub(3C++)
-strstream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/stak.3 b/static/v10/man3/stak.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 903443b7..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/stak.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-.TH STAK 3
-.SH NAME
-\fBstak\fR \- data stack storage library
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ta .75i 1.5i 2.25i 3i 3.75i 4.5i 5.25i 6i
-.PP
-.nf
-\f5
-#include <stak.h>
-
-Stak_t *stakcreate(int \fIflags\fP);
-Stak_t *stakinstall(Stak_t *\fIstack\fP, char *(\fIoverflow\fP)(int));
-int stakdelete(Stak_t *\fIstack\fP);
-void staklink(Stak_t *\fIstack\fP)
-
-char *stakalloc(unsigned \fIsize\fP);
-char *stakcopy(const char *\fIstring\fP);
-char *stakset(char *\fIaddress\fP, unsigned \fIoffset\fP);
-
-char *stakseek(unsigned \fIoffset\fP);
-int stakputc(int \fIc\fP);
-int stakputs(const char *\fIstring\fP);
-int staktell(void);
-char *stakptr(unsigned \fIoffset\fP);
-char *stakfreeze(unsigned \fIextra\fP);
-\fR
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-\f5stak\fP is a package of routines designed to provide efficient
-stack oriented dynamic storage.
-A stack abstraction consists of an ordered list of contiguous
-memory regions, called stack frames, that can hold objects of
-arbitrary size.
-A stack is represented by the type \f5Stak_t\fP
-defined in header \f5<stak.h>\fP.
-At any instant there is one active stack.
-Variable size objects can be
-added to the active stack
-and programs can reference these objects directly with pointers.
-In addition, the last object on the stack
-(referred to here as the current object)
-can be built incrementally.
-The current object has an associated offset that determines its
-current size.
-While the current object is being built incrementally,
-its location might
-change so that it is necessary to reference the object with
-relative offsets ranging from zero to the current offset of the object.
-.PP
-There is a preset initial active stack.
-To use an additional stack, it is necessary to create it and to
-install it as the active stack.
-A stack is created with the \f5stakcreate\fP() function.
-A \fIflags\fP argument of \f5STAK_SMALL\fP indicates that unused
-space on the stack should be freed whenever this stack ceases
-to be the active stack. 
-If successful,
-\f5stakcreate\fP() returns a pointer to a stack whose reference
-count is 1.
-Otherwise, \f5stakcreate\fP() returns a null pointer.
-The \f5staklink\fP() function increases the reference count for the
-given \fIstack\fP.
-The \f5stakinstall\fP() function 
-makes the specified \fIstack\fP the active stack and returns a pointer
-to the previous active stack.
-When the \fIoverflow\fP argument is not null,
-it specifies a function that will
-be called whenever \f5malloc\fP(3) fails while trying to grow the
-stack.
-The \fIoverflow\fP function will be called with the size that was passed
-to \f5malloc\fP(3).
-The \fIoverflow\fP function can call \f5exit\fP(3), call \f5longjmp\fP(3)
-or return.
-If the \f5overflow\fP function returns,
-it must return a pointer to a memory region of the given size.
-The default action is to write an error to standard error and to
-call \f5exit\fP(2) with a non-zero exit value.
-When \fIstack\fP is a null pointer,
-the active stack is not changed
-but the \fIoverflow\fP function for the active stack can be changed
-and a pointer to the active stack is returned.
-The \f5stakdelete\fP() function decrements the reference count and
-frees the memory associated with
-the specified stack
-when the reference count is zero.
-The effect of subsequent references to objects
-on the stack are undefined.
-.PP
-The
-\f5stakalloc\fP() function returns an aligned pointer to space on the
-active stack that can be used to hold any object of the given \fIsize\fP.
-\f5stakalloc\fP() is similar to \f5malloc\fP(3) except that individual
-items returned by \f5stakalloc\fP() can not be freed.
-\f5stakalloc\fP() causes the offset of the current object to be set to
-zero.
-.PP
-The
-\f5stakcopy\fP() function copies the given string onto the stack
-and returns a pointer to the \fIstring\fP on the stack.
-\f5stakcopy\fP() causes the offset of the current object to be set to
-zero.
-.PP
-The \f5stakset\fP() function finds the frame containing the given
-\fIaddress\fP, frees all frames that were created after the one containing
-the given \fIaddress\fP, and sets the current object to the given
-\fIaddress\fP.
-The top of the current object is set to \fIoffset\fP bytes from
-current object.
-If \fIaddress\fP is not the address of an object on the
-stack the result is undefined.
-.PP
-The remaining functions are used to build the current object incrementally.
-An object that is built incrementally on the stack will  
-always occupy contiguous memory within a stack frame but
-until \f5stakfreeze\fP() is called,
-the location in memory for the object can change.
-There is a current offset associated with the current object that
-determines where subsequent operations apply.
-Initially, this offset is zero, and the offset changes as a result
-of the operations you specify.
-The \f5stakseek\fP() function is used set the offset for the
-current object.
-The \fIoffset\fP argument to \f5stakseek\fP() specifies the new 
-offset for the current object.
-The frame will be extended or moved
-if \f5offset\fP causes the new current offset to extend beyond the
-current frame.
-\f5stakseek\fP() returns a pointer to the beginning of the current object.
-The \f5staktell\fP() function gives the offset of the current object.
-.PP
-The \f5stakputc\fP() function adds a given character to the current object
-on the stack.
-The current offset is advanced by 1.
-The \f5stakputs\fP() appends the given \fIstring\fP onto the current
-object in the stack and returns the length of the string.
-The current offset is advanced by the length of the string.
-.PP
-The \f5stakptr\fP() function converts the given \f5offset\fP
-for the current object into a memory address on the stack.
-This address is only valid until another stack operation is given.
-The result is not defined if \fIoffset\fP exceeds the size of the current
-object.
-The \f5stakfreeze\fP()
-function terminates the current object on the
-stack and returns a pointer to the beginning of this object.
-If \fIextra\fP is non-zero, \fIextra\fP bytes are added to the stack
-before the current object is terminated.  The first added byte will
-contain zero and the contents of the remaining bytes are undefined.
-.PP
-.SH HISTORY
-The
-\f5stak\fP
-interface was derived from similar routines in the KornShell code
-that is used for building parse trees and carrying out expansions.
-It provides an efficient mechanism for grouping dynamically allocated
-objects so that they can be freed all at once rather than individually.
-.SH AUTHOR
- David Korn
-.SH SEE ALSO
-\f5exit(2)\fP
-\f5longjmp(3)\fP
-\f5malloc(3)\fP
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/stdio.3 b/static/v10/man3/stdio.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 027de3a2..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/stdio.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-.TH STDIO 3S
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-stdio \(mi standard buffered input/output package
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B FILE *stdin;
-.B FILE *stdout;
-.B FILE *stderr;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The functions described in Sections 3S constitute an efficient
-user-level buffering scheme.
-The in-line macros
-.IR getc (3)
-and
-.IR  putc
-handle characters quickly.
-The higher level routines
-.I "fgets, scanf, fscanf, fread,"
-.I "puts, fputs, printf, fprintf, fwrite"
-all use
-.I getc
-and
-.I putc;
-they can be freely intermixed.
-.PP
-A file with associated buffering is called a
-.I stream,
-and is declared to be a pointer to a defined type
-.BR FILE .
-.IR  Fopen (3)
-creates certain descriptive data for a stream
-and returns a pointer to designate the stream in all
-further transactions.
-There are three normally open streams with constant
-pointers declared in
-the include file and associated with the standard open files:
-.TP 10n
-.BR stdin
-standard input file
-.br
-.ns
-.TP
-.B stdout
-standard output file
-.br
-.ns
-.TP
-.BR stderr
-standard error file
-.PP
-A constant pointer
-.L
-NULL
-designates no stream at all.
-.PP
-An integer constant
-.B EOF
-is returned
-upon end of file or error by integer functions that
-deal with streams.
-.PP
-Any routine that uses the standard input/output package
-must include the header file
-.F <stdio.h>
-of pertinent
-macro definitions.
-The functions and constants mentioned in sections labeled 3S
-are declared in the include file
-and need no further declaration.
-The constants, and the following `functions' are
-implemented as macros:
-.I getc,
-.I getchar,
-.I putc,
-.I putchar,
-.I feof,
-.I ferror,
-.IR fileno .
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR printf (3),
-.IR scanf (3),
-.IR fopen (3),
-.IR getc (3),
-.IR fgets (3),
-.IR fread (3),
-.IR fseek (3),
-.IR ungetc (3),
-.IR popen (3),
-.IR setbuf (3),
-.IR ferror (3)
-.br
-.IR open (2), 
-.IR read (2), 
-.IR fio (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-The value
-.B EOF
-is returned uniformly to indicate that a
-.B FILE
-pointer has not been initialized with
-.I fopen,
-input (output) has been attempted on an output (input) stream,
-or a
-.B FILE
-pointer designates corrupt or otherwise unintelligible
-.B FILE
-data.
-.SH BUGS
-Buffering of output can prevent output data
-from being seen until long after it is computed \- perhaps
-never, as when an abort occurs between buffer filling and flushing.
-.br
-Buffering of input can cause a process to consume
-more input than it actually uses.
-This can cause trouble across
-.IR exec (2)
-or
-.IR system (3)
-calls.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/stdiobuf.3 b/static/v10/man3/stdiobuf.3
deleted file mode 100644
index eb35226d..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/stdiobuf.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH STDIOBUF 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-stdiobuf \- iostream specialized to stdio FILE
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ft B
-.ta1i 2i
-.nf
-#include <iostream.h>
-#include <strstream.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-class stdiobuf : streambuf {
-		stdiobuf(FILE* f);
-	FILE*	stdiofile();
-}
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Operations on a
-\f(CWstdiobuf\fR
-are reflected on
-the underlying
-\f(CWFILE\fR.
-A \f(CWstdiobuf\fR is constructed in unbuffered mode, which causes all operations
-to be immediately reflected in the \f(CWFILE\fR.
-\fBseek\fRs are translated into \fBfseek\fRs.
-\fBsetbuf\fR has its usual meaning.  If it supplies a reserve
-area buffering will be turned back on.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-filebuf(3C++)
-istream(3C++)
-ostream(3C++)
-ssbuf.pub(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/string.3 b/static/v10/man3/string.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c6e1286..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/string.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-.TH STRING 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-strcat, strncat, strcmp, strncmp, strcpy, strncpy, strlen,
-strchr, strrchr, strpbrk, strspn, strcspn, strtok, strdup \(mi string operations
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.2C
-.B #include <libc.h>
-.PP
-.B char *strcat(s1, s2)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.PP
-.B char *strncat(s1, s2, n)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.B int n;
-.PP
-.B int strcmp(s1, s2)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.PP
-.B int strncmp(s1, s2, n)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.B int n;
-.PP
-.B char *strcpy(s1, s2)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.PP
-.B char *strncpy(s1, s2, n)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.B int n;
-.PP
-.B int strlen(s)
-.B char *s;
-.PP
-.B char *strchr(s, c)
-.B char *s;
-.B int c;
-.PP
-.B char *strrchr(s, c)
-.B char *s;
-.B int c;
-.PP
-.B char *strpbrk(s1, s2)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.PP
-.B int strspn(s1, s2)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.PP
-.B int strcspn(s1, s2)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.PP
-.B char *strtok(s1, s2)
-.B char *s1, *s2;
-.PP
-.B char *strdup(s)
-.B char *s;
-.sp
-.1C
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The arguments
-.I s1, s2
-and
-.I s
-point to null-terminated strings.
-The functions
-.IR strcat ,
-.IR strncat ,
-.IR strcpy ,
-and
-.I strncpy
-all alter
-.IR s1 .
-These functions do not check for overflow of
-the array pointed to by
-.IR s1 .
-.PP
-.I Strcat
-appends a copy of string
-.I s2
-to the end of string
-.IR s1 .
-.I Strncat
-appends at most
-.I n
-characters.
-Each returns a pointer to the null-terminated result.
-.PP
-.I Strcmp
-compares its arguments and returns an integer
-less than, equal to, or greater than 0,
-according as
-.I s1
-is lexicographically less than, equal to, or
-greater than
-.IR s2 .
-.I Strncmp
-makes the same comparison but looks at at most
-.I n
-characters.
-.PP
-.I Strcpy
-copies string
-.I s2
-to
-.IR s1 ,
-stopping after the null character has been copied.
-.I Strncpy
-copies exactly
-.I n
-characters,
-truncating
-.I s2
-or adding
-null characters to
-.I s1
-if necessary.
-The result will not be null-terminated if the length
-of
-.I s2
-is
-.I n
-or more.
-Each function returns
-.IR s1 .
-.PP
-.I Strlen
-returns the number of characters in
-.IR s ,
-not including the terminating null character.
-.PP
-.I Strchr
-.RI ( strrchr )
-returns a pointer to the first (last)
-occurrence of character
-.I c
-in string
-.IR s ,
-or
-.L (char *)0
-if
-.I c
-does not occur in the string.
-The null character terminating a string is considered to
-be part of the string.
-.PP
-.I Strpbrk
-returns a pointer to the first occurrence in string
-.I s1
-of any character from string
-.IR s2 ,
-.L (char *)0
-if no character from
-.I s2
-exists in
-.IR s1 .
-.PP
-.I Strspn
-.RI ( strcspn )
-returns the length of the initial segment of string
-.I s1
-which consists entirely of characters from (not from) string
-.IR s2 .
-.PP
-.I Strtok
-considers the string
-.I s1
-to consist of a sequence of zero or more text tokens separated
-by spans of one or more characters from the separator string
-.IR s2 .
-The first call, with pointer
-.I s1
-specified, returns a pointer to the first character of the first
-token, having replaced the character after the token by 0.
-Subsequent calls,
-signified by
-.I s1
-being
-.LR "(char *)0" ,
-will scan from where the preceding call left off.
-The separator string
-.I s2
-may be different from call to call.
-When no token remains in
-.IR s1 ,
-.L (char *)0
-is returned.
-.PP
-.I Strdup
-returns a pointer to a distinct copy of the null-terminated string
-.I s
-in space obtained from
-.IR malloc (3)
-or
-.L (char *)0
-if no space can be obtained.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR memory (3)
-.SH BUGS
-.I Strcmp
-and
-.I strncmp
-use native character comparison, which may
-be signed or unsigned.
-.br
-The outcome of overlapping moves varies among implementations.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/strstream.3 b/static/v10/man3/strstream.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1854db05..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/strstream.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-.  \"ident	"%W%"
-.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
-.  \"All Rights Reserved
-.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
-.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
-.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
-.TH STRSTREAM 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
-.SH NAME
-strstream \- iostream specialized to arrays
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.ta 1i 2i
-.ft B
-.nf
-
-#include <strstream.h>
-
-class ios {
-public:
-	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
-	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
-	} ;
-
-class istrstream : public istream {
-public:
-		istrstream(char*) ;
-		istrstream(char*, int) ;
-	strstreambuf*	rdbuf() ;
-} ;
-
-class ostrstream : public ostream {
-public:
-		ostrstream();
-		ostrstream(char*, int, open_mode = 0) ;
-	int	pcount() ;
-	char*	str();
-	strstreambuf*	rdbuf() ;
-};
-
-.fi
-.ft R
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-\f(CWstrstream\fR specializes \f(CWiostream\fR
-for "incore" operations, that is, storing and fetching
-from arrays of bytes.  The \f(CWstreambuf\fR associated with a
-\f(CWstrstream\fR is a \f(CWstrstreambuf\fR.
-.PP
-Assume
-.br
-\(em \fBiss\fR is a \f(CWistrstream\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBoss\fR is a \f(CWostrstream\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBcp\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBmode\fR is an \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBi\fR and \fBlen\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBssb\fR is a \f(CWstrstreambuf*\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBa\fR is a \f(CWvoid* (*)(long)\fR.
-.br
-\(em \fBf\fR is a \f(CWvoid (*)(void*)\fR.
-.PP
-The constructors:
-.TP
-\fBistrsteam(cp)\fR
-Characters will be fetched from the (null terminated) string
-\fBcp\R.  The terminating null character will not be part of
-the sequence.  Seeks are allowed within that space.
-.TP
-\fBistrstream(cp,len)
-Characters will be fetched from the array beginning at \fBcp\fR
-and extending for \fBlen\fR bytes.  
-Seeks are allowed anywhere
-within that array.
-.TP
-\fBostrstream()\fR
-Space will be dynamically allocated to hold stored characters.
-.TP
-\fBostrstream(cp,n,mode)\fR
-Characters will be stored into the array starting at \fBcp\fR
-and continuing for \fBn\fR bytes.  If \f(CWios::ate\fR or
-\f(CWios::append\fR is set in \fBmode\fR, \fBcp\fR is assumed
-to be a null terminated string and storing will begin at the
-null character.  Otherwise storing will begin at \fBcp\fR.
-Seeks are allowed anywhere in the array.
-Members:
-.TP
-\fBcp=oss.str()\fR
-Returns a pointer to the array being used.
-If \fBoss\fR was constructed with an explicit array, 
-\fBcp\fR is just a pointer to the array.  Otherwise,
-\fBcp\fR points
-to a dynamically allocated area.
-Until \fBstr\fR is called, deleting the dynamically allocated area is
-the responsibility of \fBss\fR.
-After \fBstr\fR returns, the array becomes the responsibility
-of the user program.
-Once \fBstr\fR has been called the effect of storing
-more characters into \fBss\fR is undefined.
-.TP
-\fBi=ss.pcount()\fR
-The number of bytes that have been stored into the buffer.
-This is mainly of use when binary data has been
-stored and \fBss.str()\fR does not point to
-a null terminated string.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-strstreambuf(3C++),
-iostream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/swab.3 b/static/v10/man3/swab.3
deleted file mode 100644
index d84df35e..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/swab.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-.TH SWAB 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-swab \(mi swap bytes
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B swab(from, to, nbytes)
-.B char *from, *to;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Swab
-copies
-.I nbytes
-bytes pointed to by
-.I from
-to the position pointed to by
-.I to,
-exchanging adjacent even and odd bytes.
-It is useful for carrying binary data between
-machines with different byte orders.
-.I Nbytes
-should be even.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/switch.3 b/static/v10/man3/switch.3
deleted file mode 100644
index c6ccccbc..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/switch.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'SWITCH (III)'3/15/72'SWITCH (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		switch  --  switch on value
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	(switch value in r0)
-.br
-jsr	r5,switch; swtab
-.br
-(not-found return)
-.br
-.li
-...
-.ti -7
-swtab: val1; lab1;
-.br
-.li
-...
-.br
-valn; labn
-.br
-.li
-..;  0
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	switch______
-compares the value of r0 against each of the val\di\u; if
-a match is found, control is transferred to the corresponding
-lab\di\u (after popping the stack once).
-If no match has been found by the time a null lab\di\u
-occurs, switch______ returns.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/system.3 b/static/v10/man3/system.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 0287f22f..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/system.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-.TH SYSTEM 3
-.CT 2 proc_man
-.SH NAME
-system \(mi issue a shell command
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B system(string)
-.B char *string;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I System
-causes the command
-\fLsh -c \fIstring\fR
-to be executed.
-The current process waits until the shell has
-completed, then returns the exit status of the shell.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR popen (3),
-.IR exec (2), 
-.IR fork (2)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Exit status 127 indicates the shell couldn't be executed.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/tcp.3 b/static/v10/man3/tcp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b857ded..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/tcp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-.TH TCP 3X
-.CT 2 comm_mach
-.SH NAME
-tcp_sock, tcp_connect, tcp_listen, tcp_accept, tcp_rcmd \(mi tcp networking functions
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/inet/tcp_user.h>
-.PP
-.B int tcp_sock();
-.PP
-.B int tcp_connect(fd, tp)
-.B int fd;
-.B struct tcpuser *tp;
-.PP
-.B int tcp_listen(fd, tp)
-.B int fd;
-.B struct tcpuser *tp;
-.PP
-.B int tcp_accept(fd, tp)
-.B int fd;
-.B struct tcpuser *tp;
-.PP
-.B "int tcp_rcmd(host, port, locuser, remuser, cmd, fd2p)"
-.B char *host, *port, *locuser, *remuser, *cmd;
-.B int *fd2p;
-.PP
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines are loaded by the
-.B -lin
-option of
-.IR ld (1).
-.PP
-TCP is a protocol layered
-upon IP (internet protocol).
-It provides full-duplex byte stream connections between
-end points called sockets.
-The address of a socket is composed of the internet address
-of its host and the port number to which
-the socket is bound.
-.PP
-.I Tcp_sock
-returns the file descriptor of an unbound socket.
-Once opened, a socket may be bound to a port number within the
-host and set up as the active or passive end of a connection.
-.PP
-Addresses and parameters are passed in 
-.B tcpuser
-structures:
-.PP
-.nf
-.ft L
-.ta 8n
-struct tcpuser {
-	int code;
-	tcp_port lport, fport;
-	in_addr laddr, faddr;
-	int param;
-};
-.fi
-.ft R
-.PP
-.I Lport
-and
-.I laddr
-refer to the port and address numbers of the local end of a connection.
-.I Fport
-and
-.I faddr
-refer to the port and address numbers of the foreign end of a connection.
-.PP
-.I Tcp_connect
-binds socket
-.I fd
-to port
-.IB tp ->lport
-and attempts to set up a connection to
-the socket bound to port
-.IB tp ->fport
-on host
-.IB tp ->faddr.
-If
-.IB tp ->lport
-is 0, a local port number is automatically
-chosen.
-.I Tcp_connect
-returns 0
-if the connection is established, \-1 otherwise.
-.IB Tp ->lport
-and
-.IB tp ->laddr
-are filled in to reflect the local port and address numbers for the connection.
-Communication proceeds by performing
-.IR read (2)
-and
-.IR write
-on
-.IR fd .
-If
-.IB tp ->param
-is non-zero, it specifies options to set for the connection.
-The only option supported is
-.B SO_KEEPALIVE
-which causes empty messages to be sent periodically to
-detect dead connections.
-.PP
-.I Tcp_listen
-binds socket
-.I fd
-to port
-.IB tp ->lport
-and configures the socket to listen for connection requests to that port.
-If
-.IB tp ->faddr
-and
-.IB tp ->fport
-are non-zero, only connections coming from sockets on machine
-.I faddr
-and bound to port
-.I fport
-are listened for.
-.I Tcp_listen
-returns 0
-on success, \-1
-otherwise.
-.IB tp ->laddr
-is filled in to reflect the local address number for the connection.
-.IR Select (2)
-can be used with a listening socket to provide asynchronous polling of
-connection requests by selecting for pending input on the socket.
-.PP
-.I Tcp_accept
-waits for and accepts a connection request sent to the listening socket
-.I fd.
-When a connection arrives,
-.I tcp_accept
-returns a new file descriptor over which communications can proceed.
-.IB Tp ->faddr,
-.IB tp ->fport,
-.IB tp ->laddr,
-and
-.IB tp ->lport
-are filled in to identify the two ends of the connection.
-.IB Tp ->param
-is filled in with the minor device number of the
-tcp device used for the new connection.
-.I Fd
-is left open and continues listening for connections.
-.PP
-.I Tcp_rcmd
-remotely executes a
-.I cmd
-on
-.I host
-as user
-.I remuser.
-Standard input is attached to
-.I cmd's
-standard input and
-.I cmd's
-standard output is attached to standard output.
-If
-.I fd2p
-is non-zero, it is filled with the file descriptor of a new TCP connection attached
-to
-.I cmd's
-standard error.
-Otherwise,
-.I cmd's
-standard error is attached to its standard output.
-.SH FILES
-.TP 12
-.F /dev/tcp*
-the socket devices
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR ipc (3),
-.IR internet (3), 
-.IR udp (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Tcp_sock
-returns \-1
-if no sockets are available.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/termcap.3 b/static/v10/man3/termcap.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 6df764a1..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/termcap.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-.TH TERMCAP 3X
-.CT 2 comm_term
-.SH NAME
-tgetent, tgetnum, tgetflag, tgetstr, tgoto, tputs \(mi device-independent terminal screen control
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.2C
-.nf
-.B char PC;
-.B char *BC;
-.B char *UP;
-.B short ospeed;
-.PP
-.B tgetent(bp, name)
-.B char bp[1024], *name;
-.PP
-.B tgetnum(id)
-.B char *id;
-.PP
-.B tgetflag(id)
-.B char *id;
-.PP
-.B char *
-.B tgetstr(id, area)
-.B char *id, **area;
-.PP
-.B char *
-.B tgoto(cm, destcol, destline)
-.B char *cm;
-.PP
-.B tputs(cp, affcnt, outc)
-.B char *cp;
-.B int (*outc)();
-.fi
-.1C
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These functions are loaded by option
-.B -ltermcap
-of
-.IR ld (1).
-They extract and use capabilities from the terminal capability data
-base
-.IR termcap (5).
-These are low level routines;
-see
-.IR curses (3)
-for a higher level package.
-.PP
-.I Tgetent
-extracts the entry for terminal
-.I name
-into the buffer at
-.I bp.
-.I Bp
-should be a character buffer of size
-1024 and must be retained through all subsequent calls
-to
-.I tgetnum,
-.I tgetflag,
-and
-.I tgetstr.
-.I Tgetent
-returns \-1
-if it cannot open the
-.I termcap
-file,
-0
-if the terminal name given does not have an entry,
-and 1
-if all goes well.
-It will look in the environment for a
-.L TERMCAP
-variable.
-If found, and the value does not begin with a slash,
-and the terminal type
-.I name
-is the same as the value of the environment variable
-.LR TERM ,
-the
-.L TERMCAP
-string is used instead of reading the termcap file.
-If it does begin with a slash, the string is used as a path name rather than
-.FR /etc/termcap .
-.PP
-.I Tgetnum
-gets the numeric value of capability
-.I id,
-returning \-1
-if is not given for the terminal.
-.I Tgetflag
-returns 1
-if the specified capability is present in
-the terminal's entry,
-0
-if it is not.
-.I Tgetstr
-gets the string value of capability
-.I id,
-placing it in the buffer at
-.I *area,
-advancing the
-.I area
-pointer.
-It decodes the abbreviations for this field described in
-.IR termcap (5),
-except for cursor addressing and padding information.
-.PP
-.I Tgoto
-returns a cursor addressing string decoded from
-.B cm
-to go to column
-.I destcol
-in line
-.I destline.
-It uses the external variables
-.B UP
-(from the
-.L up
-capability)
-and
-.B BC
-(if
-.L bc
-is given rather than
-.LR bs )
-if necessary to avoid placing
-.LR en ,
-.LR ^D ,
-or
-.L ^@
-in the returned string.
-(Programs which call
-.I tgoto
-should be sure to turn off the
-.B XTABS
-bit(s),
-since
-.I tgoto
-may now output a tab.
-Note that programs using termcap should in general turn off
-.B XTABS
-anyway since some terminals use \fL^I\fP for other functions,
-such as nondestructive space.)
-If a
-.B %
-sequence is given which is not understood, then
-.I tgoto
-returns
-.LR `OOPS' .
-.PP
-.I Tputs
-decodes the leading padding information of the string
-.I cp;
-.I affcnt
-gives the number of lines affected by the operation, or 1 if this is
-not applicable;
-.I outc
-is a routine which is called with each character in turn.
-The external variable
-.I ospeed
-should contain the output speed of the terminal as in
-.IR tty (4).
-The external variable
-.B PC
-should contain a pad character to be used (from the
-.L pc
-capability)
-if a null
-.RB ( ^@ )
-is inappropriate.
-.SH FILES
-.F /etc/termcap
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR vi (1), 
-.IR curses (3), 
-.IR termcap (5)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/timec.3 b/static/v10/man3/timec.3
deleted file mode 100644
index b7dec4b8..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/timec.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-.TH TIMEC 3
-.CT 2 data_man time_man
-.SH NAME
-timec, timegm, timelocal \- convert ASCII to time
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <time.h>
-.PP
-.B long timec(string)
-.B char *string;
-.PP
-.B long timegm(timep)
-.B struct tm *timep;
-.PP
-.B long timelocal(timep, zone)
-.B struct tm *timep;
-.B char *zone;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines are inverse to
-.IR ctime (3)
-and its relatives.
-See
-.IR ctime (3)
-for data layouts.
-.PP
-.I Timec
-converts to system format a date
-.I string
-as produced by
-.I ctime,
-.IR date (1),
-or
-.IR ls (1).
-An optional day of the week is ignored.
-A month name and day are required.
-A missing hour:min[:sec] field is taken to be 
-.BR 00:00:00 .
-An optional time zone (local time by default)
-may appear before or after the year.
-A missing year is assumed to be the past 12-month interval.
-.PP
-.I Timegm
-returns the system-format time corresponding to
-the broken-down GMT time
-pointed to by
-.IR timep .
-In a copy of the broken-down time
-.BR tm_mon 
-is reduced mod 12 by carrying (positively or negatively) to
-.BR tm_year .
-Next
-.B tm_mon
-and
-.B tm_mday
-are added to
-.B tm_yday
-appropriately for
-.BR tm_year .
-Then
-.BR tm_sec ,
-.BR tm_min ,
-.BR tm_hour ,
-.BR tm_yday ,
-and
-.B tm_year 
-are adjusted by carrying.
-Finally the system-format date
-is calculated from these 5 fields.
-.PP
-.I Timelocal
-is like
-.I timegm,
-except that the broken-down time belongs to the specified time
-.I zone,
-or is local time if
-.I zone 
-is zero.
-.PP
-Time zones and months are recognized by the first three
-characters, regardless of case.
-.I Strings
-for
-.I ctime
-may contain names longer than three characters
-and may contain extra white space and commas.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.TP
-Set a date ahead one month:
-.EX
-struct tm brk_out = *localtime(&date);
-brk_out.tm_yday = 0;
-brk_out.tm_mon++; 
-date = timelocal(&brk_out,0);
-.EE
-.HP
-Convert a
-.IR date (1)
-string to system format:
-.EX
-date = timec("Sat Sep 27 20:59:11 EDT 1986");
-.EE
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR ctime (3),
-.IR time (2)
-.SH BUGS
-Unknown time zone names are taken to be GMT.
-.br
-Times before the epoch yield nonsense.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/tm.3 b/static/v10/man3/tm.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 33cb2e5f..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/tm.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,550 +0,0 @@
-.de L		\" literal font
-.ft 5
-.it 1 }N
-.if !\\$1 \&\\$1 \\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6
-..
-.de LR
-.}S 5 1 \& "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de RL
-.}S 1 5 \& "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
-..
-.de EX		\" start example
-.ta 1i 2i 3i 4i 5i 6i
-.PP
-.RS 
-.PD 0
-.ft 5
-.nf
-..
-.de EE		\" end example
-.fi
-.ft
-.PD
-.RE
-.PP
-..
-.TH TM 3
-.SH NAME
-tm \- time conversion support
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.L "#include <tm.h>"
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The
-.I tm
-library supports conversion between
-string date specifications,
-.L time_t
-clock values and
-.L "struct tm"
-values.
-.L localtime()
-and
-.L gmtime()
-(see
-.IR ctime (3))
-are used to determine local time zone information.
-.PP
-.L time_t
-values are the number of seconds since the epoch,
-.BR "Jan 1 00:00:00 GMT 1970" ,
-with leap seconds omitted.
-.PP
-The global variable
-.L "int tm_info.flags"
-contains flags that allow all programs using the library
-to be controlled in a consistent manner.
-.L tm_info.flags
-is initialized by the
-.L tminit()
-routine described below, and may be explicitly reset after
-.L tminit()
-is called.
-The flags are:
-.TP
-.L TM_ADJUST
-Set by
-.L tminit()
-if
-.L localtime()
-and
-.L gmtime()
-do not compensate for leap seconds.
-.TP
-.L TM_LEAP
-.L time_t
-values are interpreted as if they include leap seconds.
-Set by
-.L tminit()
-if the
-.L leap
-option is set in the
-.L TM_OPTIONS
-environment variable.
-.TP
-.L TM_UTC
-Times are relative to
-.B UTC
-(universal coordinated time, i.e.,
-.BR GMT ).
-Otherwise times are relative to the local time zone.
-Set by
-.L tminit()
-if the time zone name matches one of
-.L tm_info.format[43]
-through
-.L tm_info.format[46]
-described below.
-If the time zone name is not determined by
-.L localtime()
-then the environment variables
-.L TZNAME
-(as described in BSD 4.3) and
-.L TZ
-(as described in System V)
-are checked, in order.
-If this fails then the time zone name is constructed using
-the local time zone offset.
-.PP
-The routines are:
-.TP
-.L "time_t tmdate(char* date, char** end, time_t* clock)"
-Parses the date specification
-.L date
-using the
-.L tm_info.format
-string table (described below)
-and returns the equivalent
-.L time_t
-value.
-If
-.RL non- NULL ,
-.L end
-is set to the position of the first unrecognized character in
-.LR date .
-.L clock
-is used to provide default values for omitted components in
-.LR date .
-If
-.L clock
-is
-.L NULL
-then the current time is used.
-.TP
-.L "struct tm* tmfix(struct tm* tp)"
-Corrects any out of bounds fields in
-.L tp
-and returns
-.L tp
-as its value.
-The corrections start with
-.L tp->tm_sec
-and propagate down to
-.LR tp->tm_year .
-For example, if
-.L tp->tm_sec
-were 61 then it would change to 1 and
-.L tp->tm_min
-would be incremented by 1, and so on.
-.LR tp->tm_wday ,
-.LR tp->tm_yday
-and
-.L tp->tm_isdst
-are not changed as these can be computed from the other fields.
-.TP
-.L "char* tmform(char* buf, char* format, time_t* clock)"
-Formats the date pointed to by
-.L clock
-into the buffer
-.L buf
-according to the format specification
-.LR format .
-If
-.L format
-is
-.L NULL
-or empty then the string
-.L tm_info.format[40]
-is used.
-If
-.L clock
-is
-.L NULL
-then the current time is used.
-A pointer to the end of
-.L buf
-(i.e., the terminating
-.LR "'\e0'" )
-is returned.
-.RS
-.PP
-.L format
-is in the style of
-.IR printf (3),
-where
-.BI % field
-causes the corresponding fixed size field to be placed in
-.LR buf ,
-zero padded if necessary, and \e\fIc\fP and \e\fInnn\fP
-sequences are interpreted as in the C language.
-Otherwise invalid
-.BI % field
-specifications and all other characters in
-.L format
-are copied into
-.L buf
-without change.
-String field values are taken from the
-.L tm_info.format
-string table.
-The
-.I fields
-are:
-.TP
-.PD 0
-.B %
-.B %
-character.
-.TP
-.B a
-Abbreviated weekday name.
-.TP
-.B A
-Full weekday name.
-.TP
-.B b
-Abbreviated month name.
-.TP
-.B c
-.IR ctime (3)
-style date without the trailing
-.BR newline .
-.TP
-.B C
-.IR date (1)
-style date.
-.TP
-.B d
-Day of month number.
-.TP
-.B D
-Date as
-.IR mm / dd / yy .
-.TP
-.B e
-Blank padded day of month number.
-.TP
-.B E
-Unpadded day of month number.
-.TP
-.B h
-Abbreviated month name.
-.TP
-.B H
-24-hour clock hour.
-.TP
-.B i
-International
-.IR date (1)
-date that includes the time zone type name.
-.TP
-.B I
-12-hour clock hour.
-.TP
-.B j
-1-offset Julian date.
-.TP
-.B J
-0-offset Julian date.
-.TP
-.B l
-.IR ls (1)
-.B \-l
-date that lists recent dates with
-.IR hh : mm
-and distant dates with
-.IR yyyy .
-.TP
-.B m
-Month number.
-.TP
-.B M
-Minutes.
-.TP
-.B n
-.B newline
-character.
-.TP
-.B p
-Meridian (e.g.,
-.B AM
-or
-.BR PM ).
-.TP
-.B r
-12-hour time as
-.IR hh : mm : ss
-.IR meridian .
-.TP
-.B R
-24-hour time as
-.IR hh : mm .
-.TP
-.B S
-Seconds.
-.TP
-.B t
-.B tab
-character.
-.TP
-.B T
-24-hour time as
-.IR hh : mm : ss .
-.TP
-.B U
-Week number with Sunday as the first day.
-.TP
-.B w
-Weekday number.
-.TP
-.B W
-Week number with Monday as the first day.
-.TP
-.B x
-Local date style, using
-.LR tm_info.format[39] ,
-that includes the month, day and year.
-.TP
-.B X
-Local time style, using
-.LR tm_info.format[38] ,
-that includes the hours and minutes.
-.TP
-.B y
-2-digit year.
-.TP
-.B Y
-4-digit year.
-.TP
-.B z
-Time zone type name.
-.TP
-.B Z
-Time zone name.
-.TP
-.BI + flag
-.TP
-.BI \- flag
-Temporarily (until
-.L tmform()
-returns) sets (+) or clears (\-) the
-.L tm_info.flags
-flags specified by
-.IR flag :
-.RS
-.TP
-.B l
-.L TM_LEAP
-.TP
-.B u
-.L TM_UTC
-.RE
-.TP
-.B #
-Number of seconds since the epoch.
-.PD
-.RE
-.TP
-.L "void tminit()"
-Implicitly called by the other
-.I tm
-library routines to initialize global data, including the
-.L tm_info.format
-table and the
-.L tm_info.flags
-global flags.
-Global data should only be modified after an explicit call to
-.LR tminit() .
-.TP
-.L "time_t tmleap(time_t* clock)"
-Returns a
-.L time_t
-value for the time pointed to by
-.L clock
-with leap seconds adjusted for external
-routines that do not handle leap seconds.
-If
-.L clock
-is
-.L NULL
-then the current time is used.
-Adjustments are only done if the
-.L TM_ADJUST
-flag is set in
-.LR tm_info.flags .
-.TP
-.L "struct tm* tmmake(time_t* clock)"
-Returns a pointer to the
-.L tm
-struct corresponding to the time pointed to by
-.LR clock .
-If
-.L clock
-is
-.L NULL
-then the current time is used.
-.TP
-.L "time_t tmtime(struct tm* tp, int west)"
-Returns the
-.L time_t
-value corresponding to
-.LR tp .
-If
-.L west
-is
-.L TM_LOCALZONE
-then
-.L tm
-is relative to the local time zone,
-otherwise
-.L west
-is the number of minutes west of
-.B UTC
-with daylight savings time taken into account.
-.LR tp->tm_wday ,
-.LR tp->tm_yday
-and
-.L tp->tm_isdst
-are ignored in the conversion.
-.PP
-The library routines use a table of date strings pointed to by
-.LR "char** tm_info.format" .
-The indices in
-.L tm_info.format
-are fixed by category.
-.L tm_info.format
-may be changed to point to other tables
-according to local language and date conventions.
-The contents by index (showing the USA English values) are:
-.RS
-.TP
-.PD 0
-.B 0-11
-3-character abbreviated month names.
-.TP
-.B 12-23
-Full month names.
-.TP
-.B 24-30
-3-character abbreviated weekday names.
-.TP
-.B 31-37
-Full weekday names.
-.TP
-.B 38
-.L tmform()
-local time format used by the
-.B %X
-field.
-.TP
-.B 39
-.L tmform()
-local date format used by the
-.B %x
-field.
-.TP
-.B 40
-.L tmform()
-format used if the
-.L format
-argument is
-.L NULL
-or empty.
-.TP
-.B 41-42
-Meridian names: AM, PM.
-.TP
-.B 43-46
-.B UTC
-time zone names: GMT, UTC, UCT, CUT.
-.TP
-.B 47-50
-Daylight savings time suffix names: DST.
-.TP
-.B 51-54
-Suffixes to be ignored when matching strings in
-.LR tmform() .
-.TP
-.B 55-61
-Time part names: second, hour, minute, day, week, month, year.
-.TP
-.B 62-65
-Hours of the day names: midnight, morning, noon, evening.
-.TP
-.B 66-68
-Relative day names: yesterday, today, tomorrow.
-.TP
-.B 69-71
-Past relative time references: last, ago, past.
-.TP
-.B 72-75
-Current relative time references: this, now, current.
-.TP
-.B 75-77
-Future relative time references: next, hence, coming.
-.TP
-.B 78-80
-Exact relative time references: exactly.
-.TP
-.B 81-85
-Noise words to be ignored: at, in, on.
-.PD
-.RE
-.PP
-Low level support functions and data are described in
-.LR <tm.h> .
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.EX
-#include <tm.h>
-main() {
-    int       i;
-    time_t    t;
-    char      buf[128];
-    struct {
-        char* date;
-        char* format;
-    }         x[] = {
-        "now",                 "%i",
-        "2 months ago",        "%C",
-        "this Wednesday noon", "%x %I:%M %p",
-        "last December 25",    "%A",
-        0,                     0
-    };
-    for (i = 0; x[i].date; i++) {
-        t = tmdate(x[i].date, (char*)0, (time_t*)0);
-        (void)tmform(buf, x[i].format, &t);
-        puts(buf);
-    }
-}
-.EE
-produces
-.EX
-Fri Sep 30 12:10:14 USA EDT 1988
-Fri Jul  1 00:00:00 EDT 1988
-10/05/88 12:00 PM
-Friday
-.EE
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-date(1), time(2), ctime(3)
-.SH BUGS
-.L "struct tm"
-values may get clobbered by the
-.I tm
-library routines as the
-.IR ctime (3)
-routines typically return pointers to a single static
-.L "struct tm"
-area.
-.L tmdate()
-uses an internal international time zone name table that will
-probably always be incomplete.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/tolower.3 b/static/v10/man3/tolower.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a28affe..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/tolower.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-.TH TOLOWER 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-tolower, toupper \(mi force upper or lower case
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B tolower(character)
-.PP
-.B toupper(character)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If
-.I character
-is an upper case letter,
-.I tolower
-returns the same lower case letter, otherwise
-it returns the original character.
-.PP
-.I Toupper
-does the reverse.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR ctype (3)
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ttyn.3 b/static/v10/man3/ttyn.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c9d2399..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ttyn.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-.pa 1
-.he 'TTYN (III)'1/15/73'TTYN (III)'
-.ti 0
-NAME		ttyn -- return name of current tty
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SYNOPSIS	jsr pc,ttyn
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DESCRIPTION	The routine hunts up the name of the
-input tty attached to the process (one byte from the set
-{012345678abc} at present) and returns it in r0.
-.sp
-"x" is returned if no genuine input tty is attached to the process.
-.sp
-.ti 0
-FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
-.sp
-.ti 0
-SEE ALSO	fstat(II)
-.sp
-.ti 0
-DIAGNOSTICS	--
-.sp
-.ti 0
-BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ttyname.3 b/static/v10/man3/ttyname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 9dcbca0a..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ttyname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-.TH TTYNAME 3
-.CT 2 comm_term
-.SH NAME
-ttyname, isatty, nametty \(mi find or set name of a terminal
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B char *ttyname(fildes)
-.PP
-.B isatty(fildes)
-.PP
-.B nametty(fildes, file)
-.br
-.B char *file;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Ttyname
-returns a pointer to the null-terminated path name
-of the terminal device associated with file descriptor
-.IR fildes .
-.PP
-.I Isatty
-returns 1 if
-.I fildes
-is associated with a terminal device,
-0 otherwise.
-.PP
-.I Nametty
-arranges that future opens of
-.I file
-will refer to
-the stream opened on
-.IR fildes .
-.I File
-must exist before
-.I nametty
-is called.
-The arrangement is terminated
-when the other end of the stream
-is closed or hung up.
-.SH FILES
-.F /lib/ttydevs
-	list of tty directories for
-.I ttyname
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR fmount (2),
-.IR ioctl (2)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Ttyname
-returns
-.L NULL
-if
-.I fildes
-does not describe an entry in any of the directories
-listed in
-.FR /lib/ttydevs .
-.PP
-.I Nametty
-returns 1 for success,
-0 for failure
-.RI ( file
-does not exist,
-.I fildes
-is not a stream).
-.SH BUGS
-The return value of
-.I ttyname
-points to static data
-whose content is overwritten by each call.
-.br
-If
-.I fildes
-connects to a remote machine, as when serving
-.I dcon
-or
-.I rx
-(see
-.IR con (1)),
-.I isatty
-answers no, regardless of whether the stream 
-leads ultimately to a terminal on the remote machine.
-Similarly, when serving
-.I ndcon
-or
-.I nrx,
-it always answers yes.
-
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/udp.3 b/static/v10/man3/udp.3
deleted file mode 100644
index a449c974..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/udp.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-.TH UDP 3X
-.CT 2 comm_mach
-.SH NAME
-udp_connect, udp_listen, udp_datagram \(mi udp networking functions
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <sys/inet/udp_user.h>
-.PP
-.B int udp_connect(sport, dhost, dport)
-.B in_addr dhost;
-.B udp_port sport, dport;
-.PP
-.B int udp_listen(sport, reply)
-.B udp_port sport;
-.B struct udpreply *reply;
-.PP
-.B int udp_datagram(sport)
-.B udp_port sport;
-.PP
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-These routines are loaded by the
-.B -lin
-option of
-.IR ld (1).
-.PP
-UDP (universal datagram protocol) is a protocol layered
-upon IP (internet protocol).
-It provides datagram service between end points called sockets.
-A socket address is composed of the internet address
-of its host and the port number to which
-the socket is bound.
-.PP
-.I Udp_connect
-returns the file descriptor of a UDP socket bound to port
-.I sport.
-Each
-.IR read (2)
-from this file descriptor will only accept datagrams from the UDP
-socket at host
-.I dhost,
-port
-.IR dport ;
-a
-.IR write
-on this file descriptor will be sent to that socket.
-.PP
-.I Udp_listen
-returns the file descriptor of a UDP socket bound to port
-.I sport
-and waits for a datagram to be sent to that port.
-Once a message has been received from another socket,
-all writes
-will go to that socket and
-reads will only accept data from that socket.
-.PP
-.I Udp_datagram
-returns the file descriptor of a UDP socket bound to port
-.I sport.
-Messages written to the file descriptor must start with a
-.B struct udpaddr
-which contains the destination of the message.
-.IP
-.EX
-.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'updaddr 'u
-struct	udpaddr	{
-	in_addr	host;
-	int	port;
-};
-.EE
-.PP
-Messages read from the file descriptor also start with a
-.B struct udpaddr
-and contain the address of the source socket.
-.SH FILES
-.TP 12
-.F /dev/udp*
-the socket devices
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.IR internet (3), 
-.IR tcp (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-All these routines
-returns \-1 on failure.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/uname.3 b/static/v10/man3/uname.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 64cc8230..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/uname.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-.TH UNAME 3
-.CT 2 sa
-.SH NAME
-uname \- identify machine and kernel
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <utsname.h>
-.PP
-.B int uname(name)
-.B struct utsname *name;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Uname
-stores information identifying the current UNIX system in the
-structure pointed to by
-.I name.
-.nf
-.ft L
-.ta 8n 16n
-struct utsname {
-	char sysname[32];
-	char nodename[32];
-	char release[32];
-	char version[32];
-};
-.fi
-.ft R
-.PP
-.I Uname
-returns a null-terminated character string naming the current UNIX system
-in the character array
-.I sysname.
-Similarly, 
-.I nodename
-contains the name that the system is known by on some communications network.
-.I Release
-and
-.I version
-further identify the operating system.
-.SH FILES
-.TP
-.F /etc/whoami
-.SH BUGS
-Since a machine can have different names on different networks, 
-.I nodename
-is pretty useless.
-.PP
-This call is a partial simulation of one appearing in other systems.
-.I Sysname
-and
-.I nodename
-are copied from
-.FR /etc/whoami ;
-the other fields are meaningless.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/ungetc.3 b/static/v10/man3/ungetc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 8250c121..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/ungetc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-.TH UNGETC 3S
-.CT 2 file_io
-.SH NAME
-ungetc \(mi push character back into input stream
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B #include <stdio.h>
-.PP
-.B ungetc(c, stream)
-.br
-.SM
-.B FILE
-.B *stream;
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Ungetc
-pushes the character
-.I c
-back on an input stream.
-That character will be returned by the next
-.I getc
-call on that stream.
-.I Ungetc
-returns
-.IR c .
-.PP
-One character of pushback is guaranteed provided
-something has been read from the stream and the stream is
-actually buffered.
-Attempts to push
-.B EOF
-are rejected.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR getc (3), 
-.IR stdio (3), 
-.IR fseek (3)
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Ungetc
-returns
-.B EOF
-if it can't push a character back.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/valloc.3 b/static/v10/man3/valloc.3
deleted file mode 100644
index e079a052..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/valloc.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-.UC
-.TH VALLOC 3
-.SH NAME
-valloc \- aligned memory allocator
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B char *valloc(size)
-.B unsigned size;
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I Valloc
-allocates
-.I size
-bytes aligned on a boundary adequate for
-.IR vread (2)).
-It is implemented by calling
-.IR malloc (3)
-with a slightly larger request, saving the true beginning of the block
-allocated, and returning a properly aligned pointer.
-.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-.I Valloc
-returns a null pointer (0) if there is no available memory
-or if the arena has been detectably corrupted by storing outside the bounds
-of a block.
-.SH BUGS
-.I Vfree
-isn't implemented.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/varargs.3 b/static/v10/man3/varargs.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bd46763..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/varargs.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-.TH VARARGS 3
-.CT 2 data_man
-.SH NAME
-varargs \(mi variable argument list
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B #include <varargs.h>
-.IB function (va_alist)
-.B va_dcl
-.PP
-.B va_list  pvar;
-.PP
-.B va_start(pvar);
-.PP
-.B va_arg(pvar, type);
-.PP
-.B va_end(pvar);
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-This set of macros allows portable procedures that accept variable
-argument lists to be written.
-Routines which have variable argument lists (such as
-.IR printf (3))
-that do not use varargs are inherently nonportable, since different
-machines use different argument passing conventions.
-.PP
-The literal identifier
-.I va_alist
-is used in a function header to declare a variable argument list.
-It is declared by
-.I va_dcl.
-Note that there is no semicolon after
-.I va_dcl.
-.PP
-.B Va_list
-is the type of the variable
-.I pvar,
-which is used to traverse the list.
-One variable of this type must always be declared.
-.PP
-.I Va_start
-initializes
-.I pvar
-to the beginning of the list.
-.PP
-.I Va_arg
-returns the next argument in the list
-pointed to by
-.IR pvar .
-.I Type
-is the type the argument is expected to be.
-Different types can be mixed, but it is up
-to the routine to know what type is
-expected, since it cannot be determined at runtime.
-.PP
-.I Va_end
-is used to finish up.
-.PP
-Multiple traversals, each bracketed by
-.I va_start
-and
-.I va_end,
-are possible.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-How to define
-.I execl
-in terms of
-.IR execv ;
-see
-.IR exec (2):
-.IP
-.nf
-.ft L
-#include <varargs.h>
-execl(va_alist)
-va_dcl
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	char *file;
-	char *args[100];
-	int argno = 0;
-	va_start(ap);
-	file = va_arg(ap, char*);
-	while(args[argno++] = va_arg(ap, char*));
-	va_end(ap);
-	execv(file, args);
-}
-.fi
-.ft P
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/view2d.3 b/static/v10/man3/view2d.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 14f545ec..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/view2d.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-.TH VIEW2D 3X
-.CT 2 graphics
-.SH NAME
-view2d, moviefil \(mi movie of a function f(x, y, t)
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.B "view2d(fd, nx, ny, time, u, v, fixuv, pmin, pmax, p)"
-.B short "p[];"
-.B double time;
-.PP
-.B "moviefil(fd, nx, ny, time, outside, f)"
-.B float "time, outside, f[];"
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.I View2d
-writes a frame in the format
-.IR view2d (5)
-onto the file specified by file descriptor
-.I fd.
-To load these routines, use the
-.IR ld (1)
-option
-.BR -lview2d .
-.I Nx, ny
-give the grid size.
-.I Time
-is a (nondecreasing) frame index, typically set to simulation time
-or iteration count.
-.I U
-and
-.I v
-describe the relation between pixel values and user function values:
-.IP
-.I p
-=
-.I u
-+
-\fIf\|\fR\(mu\|2\u\s7\-\fIv\fR\s0\d.
-.LP
-.I U
-and
-.I v
-may vary from one frame to the next.
-When the global scaling is known beforehand,
-put
-.I fixuv
-= 1 and set
-.I pmin
-and
-.I pmax
-to the limits of the data.
-(Otherwise put
-.IR fixuv =0;
-.I pmin
-and
-.I pmax
-will be ignored.)
-.PP
-.I P
-is the
-.I nx
-by
-.I ny
-array of pixel values,
-with the
-.I x
-index running fastest.
-There is a threshold for describing nonrectangular regions:
-any pixel value less than or equal to
-.L \%-32766
-is treated as an
-out-of-bounds marker and will appear as black.
-Other pixel values should lie in the range
-.L
-\%-32765..32765
-inclusive.
-.PP
-.I Moviefil
-is an alternate version that
-is somewhat less flexible
-but easier to use.
-It takes floats
-and scales automatically to shorts.
-An element of
-.I f
-less than
-.I outside
-is treated as undefined and will appear as black.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IR view2d (1), 
-.IR view2d (5)
-.SH BUGS
-The array arguments are 2-D Fortran arrays.
diff --git a/static/v10/man3/vt.3 b/static/v10/man3/vt.3
deleted file mode 100644
index 3770ff48..00000000
--- a/static/v10/man3/vt.3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-.th VT III 6/4/73
-.sh NAME
-vt \*- display (vt01) interface
-.sh SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-.ft B
-openvt()
-.s3
-erase()
-.s3
-label(s)
-char s[ ];
-.s3
-line(x,y)
-.s3
-circle(x,y,r)
-.s3
-arc(x,y,x0,y0,x1,y1)
-.s3
-dot(x,y,dx,n,pattern)
-int pattern[ ];
-.s3
-move(x,y)
-.fi
-.s3
-.ft R
-.sh DESCRIPTION
-C interface routines to perform similarly named functions
-described in vt(IV).
-.it Openvt
-must be used before any of the others to open the
-storage scope for writing.
-.sh FILES
-/dev/vt0, found in /lib/libp.a
-.sh "SEE ALSO"
-vt (IV)
-.sh BUGS